Practice
Tests for the
Russian State Exam
Elena Klekovkina
Malcolm Mann
MACMILLAN
В—хние в СЪрник тестов для подготовки к государственному экзамену по
языку.
пклю•кется в том. чтобы помочь и Успешно слать единый по английскому языку ( Ы Э).
С— в себя 20 тестов. каждый из которых состоит
К— —дествуег серия упражнений. которые к выткхлнению заданий соответству юших
Мы настоятельно рекомендуем вам проделать у—жжния того. как вы приступите к выполнению —иний.
сборник лестн сугражаег содержание и формат ЕГЭ мглийскому языку
Структура единого государственного экзамена по английскому языку
Единый государственный
экзамен по английскому языку состоит частей. Первая часть. письменная.
включает в себя чинре разделс «Ау:шрование». «Чтение». «Грамматика и лексика».
-Пж•ьмо-. Вторая часть, усмая. включает раздел «Кворение».
проведения экзамена на одного человека (без учета
ожидания и ш№груктажи) 167 мины“.
Первая часть хмтся минут. њгорая — 12 минут.
Ра.»ел 1: Ау)ирование
ДЕ— состоит
из 14 тестовых заданий. У вас будет прослушать каждый текст дважды. что поможет
вам лучк спраыпыя с поставленными задачами. Рекомендуемое выполнение кианиГ1
Раздела не более 25 минут. зца_нии (В 1 ) вы услышите пять коротких
ч»пттически.х высказываний. Ваша киача — установить схот—тстык• между
услышанными текстами и предложениями. выражают их основное содержание.
части радела (зщцанпя А 1-А6) вы услышите диалог. Вл необходимо ксгановитъ соответсгвие утверждений сохржаникз прослушанного текста.
• В третьем части раздела (задания
A7-A13) вы услышше Тетерь вам нужно будет (Угнетить на семь вопросов по со.ХРА"НИЮ
диалога, выбрав правильный огвег из трех
2: Чтение
Данный раздел включает 9 запаний. Рекомендуемое время на вьининение кианий Раздела 2 нс Гипсе 30 минут.
заиние (Ю) состоит из шести небольших по объему текстов. Ваша задача —
установить соеугвегслмие между тексгами и пре.иожениями. которые могуг служить
загтовками к этим
• Второе задание (ВЗ) представлено одним [в двух медов утражнении.
• ГКрвый вил упражнений состоит из шести
утверждений и одного. двух или трех текстов. Ваша з:иача — установить скогве:спше между
угнержленињми и содержанием текстов.
• Второй вил упражнений включает в себя семь коротк»х текстов и шесть вопросов. Вам нужно *'становить соответствие между вощух•ами и текстами. В каждом тексте ны нагнетт «угнет. т«иько на один вопрос. В задании один гекст лишний.
• Третья часть раздела (задан11я А 14-А2Ој содержит достаточно (Яиьшой по 061.eMv текст, Вам нужно (угнетать на семь вопросов по его содержанию. выбирая правильный «угнет из челнрех
Ра.зДел 3: Грамматика и лексика
Лапный раздел состоьп• из 23 талий. Рекомендуемое время на ньшшнение з:ианий Раздела З —40 мину.
• Первая часть раздела (зиания В4-В11 )
содержит тексг с восемью пропусками. Каждому пропуску сосугветттвует слово, выделенное
жирным шрифтом. Вам необходимо преобразовать
слова таким образом, •гобы они
и лексически
содержанию текла.
• Вторая часть раздела (зиания В
12-1318) Состоит из текста с семью пропусками. Каждому пропуску слово. вьше.ленное жирным шрифтом. Вам
необходимо изменить форму слова таким образом, чтобы оно соответствов&ло
содержанию текста.
• Третья часть рамела (задания А21-А28)
содержит текс-г с восемью пропусками, Вам необходимо заполнить пропуски; выбрав правгшьный
ответ их четырех ире,иоженных.
РазДел 4: Письмо
ДанныЙ раздел состмгт• из
двух заданий. Рекомендуемое время на вып«хлненис заданий Раздела 4 не более 60 минут.
• В первом з:цании (С 1 -) вам
[тредлатисгся написать письмо личного характера. Объем письма не лолжен
превышать слов. На выполнение задания отводится около 20 минут.
• Во втором вам необходимо составить письменное
высказывание с хјсментами рассуждения по лре№юженной теме.
Объем
высказывания не должен превыш:ггь слон. Предлагаемый поможет вам успешно
справиться с лим заданием. На вьптнснис задания отводится около Щ) минут.
РазДел 5: Говорение
Данный раздел состою из трех заданий. Перед началом ответа вам дается 10 минут. чтобы ознакомиться с заданиями. Время устного ответа — около мины-г.
Ланная часть экзамена начинается с вступительной беседы между экзаменуемым и экзаменатором-соГ«сдником с целью знакомства. за которог следут- три экзаменационных задания.
• Первое задание (СЗ) — двухминутное монологическое высказывание по предложенной теме. Предложенный план высказывания поможет вам успешно справшъся с •лмм видом з:иания. Вам могут знать Олин или два вопроса по теме высказывания.
• Второе задание (С4) предполагает
диалог с целью обмена фактической информацией. Вам решить проблему и сообщается. какую
информацию вам нужно 11кхлучить у экзаменатора, чтобы решить лу проблему, Вы
з:щдасле вопросы экзаменатору и получаете необходимую информацию. На основе
полученной информации вы Ло,'1ЖНЫ сделать определенный ВЫВОЛ или принять
соответствующее решение.
• Третье задание (С5) предполагает
диалог с целью обмена оценочной информацией. Вам некая проблема и несколько вариантов ее решения. Ваша
задача — обсудить предложенные варианты решения проблемы с экзаменатором и
найти оптимальное решение.
Мы н:цеемся. •гго работа
по нашему пособию будет и иъггересна для вас.
Желаем вам успеха на экзамене!
Elena klekovkina alcolm Мапп
Steve
предложенных.
Test 1 |
|
Test 12 |
|
Language and Exam Skills
Development . |
4 |
Language
and Exam Skills Development . |
136 |
Test I |
6 |
Test 12 |
138 |
Test 2 |
|
Test 13 |
|
Language and Exam Skills
Development . |
16 |
Language
and Exam Skills Development . |
148 |
Test 2 . |
18 |
Test 13 |
150 |
Test 3 |
|
Test 14 |
|
Language
and Exam Skills Development . |
28 |
Language
and Exam Skills Development . |
160 |
Test 3 . |
30 |
Test 14 |
162 |
Test 4 |
|
Test 15 |
|
Language
and Exam Skills Development . |
40 |
Language
and Exam Skills Development . |
172 |
Test 4. |
42 |
Test 15 |
174 |
Test 5 |
|
Test 16 |
|
Language
and Exam Skills Development . |
52 |
Language
and Exam Skills Development |
184 |
Test 5 . |
54 |
Test 16 |
186 |
Test 6 |
|
Test 17 |
|
Language
and Exam Skills Development . |
64 |
Language
and Exam Skills Development . |
196 |
Test 6 |
66 |
Test 17 . |
198 |
Test 7 |
|
Test 18 |
|
Language
and Exam Skills Development . |
76 |
Language
and Exam Skills Development , |
208 |
Test 7 . |
78 |
Test 18 |
210 |
Test 8 |
|
Test 19 |
|
Language and Exam Skills
Development |
88 |
Language and Exam Skills
Development . |
220 |
Test 8 . |
90 |
Test 19 |
222 |
Test 9 |
|
Test 20 |
|
Language and Exam Skills
Development . |
100 |
Language
and Exam Skills Development . |
232 |
Test 9 . Test 10 |
102 |
Test 20 |
234 |
Language and Exam Skills
Development . |
112 |
Answer
sheets . |
244 |
Test 10 Test 11 |
114 |
|
|
Language and Exam Skills
Development . |
124 |
|
|
Test Il |
126 |
|
|
A Look at the first task on page 6. Match the statements A-F to the following speakers.
I
'I need to find other people to play with.' Statement
2 'I don't understand why people find
sport so interesting.' Statement
3 'I think it would be exciting to be in a
Formula 1 race.' Statement
4 'I like to see people working
together in sport.' Statement
5 'Sally, Jackie and I play tennis
almost every weekend.' Statement
6 'I like to do sport to get exercise
and stay healthy.' Statement
B Quickly read the six texts on page 8 and answer these questions.
Which text is talking about .
1 a way of reading for people who can't
see? Text
2 the differences between plavs on
radio and on TV? Text
3 people using radio to communicate 20
years ago? Text
4 how people commumcated before radio
was invented? Text
5 a danger caused by using mobile phones?
Text
6 using our hands and faces to
communicate? Text
![]() |
![]() |
C Find words and phrases in each text which have a similar meaning to these words and phrases.
Text 1
1 something you see often
2 talking in a friendly way
3
worried
Text 2
4 not able to see
5
created
Text 3
6
included
7
say how we feel
8
not telling the
truth
Text 4
9
not professional
10 communicate with
Text 5
Il kinds
12
send out
Text 6
13
started (a fire)
14
learn information
15
far away
D
Quickly read the
first text on page 12 and answer these questions.
I In which country can you find the platypus?
2 Does the platypus live in other
countries?
3 XXhen did Europeans first see the
platypus?
4 Is the platypus a rare animal?
5 Do we know a lot about the platypus?
E
![]() |
|
|
three |
|
ten |
|
G Look at the Student Card for Task I on page 15 and make notes to complete the table.
What are your favourite television programmes? Why? Has your taste in TVprogrammes changed? How and why? |
Xhen do you watch television? |
Do you watch TV with your family / with your friends on your own? |
F Label the different parts of this letter by writing the appropriate letter in each space.
A Put Love, or Best wishes, and then put my first name.
B
Put Dear and my
pen friend's first name, followed by a comma.
C Write my address and the date here.
D Say goodbye and tell my pen friend to write back.
E Make more suggestions and give further advice.
F Say hello and thank my pen friend for their letter.
G Make my first suggestions and give some advice.
1
2H Which of these statements do you agree 3 Idisagree with? Explain
why.
4
1
'Young people watch too much TV.'
5
2
'You can learn a lot by watching
6
television.'
7
3 'Most
programmes for children are very good.'
O
P',une.n
Bbl yc.abttuume 5 BblCKa.3btaaHUð1.
Ycmcmoaume coomeemcmaue .ueycðy 6b1CKa.3b10aH11fLUU |
A. She enjoys watching team sports.
B. She wants to join a team to play a sport.
C. She thinks sport is a good way to keep fit. D. She likes playing sports with her friends.
E. She would like to try a dangerous sport. F. She thinks watching sport is boring.
roBop911AV11i |
1 |
2 |
|
YTBepxneH1te |
Test 1 |
|
Bbl yc.lbttuume pa.3?060p mypucma Il euc)a. Onpeòeaume, Kay-cue 11.3 LIPU6eÒëHHbLV ymaep.ycòeH11ù Al-A6 coomaemcmayom coòepycamuo meyccma (I ), KC1/C1te He coonwemcmayom (2) u o që.u 6 maccme He cya.3(lHO, mo ecntb Ha OCHOaaHU11 meKcma Heat„3f1 ()amb HI/ noao.ycumeJ1bH0?0, HI/ omptugame-QbH0?0 omaema (3). ()õ6eòume no-uep 6bttîpt1HH0?0 eapuauma omeema. Bbl yc.abltuume aanucb ÒßClYÒbl.
Al The tourist has a limited amount of time in the area.
l) 13ep110 2) HeBepH0 3) B TeKCTe He cwa3ŽIH0
A2 Most visitors to Montford Hall go by taxi.
1) BepHO 2) HeBepH0 3) B 'rewre He cK'd3'dH0
A3 The guide recommends a restaurant to the tourist.
l) BepHO 2) ne13epH0 3) B -reKcTe He CKa3t1HO
A4 The tourist wants to enjoy the good weather.
l) BepHO 2) HeBepH0 3) B -rewre He CKa3t1HO
You have to pay to enter the Rose
Gardens.
l) BepH0 2)
HeBepHO 3) B -reKCTe He CK[BŽIHO
A6 The tourist has a large garden at home.
1) BepHO 2)
HeBepH0 3) B •reKCTe He CKagaH0
O
Bbl ycablluume õeceòy pvK060òume.1H Kypcoe c ÕyðYlUlLMll cmyòewnauu. B aaÒCIH11flX A 7413 oõeeòume tgucþpy 1, 2 10111 3, coomæmcmgyougyo 6blÕpaHHOMY ea.uu eapucmmy omeema. Bbl ycablluume aanuct, Òeaycðbl.
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Test 1 |
|
1) to do the Advanced Pottery course.
2) to choose a different course.
3) not to do a course at all.
no ObPATMTE BHMMAHME, Limo on16en1bl Ha aaòaHllf1 B I, Al-A13 pacnonaea,tomcfl 6 pa3HbLr BI õYKßb1 .3anucb1ecwomcfl õe.3 npoõee106 u ,31fflK06 npe'711}fflHllH. |
Mcnoau.ayùme Kaycðyo (5YK6_y mœ1bK0 oðtut pa.3. B 3aÒauuu oÒŒta me.ua autUHf1f1. |
A. POOR COMMUNICATION
B. HELPFUL METHOD
C. PAST HOBBY
D. BODY LANGUAGE
E. ENJOYABLE GAMES
F. HEALTH PROBLEMS
G. MORE IMAGINATION
1 In just a few years you will see people concerned that a mobile close to ordinary phone 2 We learn a lot by read braille. Braille fingers. A Frenchman system makes life 3 When we talk to as little as 7% of we use our faces also show things 4 People can now Twenty years ago, radio to contact their houses that and about the |
mobile phones have become a common sight everywhere. Walk past any café and chatting on their phones or sending text messages. However, some people are the signals these phones send out mav be bad for our health. They worry that holding your head might have an effect on your brain. So, it may be a good idea to use your when you can.
![]() |
someone, only a small part of our meaning is in what we say. Some people say that our message is contained in our words. We use our hands to express ourselves and to show that we are listening or to show how we feel. Our faces and our hands can that we might want to hide, like the fact that we are lying, for example.
use the Internet and e-mail to communicate with each other cheaply and quickly.
however, this wasn't possible. In those days in Britain, some people used amateur people all over the country, and even around the world. They had special radios in sent out radio signals. They contacted each other to exchange news about their lives weather, or even to play games such as chess.
decide exactly what a place or a person looks like. On radio, though, you can imagine it any you like. the invention of radio, it was almost impossible to communicate over large distances. The onlv to communicate with people far away was to send a message or a letter with a person. People lit on hills as a signal to each other, but it wasn't a very good way of communicating. It was very difficult to find out what was happening in distant places and news often took weeks or even months travel around the world. |
5
One of the most interesting types of radio programme is
radio drama. Although some radio stations only broadcast music, some also
produce plays for their listeners. Many people prefer listening to a play on
the radio to watching it on TV because thev can be more creative. On TV, the
programmemakers
6 Before
NL' ereKCTa |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 5 |
6 |
O
![]() |
|
|
|
|||||||
1 |
|
4 |
5 |
6 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
O
![]() |
When my Uncle Alan turned up at my thirteenth birthday party without a present, I couldn't hide the disappointment on my face. He was my favourite uncle, and he always bought me fantastic presents. 'Don't look so sad, Anna,' he said kindly. 'I haven't forgotten to get you a present. I just couldn't bring it with me. Tomorrow, I'm taking you abseiling.' 'I didn't know you had a boat,' I said. 'No, not sailing! Abseiling!' 'What's that?' I asked. 'I've never heard of it.' 'You'll see,' he said mysteriously. Early the next day, Uncle Alan drove me to Lamerton Adventure Park. I'd never been there before, but had often told my mum and dad how exciting it sounded. As we drove through the gates, it seemed that, once again, Uncle Alan had found me a birthday present I'd never forget. When we arrived, we went to find my instructor, a friendly young woman called Isabelle. She put me completely at ease, and I knew that, whatever I was going to be doing, I'd be quite safe with her. 'So, Anna, have you ever been abseiling before?' she asked. I admitted I didn't even know what abseiling was. 'Well, it's always fun to experience something new, isn't it?' she said. We walked through the park, and ended up at a rocky hill. The biggest rock face was extremely high and steep, but there were smaller, easier faces too. When I saw the equipment waiting for me — a rope, a harness and a helmet — I guessed what I was going to be doing. 'Oh, I'm going rock climbing!' I said excitedly. 'Not exactly,' said Uncle Alan. Isabelle explained. 'With rock climbing, you start at the bottom and go up, but with abseiling, you start at the top and go down.' Now I understood. We carried the equipment up a path to the top of the smallest rock face. I carefully looked over the edge. The ground was about five metres below. 'This is going to be fun,' I thought. Isabelle tied the rope carefully to a metal ring, and then
threaded it through my harness, which by now I was wearing round my waist.
She threw the other end of the rope over the edge of 'This is where I say goodbye,' said Uncle Alan. 'I'm going back down to the bottom. I'll be holding the other end of the rope, so you'll be quite safe. See you when you come down!' Isabelle was the perfect instructor. She talked me through what to do step by step. I stood on the edge of the rock face with my back to the drop. My left hand was holding the rope in front of me, my right hand holding the rope behind me. 'Now,' she said, 'gently lean back.' This was the most difficult part. It's a terribly scary experience leaning back over a cliff, especially the first time you attempt it, and for the first few minutes I wondered whether I could actually do it. Finally, I decided to risk it. I didn't want Uncle Alan thinking I was a coward. Keeping my feet still, I leant back a little. Then a little more. 'Fantastic!' shouted Uncle Alan from below me. 'That's wonderful,' said Isabelle. 'Now, slowly start to walk down the rock.' It was more like bouncing than actual walking, but I started to go down. It didn't take long to reach the bottom, but I felt a huge sense of achievement when I put my feet on the ground next to Uncle Alan. |
|
'I'm so proud of you!' he said. 'Do you want to try a higher rock face now?'
'You bet!' I said, 'The higher, the better!'
A14 When Uncle Alan saw Anna's disappointment, he realised that I) he should have brought a present with him.
2) he really was her favourite uncle.
3) she thought he had forgotten to bring her a present. 4) he had to take her somewhere the next day.
AIS Anna had frequently told her parents that I) Lamerton Adventure Park appealed to her.
2) she had never been abseiling before.
3) Uncle Alan's birthday presents were unforgettable. 4) abseiling sounded like a very interesting activity.
A16 Isabelle made Anna
I) admit how little she knew about the park.
2) feel totally secure and comfortable.
3) think about previous enjoyable experiences. 4) realise that abseiling would be easy.
A17 When Anna saw the equipment, she
I) understood immediately what abseiling was.
2) tried hard to guess what it would be used for.
3) asked Isabelle for an explanation.
4) still didn't understand what she would be doing.
A18 Uncle Alan didn't stay at the top
of the rock face because 1) he wanted to see Anna when she reached the bottom.
2) he had to hold the rope at the bottom.
3) the rope had fallen over the edge by mistake.
4) he thought she would be safer without him up there.
A19 As Anna started to lean back, she 1) felt extremely frightened.
2) wondered if she was a coward.
3) knew she had to risk the danger.
4) remembered the first time she'd done this.
A20 After reaching the bottom, Anna
I) thought she had achieved enough for one day.
2) wanted to abseil down a more difficult rock face.
3) made a bet with her uncle about the height of the rock.
4) felt relieved to be on the ground again with her uncle.
no B2, B3 u A14-A20 HE 3AbYUbTE IIEPEHECTM CBOM OTBETb1 B WIAHK OTBETOB ! ObPATJ4TE
BHMMAHME, Elmo Ha B2, B3 u A14-A20 Pa.3HbLX qacmm• âqamca. B2, B3 pacnoao.yceHb1 nuycneñ Liacmu Õaawca. Ilpu nepeHoce omeemt)6 6 sac)aH115LV B2, B3 õYK6b1 aanucbtecuomcfl õea npoõeaoe u .3HŒC06 npemmauu.q. |
Test 1 |
|
Ilpoqumaúme meR•cm 3anomtume nponycK11 6 npeÒaoyeHum- not) H0.uepa.uu B4-B11 coomaemcmeyougu.uu cþop.uaatu c:aoa, HaneqamaHHbLr aa?ACIBHbLUU ÕYKߌuu cnpaea om npeÒaoyceHllfl.
B4 B6 B9 BIO Bil |
|
STRANGE EXIST NEVER SEE TWO DIRTY NOT KNOW |
|||
17poqumaùme
Õycga-uu nocae H0Mepoa B12-B18 maK, qmoÕbl OHU epa.M.uamuqecKll u ./WKCltqeCKU coomaemcmeoeaau coòepycaH1110 meKcma. .3an0JIHume nponycK11 natyqeHHbLUt1 caoea.uu. Kaycòblù nponycK coomcemcmeyem omðe-QbH0MY aaÒaHtuo 11.3 B 12-B18. |
|
||||
B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 |
The Tower of London has become one of the most symbols of the city of London, and of Britain as a whole. It was built by William the Conqueror in 1078 and the Tower took 20 years from start to finish. The In the thirteenth century, King Henry Ill added many Today, many thousands of |
|
|||
|
Tlpoqumaúme maccm c nponycxa.uu,
OÕ03HULWHHbLUU HO-uepa.uu A21-A28. 3mu H0.uepa coomoemcmayom |
When Andrew Carter was offered the position of Senior European Sales
Manager in a large, successful multinational corporation, he A21 A22 And yet now, only eight months after his first day in the job, how different his emotions were. For Andrew Carter was experiencing what many international business travellers had experienced before him, and will experience for years to come, that a life A23 on planes and in hotels is lonelv, dull and exhausting. He longed to be back at home, and dreamt of the simple pleasures of having someone to watch television with, of being asked how his day was. As he lay on the bed in his luxurious, yet strangely soulless hotel room, he A24 the empty evening ahead of him. 'What's the A25 he asked himself, as he had done so many times, 'of going out this evening? I won't talk to anyone. I won't have anyone to enjoy it with. Every city's the same when you're alone.' Not wanting to sit alone at a table in the hotel restaurant, he decided to have his evening meal delivered to his room by room service. Leafing through the menu, Andrew was A26 And then he thought the unthinkable. 'I don't have to A27 on like this,' he said out loud. 'I'm still young. My whole life's ahead of me. I could quit my job and do something I really enjoy. So what if I don't make so much money? Money isn't everything.' It would take several years, and a number of A28 starts, but finally Andrew Carter did leave his highly-paid position. He was scared, but for the first time in his life he was truly content. |
A21 l) took 2) jumped 3) seized 4) had
A22 l) by 2) forward 3) up 4) off
A23 1) spent 2) paid 3)
passed 4) taken
A24 I) dreaded 2) distrusted 3) depressed 4) disappointed
A25 I) theme 2) topic 3)
point 4) subject
A26 1) attacked 2) smashed 3) knocked 4) struck
A27 1) live 2)
go 3) move 4) continue
A28 I) false 2) fake 3) artificial 4) forged
no B4-B18, A21-A28 HE 3AbYAbTE [IEPEHECTM CBOM OTBETb1 B WIAHK OTBETOB ! ObPATMTE BHMMAHME, Ha
B4-B18 u A21-A28 6 .3aÒaHll}LV B4-B18 õYKBb1 aanucbteawmcfi
õea npoõeaog u .3HZlK06 |
17pu
Bbl'70JIHCHUU aaòauuù CI u C2 ocoõoe 6HtLUí1HUe
oõpamume Ha mo, qmo aatuu omaembt õyòym
ogehtuøamt.cn nt0J1bK0 no aanucf1.M, CÒeaCIHHbLM 6 WIAHKE
OTBETOB X'2. 1-111KaK11e aanucu aano.uteuuu WIAHKA OTBETOB YKaoæume cnaqaaa H0,uep .gaòaHl/fl CT, C2 aameM aanutuume caoù omaem oðHOÙ cmop0Hb1 õaamca HeòocmamotlH0, 6b/ .uo.yceme ucno.lbaoaamb òpyeyo cmopo,qy Õaamca. |
You have 20 minutes to do this task.
This is part of a letter from your English pen friend.
Test 1 |
|
Write soon,
Love,
Tom
Write back to Tom answering his questions.
Write 100-140 words.
Remember the rules of letter writing.
You have 40 minutes to do this task.
Comment on the following statement.
Many people think that we should explore space and visit other planets. However, some people say that space exploration is a waste of time and money.
What can you say for and against exploring space and visiting other planets?
Write 200-250 words. Use the following plan
1. Introduction (State the problem).
2. Arguments "for".
3. Arguments "against".
4. Conclusion.
Pa3aeJ1 IòBopeHne
Bbl noayqume KapmotlKY, Ha Komopoú
npeòcmaoaellbl mpu aaÒCIH11f1 ycm,qoeo omaema.• C3 —
me.uamuqecwoe .uo,qoaopuqeæcoe dblCKa.3bW,aH1te, C4 — òuaaoe c
lge.Qb,to ot;.ueua cþaxmuqecK0ù 6btno.aneH11f1 Ra.ycÒO?O aaòaH11f1 onpeòe.,1Hem o,tcaa.ueuamop. Bo npoueòeH1151 .»moli qacmu .9K3aateHa llòem nocmt)flltuafl aanucb Ha ayÒ110Kaccemy. |
3aaaHvtq 9K'3aMeHYOtoro
STUDENT CARD
Task I (3—3.5 minutes)
Give a 2-minute talk on television. Remember to say:
• what your favourite television programmes are
• if your taste in television programmes has changed over the years and why
• when you watch television
• if you watch television with or without your family or friends
You have to talk for 1.5—2 minutes. The teacher will listen until you have finished. Then he/she will ask you some questions.
STUDENT CARD
Task 2 (1.5—2 minutes)
You are visiting a town and you are at the tourist information office. You would like to
find a hotel close to the town centre. You can pay £30 per night only.
Testa |
|
Before making a decision, ask the tourist information guide about: • the hotels available
•
where the hotels
are the cost
The teacher will play the part of the tourist information guide and will speak first.
Remember to:
• be active and polite
• get all the information you need
• decide on the hotel to stay at
STUDENT CARD
Task 3 (3—4 minutes)
You and a friend are planning to do a course for one evening each week at a local college. You are discussing which course to go on. You can do:
• basic car maintenance
• cookery
• Mandarin Chinese for beginners
• photography
• local history
The teacher will play the part of your friend.
Remember to:
•
discuss all the
options take an active part in the conversation and be polite
come up with ideas
give good reasons
find out your friend's attitudes and
take them into account
invite your friend to come up with suggestions
come to an agreement
A Look at the first task on page 18. The people will all be talking about clothes. In pairs or as a group, make a list of the words and phrases you would expect to hear when someone is talking about clothes.
|
clothes |
fashion |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B Look at the headings A-F again. Match each statement 1-6 below with a heading that has a similar meaning.
I I
really enjoy shopping for jeans and tops, even if they are expensive.
2 You've got to make sure you feel good in the clothes you're wearing.
3 Fashion isn't important to me at all.
4 The clothes I used to wear were totally
different.
5 What I wear depends on where I am and what I'm doing.
6 1'd never wear anything that didn't look nice.
![]() |
C
Read the two texts in the second task on page 21. Find words and phrases in the
texts which have a similar meaning to these words and phrases.
I a place
where someone lives
2 king or queen
3
at the
moment
4 a person who lives in a place
5 kind, type, sort
6
the garden, land,
etc that surrounds a building
Second text
7 from then until now
8
which
still exists
9 wrongly
10 called
11
real
D
Read the text
with questions B12-B18 on page 24. For each gap, decide what kind of word
(noun, adjective, etc) fills the gap. B12 B13
B14
B15
B16
B17
B18
E Complete the table. Include negative adjectives where appropriate.
verb |
noun |
adjective |
invent fly direct |
|
hot |
Section 4 Writing: second task
F Read the second task on page 26. Decide whether the statements below are: arguments supporting the behaviour and attitude of teenagers (S), arguments against teenagers' behaviour and attitude (A) or irrelevant arguments (I).
1 In my opinion, the vast majority of
teenagers are extremely hard-working.
2 1 personally believe that teenagers today are much more considerate and caring than young people were thirty years ago.
3 Getting a part-time job is a good way for a teenager to make some extra money.
4 Teenagers today are much more likely
to swear in front of their parents and teachers.
5 At my school, for example, there are very few discipline problems.
6 Most teenagers understand that they have to work hard at school in order to get a good job when they are older.
7 Teenagers nowadays often prefer to watch
television and play computer games rather than do their homework.
8 Those people who criticise teenagers should think back to their own childhood.
9
![]() |
10 According to some experts, exams are
not the best way to test how much a teenager knows about a subject.
G In pairs or as a group, discuss whether you think teenagers today are generally rude, lazy and badly behaved.
H
Look at the
Student Card for Task 2 on page 27. Answer these questions.
1
What is an after-school club?
a a club for older teenagers who have left school b a club for students which meets after the end of the school day
2 Which of these clubs would not be suitable for you? Explain why.
a Art club — meets on Mondays and
Thursdays b Model aeroplane club — meets on
Tuesdays
3 Which of these clubs would be suitable for you? Explain why.
a English club — meets on Wednesdays b Games club — meets on Fridays
Correct each of these direct and indirect questions.
I
Could you tell me
what are clubs available?
2 What activities the maths club do?
3 Do you know what activities does the maths club do?
4 the chess club meets?
5 I wonder if you know when does the
chess club meet?
Bbl vc-lbltuume 5 6blCKC13b16CIHUÙ. YcmaH0ßume coomeemcmgue Meyðy 6b1CR•a.3blBaH1ffiJfU Ka.YCÒO?O POBOPf1tge?0 1 — 5 u ymgepycòt'H11$1.uu, ÒaHHbLU11 cnucwe A — F. Mcno.lbayùme KaycÒvŒo õYK6V,
t)õ03Haqa10110'10 ymgepycðemte, moa1bKO oðt1H pa.3. B aaòanuu ecntb oÒH0 autunee _ymeep.ycòenue. Bbl yca7b11uume aanucb ÒeaycÒb1. 3aHecume ('6011 omeenlbl 6 maõmugy.
A. I don't care what I wear.
B. It's important to feel comfortable.
C. I love spending money on nice clothes.
D. My taste in clothing has changed. E. Looking smart is very important to me.
![]() |
F0Bop¶11U1ñ |
1 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
YTBepùKJ1eHJ1e |
Bbl ycvtbltuume paa¿oaop aeeHtna no Ht'òßll.ycuatocmu MupuŒu c Kauewno,u. Onpeðeaume, KCIKUC' 113 'IPU6eÒëHHbLV ym(3epycòt'Hllù Al-A6 coomaemcmgyom coòepycaptuyo moccma (1), KŒue He coomæmcmeyom (2) u o qëM 6 meKcme He cyaaaHO, mo ecnlb Ha OCHOBLIHUII mewma He-Qb3f1 ()amt. Hit noao.ycumeJ1bHoeo, Hil omputgamev1bH0?0 omeema (3). C)õßeòume HO.uep Bblõpaymozo 6apuŒtma omæma. Bbl ycablluume aanucb ð6aycÒbl,
Al The owners of the house are still living in it.
l) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B TeKCTe He CKagaHO
A2 The house has both a coal fire and central heating. I) BepHO 2)
HergepHO 3) B TeKCTe He CKŽBIIHO
A3 The kitchen is large.
I) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B -rek'CTe He cKtuaH0
A4 There's space in the utility room for Mr Robinson's freezer. I) BepHO 2) HeBepH0 3) B TeKCTe He CKti3aHO
AS The house is the largest in the street.
l) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B •rewre He cwagaH0
A6 The owners might be willing to reduce the price.
l) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B •rewre He CKa3ttHO
|
Bbl yc•abltuume õeceðy ()upŒmopa eocn1UHUl!b1 c HOBbLVf cayyca1U11.u. B aaòauunx A 7-Ä13 oõeeòume Igucþpy I, 2 10111 3, coomaemcP16Y10110"0 6b1ÕPCIHHOAf.V oapuawn_v omaema. Bbl yc•vlbnuume aanucb Ò6G'YCÒb1.
The manager says he will
I) show Denise exactly what to do.
A8 |
Denise says she is worried about I) working with money. 2) dealing with the public. 3) operating a computer. |
A9 |
The people Denise is responsible for I) have worked together as a team for a long time. 2) are all quite new to the job, 3) usually work in pairs at reception. |
AIO |
In her previous job, Denise most enjoyed 1) managing a team of people. 2) solving difficult problems. 3) training new employees. |
Al 1 |
If the computer system develops a problem 1) Denise may be able to repair it. 2) the manager will provide instructions. 3) they will write to the repair company. |
A12 |
Denise would like to know about I) the salary. 2) holidays. 3) working hours. |
A13 |
The manager asks Denise to I) check that some rooms are readv. 2) answer the phone while he's away. |
2)
give
Denise a general idea of the job. 3) ask someone else to help Denise.
3) take someone to the airport.
ObPATMTE BHMMAHME, timo omaenlbl Ha aaòaH11f1 BI, Al-A13 pacnonaztnomc•fl 6 pa.3Hb1X |
19
Pa3neJ1 I-IrreHne
Mcnoalbayùme Ka.YCÒVR) õYKBY mo.'bK0 oÒ11H pa.3. B .3aÒcutuu oðna me.ua auuutfl}l. |
A. DIFFERENT SUBJECTS
B. MANY STUDENTS
c. TWO SECTIONS
D. DIFFERING OPINIONS
E. USEFUL FACTS
F. IMPORTANT LESSON G. EASIER ANSWERS
1 2 3 4 |
Oxford University people studying at countries. In fact, at Oxford is a member part of the town. What's the best age at as young an age are about three years children how to read, In most countries, You usually have to in two parts. The first second part is a asks you to do various When was Mozart the answers to these |
has been a
centre of learning for over 900 years. Today, there are over 16,000 Oxford, but
they are not all British. About 4,000 of them come from other there are
currently students from over 130 countries studying there. Every student of a
'college'. There are 39 main colleges, and each college is in a different
for a child to learn
how to read? Some people believe that children should learn as possible.
Because of this, some parents start teaching their children when they old.
Other people believe it's better for a teacher at school to teach a class of so
many children don't learn to read until they are five or six vears old.
you are onlv allowed
to drive a car on a public road if vou have a driving licence. pass a driving
test in order to get the licence. In European countries, this test is part
is a 'theory' test. You have to answer questions about road safety. The
'practical' test. You are in a car with an examiner, who tells you where to drive and things, such as parking or reversing around a corner.
born?
What's the capital of Nigeria? Before the Internet, if we wanted to find out
questions, we'd have to look them up in reference books, such as
encyclopaedias. If we couldn't find the information in books at home, we'd have
to go to a public library. This kind of research would often take a very long
time. Now, however, as long as you have a computer connected to the Internet,
you can find the answers to questions like these in seconds.
5 Although people sometimes confuse
astronomy and astrology, they are completely different.
Astronomy is the scientific studv of the universe. Astronomers study stars, planets and other things in space, such as comets, and record their findings scientifically. Astrology, which is based on the belief that the position of the planets affects human behaviour, is not a science. It is astrologers who write horoscopes in magazines, telling us what they think is going to happen to us in the future.
6 A guide book can be extremely helpful when you're visiting a place for the first time. Guide books provide loads Of practical information, such as the opening times and entrance fees of the main attractions, and often recommend sights to visit and places to stay. They can also provide interesting information about the history of the place and famous people who lived there.
TC'KCTa |
1 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
- Test2
17poqumaùme .vm6epYòeH11H 1 — 6 u caeòyougue aa HUMU me,çcmbl. YcmaH06ttme coomaemcmaue 6epHoe, u 1411tþpv O — ec,lll ymaepycòeuue neaepnoe. 3anecume ('6011 omeembl 6 maõalllgy. |
1
Buckingham
akeavs British 2 Queen first British live there. 3 Queen her husband 'state rooms' palace. 4 Elizabeth queen for years. 5
Kings and lived in Westminster. 6 Ifyou stand Palace of look up, Ben. |
Palace has the official residence of the King or Queen.
Victoria teas the monarch to
Elizabeth 11 and lice in the in the
Il has been more than fifty
queens once Palace of
outside the
Westminster and you can see Big
No visit to London is complete vvithout a trip to Buckingham Palace, the official London residence
of the British monarch
(currently Queen Elizabeth Il).
Buckingham
Palace was built for the Duke of Buckingham in 1703 and, as such, was known simply
as Buckingham House.
Its first roval resident was King
George Ill, who bought it in 1762, but it was not until 1837, when Victoria
became queen, that it became the official royal palace of the British monarch.
Approximately 450 people work at Buckingham Palace, and each year more than 50,000 people enjoy some form of entertainment there — the Queen often holds garden parties and receptions for invited guests. In the 1990s, the palace became even more open, with members of the public being allowed to go on a tour of the 'state rooms'. These are the official reception rooms in the palace, rather than the rooms that the Queen and her husband live in.
In June 2003, a concert of classical music and a pop concert were held in the grounds of Buckingham Palace. This was to celebrate Elizabeth's 50th anniversary as queen.
No king or queen has lived in the Palace of Westminster, which is on the north bank of the River Thames in London, since the 1500s. Today, the Palace of Westminster is better known by its other name: the Houses of Parliament.
Although the oldest part of the palace in existence today is over 900 years old, most of the building is less than two hundred years old. In 1834, the palace was almost completely destroyed by fire and had to be rebuilt. Parts of the building were also damaged by bombs during the Second World War.
At one end of the palace is a famous tourist attraction: a tower, often mistakenlv referred to as 'Big Ben'. In fact, its actual name is the Clock Tower, or St. Stephen's Tower, and Big Ben is the large bell hidden inside which rings every hour on the hour.
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
|
21
[Ipoqumaùme moccm u 6bmo.mume aaÒt1H11H A14-A20, OÕ60Òf1 Illitþpy 1, 2, 3 11.111 4,
|
Oliver glanced at his watch. There were ten minutes left until the supermarket closed and he was rushing round, quickly dropping things he needed for the weekend into his trolley. He hadn't been in his own flat long and now his mother had invited herself for dinner the following day. He really wanted to impress her with his ability to cope on his own, but he knew that the usual critical comments would soon appear if everything wasn't perfect. He hoped that the three days he'd spent cleaning the place from top to bottom wouldn't be wasted, and he'd even gone so far as painting the front door. His mother wouldn't notice that, though, of course. What she would notice was the dust on top of the pictures, or the old sofa, or one of a thousand other things that Oliver had forgotten about. Still, he was determined to give her a good meal, and maybe that would put her in a slightly better mood than usual.
He checked his shopping list again and bent over to look through his trolley. He mentally ticked off the items and then realised that he still needed eggs. As he straightened up to set off towards the dairy section, there was an enormous collision, a clatter of tins and a loud shriek of pain. When Oliver had recovered his balance, he saw an attractive woman of about nineteen on her knees, putting tins and vegetables back into a handheld basket.
'Why don't you watch where you're going?' she snapped at him over her shoulder. 'Some people just have no manners. Honestly .
'Er ... sorry,' stammered Oliver. 'Let me help you.' He began to pick tins up. 'It really wasn't my fault, though, you know. I was just ... 'The girl grabbed a tin of tuna from his hands.
![]() |
When he got there, he scanned the lines of customers waiting to pay. There were about a dozen queues, but Oliver couldn't see the girl in any of them. Thinking that she must still be shopping somewhere in the supermarket, Oliver turned to go and find her when he suddenly heard a familiar voice at the front of the queue next to him.
'I'm sure I had it here a minute ago. I want to speak to the manager. I think it's been stolen. It must be someone in this supermarket because I know .
She stopped as she realised that Oliver was standing next to her, holding her purse out towards her.
'Lost something?' Oliver asked.
The girl smiled, then recognised Oliver and frowned, before her expression softened again and she took the purse with a faint smile on her lips. 'Thanks,' she said quietly.
A14 Oliver is anxious to prove to his mother that he
l) has learned a lot about cooking. 2) is capable of living independently.
3) knows she looked after him very well. 4) has learned not to be so negative.
AIS When she visits his flat, Oliver's mother will 1) appreciate the effort he has made.
2) find something she isn't happy about.
3) help him do up his flat.
4) remind him to get new furniture.
A16 The young woman drops her
shopping because I) she and Oliver bump into each other.
2) her basket is too full.
3) she is frightened by Oliver. 4) she feels pain in her knees.
A17 When Oliver offers to help, the young woman I) forgives him for what he has done.
2)
shows that
she doesn't trust him.
3) thanks him despite her anger.
4) refuses to listen to his explanation.
A18 Oliver thinks that his mother might give him more independence if he 1) found a friend for her.
2) had a girlfriend.
3) told her to stop phoning him. 4) had nicer friends.
A19 When he sees the purse, Oliver realises that 1) he might be accused of theft.
2) there's no money in it.
3) he could get his revenge.
4) it fell into his trolley by accident.
A20 Oliver manages to find the girl because he
l) sees her standing in one of the queues.
2) knows where she is still shopping.
3) recognises her voice when she speaks. 4) joins the same queue as her.
no B2, B3 u A14-A20 HE 3AbYAbTE TIEPEHECTM CBOM OTBETb1 B WIAHK OTBETOB ! ObPATMTE BHMMAHME, Ha
B2, B3 u A14-A20 |
npoqumaùme moccm 3ano.mume
nponycxu 6 npeòaoyeHllH.x not) H0,uepa.uu B4-B11 coonwemcmavwmgu.uu
(þopataatll ('-106, HanettamaHHbLr |
B4 B6 B8 B9 BIO Bll |
Do you like
tomatoes? Although people generally think tomato as a vegetable, in fact it However,
it was not until the Spanish Before that, no one in Europe Tomatoes Since
then, the tomato Can you imagine what food today would be like without |
a fruit. NOT
BE many EAT
Mexico in the ARRIVE
EVER SEE
Britain, ONE
![]() |
BECOME it?
npoqumaùme npuaeòeHHb1ñ ,quyce meRt•m
17peoõpa.3.vùme caoga, naneqamaHHble aaeaaßHbL8tu
ÕVK6ŒUll nocae HO.uepoe B12-B18 maK, qmoõbl OHU
epa-w„tamuqecR11 11 aeKCllqeCKU coomeemcm606aau coòepycamuo me,tccma.
3ano.1Hume nponycvcu noavqeHHblJtU caoe,cutll. |
B12 |
Before the |
INVENT |
B13 Two brothers, Josef and Etienne Montgolfier, were FRANCE responsible for designing the world's first hot air balloon.
B14 The first successful was in 1783, and the Montgolfier FLY
B15 brothers immediately became throughout the world. FAME
B16 The design of hot air balloons is based on the law that SCIENCE
hot air rises. A burner at the bottom of the balloon provides the
B17 . As the air inside the balloon gets hotter, the balloon HOT
takes off. Its height above the ground is determined by how hot the air
B18 inside is and its of travel depends on the wind. DIRECT
ETest2
[Ipoqumaùme mcwcm c nponycwa.uu,
OÕO.3naZlCHHbL1tU no-ltepŒ'.tu Ä21-A28. 3mu H0Jtepa |
Carol Chadbond leant on
the counter by the till, chewing gum, and gazed at the customers in the shoe shop. There were only two: a
young girl and her mother. They had been A21 on shoes for twenty minutes,
unable to agree on anything. The girl wanted something expensive and
fashionable, A22 the mother wanted something cheap and practical. Carol watched
them argue and thought how bored she was.
She wished she hadn't agreed to stand in for Julie on a Saturday morning. She could be out with her friends now, drinking coffee and gossiping instead of waiting for people to A23 their minds up. The mother came over with a shoe in her hand.
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
|||||
![]() |
|||||||
'I'll go and have a look. Won't be a minute,' she said and went into the storeroom. She quickly found the shoes, then sat on a stool, hoping to waste a few minutes by A25 to look for the shoes. She thought about her plans for that evening. She was looking forward to going to the cinema and seeing her favourite actor's latest film. Realising that she hadn't invited Amy, she got out her mobile and quickly dialled the number. It rang twice before Amy answered.
'Hi, it's me!' Carol said. 'Guess what? I'm at work. Listen, what are you doing later?'
Soon, Amy was telling Carol all about what had happened the night before and who had said what to whom. Forgetting where she was, Carol got more and more A26 in the conversation, crying 'Really?' and 'I don't believe it!' at the more interesting moments in the story. A low cough came from the door of the storeroom. Carol looked up to see the woman customer standing there with a very annoyed A27 on her face. Even worse, the shop manager, Mrs Lewis, was standing right behind her.
'Erm ... I'll call you back,' Carol said into the phone, and hung A28 Somehow, she had the feeling that she might not have to work the following Saturday morning.
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
OTBETb1 B WIAHK OTBETOB Ml.' ObPATMTE BHMMAIIME, qmo Ha .3aÒaHllfl B4-B18 11 A21-Ä28 pacnonapcuomcfl 6 PC13HblX qacmm• t5J1(1HKa. B4-B18 pacnoao.wellbl Hid.YCHeù qacmu t5aaHKa. Tlpu nept'Hoce omaemoe 6 aac)aHllfLV 134-1318 õYK6b1 ,3anucb16ŒomcH õe,3 npoõeaoe u .3HCIK06 npe/lllHaH1ffi. |
TIPI/ 6bVIOJIHeH11U
aaðŒuú CI u C2 ocoõoe 6HUMUHlle oõpamume Ha mo,
uno eatuu omeembl õyòym 111211 .3anoaneuuu WIAHKÄ OTBETOB ycaycume cnaqaaa HOMCP aaÒaHlffl CI, C2 .3ame.u aanutuume C60ù omaem Ecau OÒHOÙ cniOPOHbl HeòocmamotlH0, 6b/ .uo.yceme ucno.;1b.306anlb òpyeyo cmop0HY ÕaaHKa. |
You have 20 minutes to do this task.
This is part of a letter from Susie, your English pen friend.
...Guess what! My parents say / can have a pet for my birthday. Isn't that fantastic? I'm not sure what kbdofpet toget, though. Haveyayotapet? what Hoya think Do think are too mach trouble tv (00k after? Maybe /shuddyet a cat, or a hamster. Let me know whatyou think! |
|
Write back to Susie answering her questions.
Write 100-140 words.
Remember the rules of letter writing.
You have 40 minutes to do this task.
Comment on the following statement.
Some people believe that teenagers today are generally rude, lazy and badly behaved. Other people, however, think that teenagers hare a bad reputation for no reason.
Do you agree that teenagers are often criticised unfairly?
Write 200-250 words. Use the following plan
1. Introduction (State the problem).
2. Express your opinion and give reasons for it.
3. Give other people's arguments and explain why they are wrong.
4. Conclusion.
Bbl noayqume Rapmowcy, na Romopoù npeðcma6aeHb1 mpll aaòaH11f1 vcmno¿o omaema: C3 — me,uamuqecxoe 6b1CKa.3b16aHUC', C4 — ()uaaoe c ot5.ut'Ha cþŒmuqecR0ù uucþop.ua«ueù, C5 — Òuaaoe c oõM('Ha uucþopata«ueù. 6b1no.QHeHt1H aaòamut onpeòea.qem .9K3Œue,qamop. Bo ape.'vtfl npoaeòC'H11f1 qacnlll .9R.3CL8WHa uòem nocn10HHHafi .3anucb Ha ayò1d0Kaccemy. |
3aaaH11S1 3K3aMeHVeM01'O
STUDENT CARD
Task I (3—3.5 minutes) Give a 2-minute talk on clothes.
Remember to say:
• how the weather affects what we wear
• how men and women sometimes wear different types of clothing
• what you like and don't like wearing, and why
• how important being in fashion is to you
You have to talk for 1.5—2 minutes. The teacher will listen until you have finished. Then he/she will ask you some questions.
STUDENT CARD
Task 2 (1.5—2 minutes)
Your school runs after-school clubs for the students and you are thinking of joining one. You are only available for one night a week. You would like to do something that isn't connected to schoolwork.
Before making
a decision, ask the teacher in charge of the clubs about:
• clubs available
• activities at the clubs
• days the clubs meet
You begin the conversation. The teacher will play the part of the teacher responsible for after-school clubs.
Remember to:
• be active and polite
• get all the information you need
• decide on whether you are going to join a club and, if so, which one
STUDENT CARD
Task 3 (3—4 minutes)
You are planning a two-week holiday with your friend next summer. You and your friend are discussing what kind of holiday you should go on. You can:
• go camping
• stay in a hotel by the sea
• go on a cruise
• go on a cycling holiday
• go to a language school in the UK The teacher will play the part of your friend.
Remember to:
• discuss all the options take an active part in the
conversation and be polite
come up with ideas
give good reasons
find out your friend's attitudes and take them into account
invite your friend to come up with
suggestions
come to an agreement
|
A Look at the task on page 31. Match each of the following statements to one of the situations described in questions A7A13.
1 1 think you've just been working too hard.
2 You can feel the excitement in the spectators.
3
This Friday ...
we're bringing you the stories you never hear .
4 We actually spent a lot of time in the hotel ...
5
1've already
brought the camera back to be replaced once ...
6
1 mean, the music
is pretty ordinary
7
There have been
quite a few burglaries around here .
B For each situation described in questions A7-A13, make a note of three words or phrases you might expect to hear. Then compare your predictions with your partner's.
Al: police / robber / frightened'
AIO:
All:
A12:
A13:
C Quickly read the text on page 33. Each of the following sentences contains one mistake. Cross out the mistake and write the correct word on the line.
1 The Romans controlled land in Europe,
the Middle East and north America.
2 The edge of the Roman Empire was the
north of France.
3 Hadrian's Wall went from Cardiff to
Newcastle. 4 The wall took sixty years to build.
5 Chesters House is on the
River Thames.
D Find words in the text to match these definitions.
1 groups of people who live together
2 very large
3 having an advanced culture — 4 gained, got something
5
things such as food,
equipment, etc
6 small castles
7
ordinary
Section 3 Grammar and vocabulary:
second task
E Quickly read the text in the second task on page 36 and answer these questions.
I
Where is Chessington World of Adventures?
2 What animals can you see there?
3 Which area will very young visitors
enjoy?
4 Which ride sounds like the most
frightening?
verb |
noun |
adjective |
attract enjoy excite |
adventure scare |
|
F Complete the table. Remember to include negative forms where appropriate.
Section 4 Writing: second task
G Complete these words and phrases.
Introducing examples
1 example
2instance
3
such
Introducing your first point
4
![]() |
5 First all, .
6 addition to that,
7 As well
this, .
Introducing contrast
8 On other hand,
9 In spite
this, .
Introducing your conclusion
10 conclusion,
Il To sum
H Choose the correct word or phrase to complete these phrases.
1
Getting a book
would I should be a good idea because ...
2
One thing we
would I should remember is that .
3
Personally, I suggest to get I getting a new pen because .
4
One advantage of
get I getting a briefcase is .
5 In my opinion, it would I should be best to get a picture because ...
I Imagine your teacher is leaving the school. You have collected some money to buy him/her a present. Choose one of the following presents to buy your teacher and explain why you think it would be a good idea. Try to use the phrases from Exercise H.
a box of |
a book |
a new |
chocolates |
|
briefcase |
a picture |
a new pen |
something |
of the class |
|
else |
Bbl yc.lbltuume 5 6blCKa.3blßaHUÙ. YcmaH06ume coon16emcm61te .vteyòy 6btCKU.3blßdlHll}lJtU eoeopmqeeo 1 — 5 u vmeepycÒeH11fLMll, ()aHHbLUU 6 CtlUCKe A — F. Mcno,1b.3.vùme õVKBV, oõoanaqcuougyo ymaepycðemte, movibK0 oÒun pa.3. B aaðanuu ecmb oðHO auuutee _ymeepowðemte. Bbl ycabltuume .3anucb ()6CIYÒb1. 3ð1Hecume cet)ll omeenlbl 6 maõauuy. |
A.
I sometimes make
a little money from my hobby.
B. I was introduced to my hobby by a relative.
C. My hobby's only really fun if I do it with friends.
D My hobby helps me meet new people.
Test 3 t |
E. It takes a long time to learn to do my hobby well. F. My hobby is only suitable for people who are fit.
|
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
||
|
Bbl yc.Qb1tuume ðuaaop mypucma co cayqaùH01i npoxoyceù Ha yau«e. Onpeðeaume, Kú'KL1e 11.3 'IPUßeÒëHHblX Al-A6 coomßemcmevwm coòep.ycamuo mtwcma (1 ), Kt1RUe He coomgemc•mewom (2) u o 6 muccme He cycaaano, mo ecnlb na ocnoecmuu meR•cma HeJ1b3fi ()anlb Hid noaoycumea1bH0?0, Hil omgema (3). Oõeeòume HO.uep ßblÓPaHHO?O casuu gapuamna omøema. Bbl ycalbltuume aanucb c)eaycÒb1. |
|
||||
Al The tourist is studying modern art.
l) BepHO 2) HeBepH0 3) B ereKe-re He cxa3t1H0
A2 There is a mistake in the tourist's guide book.
1) BepH0 2) HeBepHO 3) B •reKc•re He CKŽuaHO
A3 The woman recommends taking a bus.
1) BepH0 2) He13epHO 3) B •reKCTe He cwagaH0
A4 The tourist should turn right at the park.
l) BepHO 2) HeBepH0 3) B -reKc-re He cxa3'dH0
A5 The man should catch the number 21 bus to get to his destination.
1) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B Tewre He cK't13aH0
A6 The Speedmaster card can be used on any local bus for a week.
1) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B -rewre He CKt13t1HO
Test3 |
|
![]() |
A7 |
You will hear a woman talking about crime in her local area. How does she feel? I) worried 2) hopeful 3) angry |
A8 |
You will hear an advertisement for a radio programme. What is special about the programme? I) It has interviews with ordinary people. 2) It has interviews with experts. 3) It has interviews with sportsmen. |
|
You will hear a man talking about his holiday. What was he disappointed by? I) the hotel 2) the beaches 3) the weather |
AIO |
You will hear a doctor talking to a patient. What is the doctor's advice? l) Rest and take a few days off work. 2) Get some fresh air and exercise. 3) Make sure you eat well. |
All |
You will hear a woman talking about the Eurovision Song Contest. How does she feel about it? l) She likes to watch the performances. 2) She finds some of it predictable. 3) She thinks it is pointless. |
A12 |
You will hear a sports commentator describing a match. Who does he criticise? I) the umpire 2) the players 3)
the spectators |
A13 |
You will hear a man talking to a shop assistant. What does he want the shop assistant to do? |
I) contact the manager of the shop
2) give him his money back
3) replace a damaged item
no Bl u Al-A13 HE 3AbYAbTE TIEPEHECTM CBOÞf OTBETb1 B WIAHK OTBETOB ! ObPATWE BHMMAHME, HO
m, Al-A13 '-tacnlfLV
âqamca. BI pacnoaoyceH0 6 HUYCHŒ'Ú yacmu ÕaaHKCl.
flpu nepeHoce omeemt)6 6 aaòaHuu BI õYRßb1 |
YcmaH06ume coomeemcmeue me-if A — G meR•cma.8f I — 6. 3ClHecume coou omoenlbl 6 maõau«y. |
A. UNUSUAL VIEWS B. EARLY INVENTORS
c. SENSIBLE DECISIONS
D. POPULAR ARTISTS
E. COMMON MISTAKES
F. FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS G. SCIENTIFIC VALUE
1
Photography scientists can whether all 2
The ordinary people are |
has many uses. Most of us use photographs to save special moments for the future, but also learn a lot from them. In the nineteenth century, for example, people argued about of a horse's legs left the ground at the same time when it ran. A man call Eadweard took high-speed photographs of a horse and proved that all four legs were indeed off the same moment.
![]() |
3 Is your album full of boring snapshots? Taking good photographs is a lot easier than you might think. The secret is to find new ways of looking at an ordinary scene. If vou're taking a picture of a building, what happens if you look up? Or perhaps the back Of the building is more interesting than the front. Photography is about surprises and discovering new points of view.
4 Before buying a camera, it's important to decide what you're going to use it for. Do vou want to take quick photos of your friends and family? In that case, you should go for a cheap camera that you can keep in your bag or pocket, always ready. Do you want to take artistic pictures? If so, you will probably want to spend a bit more on a more expensive professional camera. A little thought now can help you choose wisely.
5 Many people hope to simply pick up a camera, point it and produce great pictures. Photography is a lot easier than it used to be, but it's still easy to get it wrong. Remember that you should have the sun behind you. Too many people take photographs facing the sun and then are surprised when there's too much light! Another thing to avoid is taking pictures of something far away in the dark. Your flash won't help at a distance.
6 When the Englishman William Henry Fox Talbot first pointed his camera at a window in his home, Lacock Abbey, in 1835, he helped to start a revolution. This was the moment he created the first photograph on paper. His ideas, together with those of other pioneers, including the Frenchmen Daguerre and Niepce, changed things forever. Today's world of full-colour images had its beginnings in their experiments.
NY •reKCTa TeMa |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
32
England was a part of the Roman Empire. The wall went from one side of England to the other. Building the wall helped to stop the soldiers from thinking about home.
55 None of the wall has survived to the present day.
|
In 122 AD, the Roman Empire stretched across Europe, the Middle East and north Africa. In Britain, it reached to the far north of England. However, many Scottish tribes resisted the Romans. So, in that year, Emperor Hadrian decided to build a huge wall across the island to keep them out. The wall ran all the way across England, from what is now Carlisle in the west to Newcastle in the east — 73 miles in total. It was built by Roman soldiers, and was a useful way of keeping them busy. Remember that in those days they were living on the edge of the civilised world. To stop them missing home too much, it was important to give them something to do, and building a ten-foot-thick wall certainly did that. Local people also benefited, since the soldiers and craftsmen working on the wall needed to buy supplies wherever they were. It took six years to build and was a very clear symbol of the strength of the Romans. Today, this wall is known as Hadrian's Wall and, although most of it has disappeared, it is still possible to see parts Of it. The Romans built forts along the wall for the men to live in and some of these buildings have survived. The best example is the fort at Chesters House on the River Tyne, in an area which the Romans called Cilurnum. The soldiers living here did not just come from Rome. They also came from modern-day Germany and areas of central Europe, which at the time the wall was built were under Roman control. Visitors to the fort today can see a small number of everyday objects in the museum and get an idea of what life was like on the edge of the Roman world. |
![]() |
1 |
|
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
|
Ilpoqumaùme meyccm u 6b1h10JIHume aaòaH11fi A14-A20, oõ60òH I'll(þpy 1, 2, 3 unu 4, coomcemcnlßyougyo H0Mepy 6blÕPClHH020 6Œvtu gapuanma omaema.
I looked out of the window again and then back at the clock. 'Typical Helen!' I thought to myself, wondering what excuse she would try this time. We had had this arrangement for a year now. We took it in turns to drive to work, stopping along the way to pick the other up. It saved petrol and was better for the environment, which was something that Helen claimed to care about, although I had seen her empty her ashtray out of the car window more than once. For me, the main advantage was the stress reduction. If I could avoid battling the city centre traffic a few days a week, I'd put up with any amount of meaningless gossip along the way.
A car horn sounded and I looked up to see Helen waving from her car window and pointing at her watch as if to say, 'Hurry up'. I deliberately sat down out of view and counted to thirty before picking up my jacket and bag and heading towards the car, locking the front door behind me.
'Sorry, Vanessa!' Helen called. 'Justin just wouldn't get ready for school this morning.' If Helen's excuses were to be believed, then Justin was the most difficult child imaginable. He also seemed to be the unluckiest, having suffered from half a dozen different minor illnesses in the last month alone. It was strange that he never seemed to have any problems on mornings when it was my turn to drive.
'Never mind,' I replied, fastening my seat belt. 'We should be okay.' Helen set off and we joined the rush hour traffic.
![]() |
'I know,' she said. 'It's bad, isn't it? I knew that Peterson was out to get me.'
Carl Peterson was the area manager. The report was the result of a month-long study of the company and we had all been asked to read it over the weekend. I understood why Helen didn't get on with him. Both were determined to get to the top in the company. The difference was that where Helen had no idea how to deal with other people and spent her time finding ways of avoiding blame, Carl was a talented manager.
'I'm sure that's not the case,' I said. 'He's just doing his job.' Helen's lips tightened.
'Hmm,' she said. After a moment, she continued. 'Look. I know I'm not perfect, but it's not my fault. I
Just at that moment, a young child on a bicycle pulled out into the road in front of us. I shouted 'Look out!' and Helen slammed on the brakes and turned the wheel quickly. There was a crunch of metal as we hit the back of the car in front, which had stopped at the traffic lights. The boy glanced over his shoulder before quickly pedalling off. Steam began to rise from under the bonnet. Helen hit the steering wheel in anger and frustration.
'You okay?' I asked.
'Yes, fine,' she replied, and then I saw her expression change from anger to shock and she let her head fall forward onto the wheel. I followed where she had been looking and saw what she had seen. The driver of the other car had got out and was standing by the car, looking at us with a fixed expression. It was Carl Peterson.
A14 When Vanessa thinks 'Typical Helen!' she implies that 1) she feels sorry for Helen.
2) Helen is often late.
3) Helen will be in a hurry.
4) they will be late for work.
AIS Vanessa mentions Helen
emptying her ashtray to show 1) how much Helen's views on the environment have changed.
2) how their arrangement makes a big difference to pollution.
3) that she thinks their arrangement is a bad idea.
4) that she doubts that Helen really cares about the environment.
A16 Vanessa feels that the driving arrangement 1) gives her and Helen a good chance to chat.
2) makes getting to work more relaxing.
3) causes arguments between her and Helen.
4) helps to reduce the amount of traffic on the road.
Al 7 Vanessa waits before leaving the house to join Helen 1) to show that she won't allow Helen to hurry her.
2)
![]() |
3) because she knows they have plenty of time.
4) because she has to check that the door is locked.
AIS Vanessa believes that Justin
1) gets ill more than other children
his age.
2) is used as an excuse by his mother.
3) is a difficult child to deal with.
4) should learn to deal with his problems himself.
A19 Vanessa thinks that Carl
1) is jealous of Helen's success.
2) wants Helen to do his job for him.
3) is very good at his job.
4) gives everyone too much work to do.
A20 In the final paragraph, Helen realises that 1) she and Vanessa will be late for
work.
2) she is lucky to be alive.
3) the boy is badly injured.
4) she has made her situation worse.
ObPATMTE BHMMAHME, Limo orngenlbl Ha aaÒaH1151132, B3 u A14-A20 pacnoaauuomcfl d pa,3HbLr qacnlH.r Õnawca. B2, B3 pacnoao.yceHb1 a HUYCHeÚ qacmu t5aaH1v•a. Tlpu nepenoce omaemt)ß 6 aar)ammx B2, B3 õYK6b1 aanucbtea,tomcfl õea npoõenoe u .3HüK0B npe/lllHaHlffi. |
Tlpoqumaùme mewm 3a/10JIHume nponycK11 npeòaoyceHt1H-x• nor) HO.M('PCLMII B4-BI I coomcemc,'11ßW01UIOt11 tþ0PMŒ8t11 caoe, HaneqamaHHbLt .3aua6Hb1.uu ÕVK6ŒU11 cnpaaa om Kaycðoeo
William
Shakespeare
WRITE
RECEIVE
NOT PRODUCE
LATE
APPEAR
STAR
PERFORM languages.
![]() |
npoqumaùme npugeòeHHb11i
Hil.yce mexcm Tlpeoõpaavùme cat)6ú', Haneuamam•tbte
3CIZIC16HbLVt11 ÕYK€avML1 nocae HOMC'POd B 12-1318 maK, qmoõbl
OHU |
Chessington
World of Adventures is an
theme park, just EXCITE 12 miles from London.
There's
something for everyone at the park. Animal will LOVE enjoy the 'Trail of Kings', where you can
see gorillas, tigers and lions.
is the 'Land of the Dragons', a ATTRACT
Very young children will love 'Toytown', where you can go for an
flight on the back of a Flying Jumbo, or drive one of the ENJOY visitors might try 'The Vampire'. On ADVEM'URE
'The
Vampire', you ride with your legs hanging down while it takes you high into the sky. If heights make
you
'The Vampire' NERVE might not be for you. Riding fast high above the park
can be a experience! SCARE
Tlpoqumaùme moccm c
nponvuca.uu, OÕO.3uaqeHHblJfll HO.&tepaatU .421-A28. 3mu H0Mepa
coomuemcme,yom aaðt1H11ft.8t A21-A28, 6 KomopbLr
npeòc•mŒ16aeHb1 60.3.&to.YHb1e eapucmnlbl omaem06.
Oõeeòume HO„uep |
|
Even up seasons. A22 A plants that soon touch If A24 walls You hot wisteria Those you're A26 and a lot A27 varieties keep plants |
if you live in the heart of the city, there's no reason why you shouldn't A21 gardening. We can't all afford a large garden, but we can all create a space where we can follow the Whether it's a window box, a balcony or a tiny yard, anyone can have the pleasure of looking plants,
window box is a small box of plants that literally sits outside your window. Here, the choice of is what counts. You want a splash of colour all year A23 , so choose flowers bloom at different times of the year. Daffodils, for example, are beautiful spring flowers and will have you looking forward to summer. Their bright colours will also attract butterflies, bringing a of life.
you've got a balcony, you've got a
little more freedom. In this case, the key is to maximum use of the space
you've got available. Put taller plants against the
of the house, with
shorter plants and flowers along the A25
of the balcony.
can also add a water feature; a small
fountain creates interest and can have a cooling effect on a
summer's day. If your neighbours'
balcony is next to yours, why not use a fast-growing plant like
to form a natural barrier, giving you
more privacy?
of you who are lucky enough to have a
small yard can really go to town. Think about how going to use it. Do you want
to be able to sit and enjoy the sun? Or do you want to be
to entertain friends and have a
barbecue? Divide the yard into separate areas plan each one carefully. Garden
furniture is very important. A table that folds in half can give you of
flexibility, and chairs that fold away also allow you to change your garden to
your mood. As A28
as plants are concerned, choose that don't mind a bit Of shade, unless
your yard gets a lot of sun. Yards often have walls that the sun out for long
periods and you don't want your careful plans spoiled because a few of your
start to die.
A21 I) take 2) set 3) put 4) make
A22 1) on 2) up 3) after 4) down
A23 I) round 2) over 3) along 4) across
A24 1) get 2) make 3) have 4) do
A25 1) edge 2) boundary 3)
rim 4) frame
A26 I) capable 2) possible 3) able 4) probable
A27 I) fit 2) suit 3) copy 4) go A28 1) much 2) long 3) few 4) far
no B4-B18, A21-A28 HE 3ABY2bTE IIEPEHECTM CBOM OTBETb1 B WIAHK OTBETOB ! ObPATWE BHMMAHME, Ha
B4-B18 Il A21-A28 PCI.3HblX qacnlH.r ÕJIG'HKa. B4-B18 pacno.ao,yceHb1 6 Hil.YCHeñ1 yacmu t;.aamca. [Ipu nepeHoce omeen106 6 .3aÒaHllfLV B4-B18 Õ)'K6bt 3anucb16cuomcf1 õe.3 npoõeJ106 11 .3h1UK06 npU111HüH11H. |
Tlpu Bblno.1HeH1žu aaòcmuù CI u C2 ocoõoe 6HILUCIH11e oõpamume Ha mo, qmo 6atuu omeemž,l aanutuume C60ù omaenz ECJtu OÒHOÚ cmop0Hbl õaamca HeòocmamotlH0, 6bl *toyeme ucnoatb30aamb ()pveyo cmopoH.y õaamca. |
You have 20 minutes to do this task.
![]() |
...I'm thinking ofstarting music lessons. Doyoup(ay any instruments? ever had lessons? I'm sure what instrument to cheese what suggest? / want to be awe to playpop music, / think. |
|
Write back to Sean answering his questions.
Write 100-140 words.
Remember the rules of letter writing.
You have 40 minutes to do this task.
Comment on the following statement.
Fast food is very popular and saves time for busy working people. However, many experts say that it is not completely healthy.
What can you say for and against fast food?
Write 200-250 words.
Use the following plan
I. Introduction (State the problem).
2. Arguments "for".
3.
Arguments
"against"
4. Conclusion.
Bbl nonyqume Kapmowcy, Ha ycomopoù npeòcmaœWHb1 mpu aac)aH1iH ycmH0?0 ome,ema.• C3 — me-uamuuecxoe .UOHoa02uqecxoe Bblt•xa.3bwaHlte, C4 — ()11Œ70? c IV./7bJ0 oõMC'HC1 cþaycmuqeucoù uncþopua«ueÚ, C5 — òuaaoe c geab10 oõMC?Ha 01ßHowaoù1
untþop.ua«ueú. OKOH¼UH11e 6bUIO„QHé'H11H
Ka.ycòoeo aaòaH11f1 onpeòeanem 3K.3a.ueuamop. Bo
ape.',ffi |
3aaaH1151 3K3aMeHVeMO"O
STUDENT CARD
Task 1 (3—3.5 minutes)
Give a 2-minute talk on holidays.
Remember to say:
• why people go on holiday
• what people usually do on holiday
• what different kinds of holiday people go on
• what kind of holiday you enjoy, and why
You have to talk for 1.5—2 minutes. The teacher will listen until you have finished. Then he/she will ask you some questions.
STUDENT CARD
Task 2 (1.5—2 minutes)
You are in a museum. You would like to look round an exhibition for half an hour. The museum charges separately for each exhibition, and you can pay £5 only.
![]() |
• exhibitions on at the moment
• how long it takes to go round them
• the cost
The teacher will play the part of the museum assistant and will speak first.
Remember to:
• be active and polite
• get all the information you need
• decide on which exhibition to look round STUDENT CARD
Task 3 (3—4 minutes)
Your teacher,
Mrs Williams, is leaving the school and your class has collected some
money for a present. You and your
friend are discussing what present to get her. You can get her:
• a new pen
• a new briefcase
• a picture of the class
• a book
• a box of chocolates
The teacher will play the part of your friend.
Remember to:
• discuss all the options
• take an active part in the
conversation and be polite come up with ideas
• give good reasons • find out your
friend's attitudes and take them into account
• invite vour friend to come up with
suggestions come to an agreement
|
A Read questions A7-A13 in the task on page 43. Write a word or phrase from the questions in each gap to complete the sentences.
I (A?) If you give someone encouragement, you give them
2 (A8) If you have a problem, your problem is to do with
money.
3 (A9) The of something is how much people like
it.
4 (AIO) If you are , you believe what other people say.
5 (All) A is a period of time in which you do
something.
6
(Al 2) If something is , it is normal and usual.
7 (A13) If things
you, they help you,
B In pairs or as a group, discuss what you think a life coach might be.
C Quickly read the text on page 46 and decide if these statements are True or False.
I Angela is taking part in a game show
on TV.
2
Angela is in the final
with three other contestants.
3
Angela has the chance to
win
4 The task for the final round demands
a lot of physical skill.
5 Angela has to guess which door the
money is behind.
6 When the presenter opens a door, Angela knows she's made a mistake.
7
Angela is
allowed to change her mind.
8
Angela changes her mind.
9
Angela believes she has
increased her chances of winning the money.
10 At the end of the story, we know
that Angela has lost.
D Write a word from the box on the line to replace the word in bold.
likelihood • luck • opportunity
I I wish I'd had the chance to go to
university.
2
There's not much
chance that she'll come to the party.
3 It was pure chance that I met her in the street while shopping
yesterday.
Section 3 Grammar and vocabulary:
third task
E Read the text with gaps A21-A28 on page 49 and answer the questions.
I How was Jackson going to
A21 rid of Simon?
Jackson wants Simon to:
a) leave.
b) stay.
Simon is asking Jackson for:
a) financial help.
b) somewhere to stay.
3
there seemed
little evidence to suggest he was 1423 to leave.
The word that fits in the gap probably means:
a) creating.
b) planning.
4
Simon
seemed to have -424Dear Sally, in so comfortably
Write back soon!
This
suggests that Simon was treating the flat as if:Thanks foryour letter. It
wasgreat to hear
b) a) it he was was his a temporary home. guest. We/(done VM passingyour exams! fromyou!
5
Jackson
knew he should +125
/ thinkyou need to askyeursefone question:
his feelings clear to Simon |
|
what's more important — that argument or |
Jackson knew he should: |
|
yourfriendship? / remember when / asked |
a) tell Simon exactly how he felt. |
|
myselfthat it al/became dear. / rea/isedmy |
b) change how he felt about Simon. |
|
friendship with Chris was far more important. |
F Circle the correct word to complete the |
|
/ calledhint immediate/' andtowhim. 14/e becamefriends again |
patterns. |
|
immediately. Maybeyea shoulda/o the same thing. Let me know what |
I charge someone with I for a crime 2 condemn someone with I for (doing) |
|
happens!Goodluck! |
something |
|
23 Pert/andStreet |
3 blame someone with I for (doing) |
|
Manchester |
something |
|
MN36YL |
4 accuse someone for I of (doing) |
|
24th September |
something |
1 |
Lots of(ove, |
Section 4 Writing: first task |
Section 5 Speaking: first task |
|
G Put the parts of this letter in the correct order. |
H Look at the Student Card for Task 1 on page 51 and make notes to complete the |
|
Part I |
table. |
What's your favourite subject? Why? What things do you do in a typical lesson? |
|
What have you learnt so far by doing this subject? Do you want to continue studying this subject in the future? |
|
Part 2 Part 7
Part 3Part 8
Part 4
Part 9
Part 5
Anyway, I'vegot togo MOW. Loads ofhomework (unfortunate(y!).
I'm SOD)' to hearyou 're hadan argument with your
bestfrt•eMdana/thatyoufre not speaking at the moment Yes, has happenedto me
too, andtvs awful isn't t??
Care(
Bbl ycalbltuume 5 6btCKa.3b16CZHUñ. Ycmcmogume coomaemcmaue Ateycòy ßb1C1caabteaH1151Jtu Kaycòozo pogopqugeeo 1 — 5 u ymaepycòeH11H.M11, C)aHHbLMU 6 ChlUCKe A — F. Mcnoat.ayúme Kaycðyo õYK6.y, oõ03Hat1t110110'10 ymeep.ycc)eH1te, mŒ1bK0 oÒuH pa.3. B aaÒa1tuu ecnlb oÒ1to auuutee ymgeporcòeuue. Bbl ycablžuume .3anuc•b ()gaycÒb1. 3cmecume Cß011 omgenlbl (3 maãauuy.
A. His best friend's sense of humour appeals to him.
B. His relationship with his best friend has changed recently. C. His best friend saved him when he was in serious trouble. D. His best friend is also his next-door neighbour.
E. Communication and support are very important in their relationship.
F.
![]() |
FOBOPSILLU1ñ |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
|
|
YTBepxnemre |
|
||||||
|
Bbl yc„lbltuume
pa.32060p JteycÒy |
||||||
Al The trousers were too big for the customer's husband.
1) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B •reKcere He cxa•gaH0
A2 The assistant tells the customer how to get her money back.
1) BepH0 2) HeBepno 3) B •rewre He cKt13',1H0
A3 The assistant finally agrees that the new trousers are a different colour.
l) BepHO 2) HeBepHO 3) B •reKCTe He CKa3'dHO
A4 The customer thinks her husband looks good in grey clothes.
l) BepHO 2) HeBepHO 3) B TeKCTe He CKa3Žu--lO
A5 The customer's favourite colour is green.
1) BepHO 2) HeBepHO 3) B TeKCTe He cKtuaH0
A6 The customer proves she bought the trousers at one of their shops.
1) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B -rewre He CKtuaHO
Bbl ycabltuume ltHtnep6bR) c 'ICU.XOJIO?O.U - bJt.ÐP Teùaop. B aaÒaHUf1X A 7-A13 oõaeòume Illitþpy 1, 2 ILQII 3, coomaemcmayougyo 6b1õpaHHo.uy 6a.uu aapuanmy omaema. Bbl yc.lbltuume aanucb ()6ayÒbl.
According to Blaire, life
coaches I) have busy schedules.
Test 4 |
|
2) often work in teams. 3) offer support and advice.
|
As a life coach, Blaire 1) deals with many different kinds of problem. 2) specialises in helping people with their careers. 3) only deals with financial problems. |
|
|
Blaire says that life coaches I) are often medically trained. 2) often want to help each other. 3) are increasing in popularity. |
|
310 |
Life coaches try to make people I) be more trusting. 2) deal with strangers. 3) think about their life, |
|
311 |
Blaire says that most people need I) a number of sessions. 2) a very long first session. 3) just one session. |
|
|
In a typical session, Blaire would ask if the client was l) happy with her. 2) worried about the sessions. 3) having any problems. |
|
A13 |
The example of the actor shows that 1) we can all be successful if we work hard. 2) life coaches do benefit people. 3) Blaire knows a lot of famous people. |
|
ObPATMTE BHMMAHME, Limo omeenlbt Ha aaòamtst BI, Al-A13 pacnoaaecuomcR 6 Pa.3HblX BI ÕVKßbl aanucbtgawmcžfl õea npoõeaoa u .3HCIKOB npenuncmu.q. |
O
YcmaH06ume coom€emcmaue me-u A — G meyçcma.u 1 — 6. 3t1Hecume CBOU omeenlbl Mcno.Qb3Yùme rca.ycòyo õycay moabK0 oÒtlH pa.3. B aaòanuu oÒHa me.'ta auuutfl51. |
maâungy. |
A. EXPENSIVE NEWSPAPERS
B. SERIOUS PROBLEM
C. DIFFERENT TOPICS
D. WAYS OF READING
E. INSTANT INFORMATION
F. EASIER READING
G. FAMOUS AUTHOR
I 2 3 |
There are two than tabloids, stories about the interested in news big headlines, There is an official documents, understand. They confusing, even now make sure The Tolstoy family years. One of the Tolstoy, was born one of the greatest Anna Karenina, |
main types of
newspaper: 'broadsheets' and 'tabloids'. Broadsheets are often larger and are
'serious' newspapers. They present the news in detail, and do not have many
private lives of famous people. Tabloids, on the other hand, are much more and
scandals involving stars than they are in serious news. They often have very
particularly on the front page, and have lots more photographs.
Test4\ |
|
organisation
in the UK called the Plain English Campaign. Their aim is to try to get such as
government leaflets, written in a style of English that is easy to say that a
lot of written English, particularly when it's talking about legal issues, is
to British people. They have had a lot of success, and many government
departments that the documents they produce are checked to make sure they're
understandable.
have contributed much to Russian society
and culture for many hundreds of most famous Tolstovs, Count Lev Nikolaevich,
better known to the world as Leo in 1828. He was a writer, politician and
philosopher, and is now considered to be novelists of the 19th century. Many of
his books, including and Peace and are still extremely popular todav. Leo
Tolstoy died in 1910.
4
If you're reading a newspaper and you want to find out what's on
TV at 8 0'clock tonight, you don't read every word on the TV page. You
ignore all the programmes on earlier in the day, and just look at
the
information about programmes on at S pm. With a news report, however, you may
read the whole thing through quickly to get a general idea of what it's about.
If it looks interesting, you might decide to read it in more detail.
5 When we want to find a company's telephone number, we look in a telephone directory. The
Internet, however, doesn't have a directory of websites, so how can we find the website of a business we're interested in? The answer is to use a 'search engine'. One Of the most popular search engines at the moment is Google. Let's say you want to find a company called Haymarket. You do a quick search on Google, and all the websites which have the word Haymarket in them appear in a list.
6
Many people suffer from some form of dvslexia. This means
that their reading or writing ability is not as good as you would expect from
their level of intelligence. There are actually manv different types of
dyslexia. If you have 'scotopic sensitivity syndrome', for example, you find it
difficult to read black print on white paper. Other colours, however, are much
easier to read.
Ne •reKCTa |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
I IV[' knou for certain where and zehcn chess teas invented.
2 Will
never know for sure why the game is called 'chess'.
3 It is possible that the rules of the game Will change in the future.
4 A man called Charles Darrozt' invented Monopoly.
5 Darroct' 's family helped him make the board game.
6 Parker Brothers also made a version of the game for the UK.
Test 4 |
|
[Ipoqumaùme |
The two-player game chess is one of the most popular board games in the world. It is also one of the oldest, although there is uncertainty regarding where and when chess originated. Several countries claim to have invented the game.
One possibility is that chess was invented in India about 1,500 years ago. Another theory, however, says that the Chinese were playing a form of chess over 800 years before that. We shall probably never know for sure, but we do know where the word 'chess' comes from. It comes from the Persian word shàh, which means 'king'.
The rules for chess have changed several times during the centuries. Many of the modern rules were introduced in the 1 5th century, and minor changes to the game were also made in the 19th century. An international organisation called FIDE (Fédération Internationale des Echecs) is now responsible for making any further changes to the rules.
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
The enormously successful board game Monopoly has an interesting historv. Although many people believe that Charles Darrow created the game, it is now known that he did not. In the 1920s, there were a number of home-made games in the USA called Monopoly, all very similar to the game we play today. Charles Darrow played one of these games, enjoyed it, and decided to make his own version. He, his wife and his son made the sets by hand and he began to sell them. The game's popularity grew and, in 1935, Darrow sold the game to the American companv Parker Brothers. The UK version of the game, with London street names, was produced by Waddington Games in 1936. In a short space of time, there were versions for cities and countries all round the world. It has been estimated that since 1935 more than 500 million people have played Monopoly.
[Ipoqumaùme moccm u 6b1110AH1žme A14-A20, gucþpy 1, 2, 3 unu 4, coomgemcmoyouçy'/0 H0Jtepy 6blÕPaHHO?O ߌuu oapuanma omuema.
You've won the car, you've won the holiday for two in the Caribbean, to the final for a chance to win one million pounds!' even the screaming and clapping of the audience wouldn't be able to drown beating heart. She couldn't believe it — the first time she'd ever taken part in she was in a potentially life-changing situation. to herself. 'Don't lose control now.' the presenter. 'Now, skill has got you this far but, as you know, there's chance in the final and this week is no exception.' Angela nodded. She'd and knew what every round entailed. 'So let's have a look at how you pounds!' board descended from the ceiling of the studio. On the board were three large one of these doors is one million pounds. Pick the right one, and you're millionaire. Pick the wrong one and you're going home with... 'The audience Bob's catchphrase for him: Even Angela mouthed it, she knew it so well. don't want that, do we? So pick a door, Angela, and may luck be with you!' before answering. 'The middle door please, Bob,' she said finally. repeated Bob. 'Okav! But before we have a look, I'm going to open a door that choose. He opened the door on the far left, revealing a picture of a bus cheered. Angela's heart started beating faster. 'We're going to be nice to you. You've got another choice to make. You your original choice — the middle door — or you can change your decision and right-hand side. Xhat's it to be?' |
'Congratulations, Angela! and now you're through Angela was sure that out the sound of her a game show and here 'Stay calm,' she thought 'Okay, Angela,' said Bob, always an element of never missed an episode could win one million A brightly-coloured doors. 'Angela, behind going home today a didn't hesitate to complete
. just your bus fare!'
'That's right! And we
![]() |
As a mathematician, Angela had come across the very same problem at university. Now, here she was, facing it in real life. She couldn't believe her luck. She knew what not many people know, a fact that seemed to contradict all reason and common sense. She did the maths in her head one more time just to make sure she wasn't mistaken. She wasn't. When she'd picked the first door, she had a one in three chance of being right. Looking at it the other way round, she had a two in three chance of being wrong. Those were not good odds. But one of the wrong doors had now been eliminated, so if she changed her choice to the other possibility, she would double her chances of being right, of winning the million. It seemed impossible, but she knew it was true. 'What are you going to do Angela? Stick with your original choice or switch to the other door?' 'Bob, I'd like to switch, please.'
'Angela's going to switch! Let's get this right, Angela. You now believe — you now hope — the million pounds is behind the right-hand door. Is that correct?' 'The right-hand door, yes,' said Angela weakly.
'Not the middle door?'
'No, not the middle door.'
'What are you going to do if it is actually behind the middle door?' asked Bob.
'Cry, probably!' said Angela. The audience laughed.
'I'm going to open the door you chose, Angela — the right-hand door. Let's hope there isn't a bus ticket behind it. Here we go!'
Time seemed to stand still as Bob outstretched his arm and began to open the door. Angela had never known a feeling like this. Surrounded by so many people, she felt like the only person in the universe. Here was the moment of truth, and she was not sure she could face the consequences, whatever they were.
Test 4 |
|
A14 When she got through to the final, Angela couldn't believe that 1) her heart was beating so loudly.
2) she'd never taken part in a game show before.
3) the audience were supporting her so much.
4) her life might be about to change completely.
AIS The presenter tells Angela that
I) she will need some luck to win the money.
2) he won't make an exception for her.
3) her skill will increase the chances of her winning. 4) there is a small chance her skills will be useful.
A16 When the presenter doesn't finish a sentence, it's clear that 1) the audience has already been told what to say.
2) the presenter is unsure exactly what to say.
3) the presenter is well known for saying something. 4) Angela had to complete a well-known saying.
A17 When the presenter opens the first door, I) he knows that Angela has won the money.
2) he doesn't know which door the money is behind.
3) he knows which door the money is behind. 4) he thinks she has made a bad choice.
A18 Angela 'couldn't believe her luck' that
1) her education would help her with this decision.
2) the presenter was giving her an extra chance.
3) she'd been in the same situation at university. 4) she knew far more facts than most people.
A19 Angela was absolutely certain that
l) the money was behind the right-hand door.
2) she could increase her chances of winning.
3) she had an impossible decision to make.
4) she had to analyse the problem in a different way.
A20 As Bob began to open the right-hand door, Angela felt 1) there were too many people around her.
2) knowing the truth was the most important thing.
3) worried by what the future would bring. 4) annoyed by Bob being so slow.
ObPATJ4TE BHMMAHME, Ltmo omeenlbt Ha aaÒaHUH B2, B3 u A14-A20 pacnoaaecuomcH 6 pa.3HblX qacmm• ÕACIHKU. B2, B3 pacnoaoyeHbl 6 HUYHeÚ qacmu õaawca. 17pu nepeHoce omaemoa 6 B2, B3 ÕVK6bl aanucbtߌomcH õe.3 npoõeaoe u .3HŒC06 npt'h111HaHllH. |
Tlpoqumaùme mocc•m 3an0JIHume nponycwu 6 npeònoyceHllfLV not) H0Mepa.uu B4-BI 1 coonzeemcmeyougu.uu cþop.uŒuu cat)6, HaneqamaHHbtx aa¿ta6HbL1tu õycaavuu cnpaea om Kaycòoeo npec)J10yceH11f1.
flpoqumaùme PIPIteeC)eHHblli Hil.ye [Ipeoõpaavùme caoea, HaneqamaHHbte aaaaa6HblMU nocae Ho.uepoe B12-B18 maK, qmoõbl OHU zpa.wuamuqecwu u nexcuqecycu coomaemcmgoeaau coòep.ycamuo meyccma. 3ano.1Hume nponycycu noayqeHHbL8t11 caoga.Mll. Ka.ycÒblÙ nponyc»c coomeemcmeyem omòeJ1bH0,uy aaòamuo 11.3 epynnbl B12-B18.
B12 Many of our TV and film stars also perform in plays in FAVOUR the theatre from time to time.
B13 They often see it as an opportunity to do some 'real' ACT despite the fact that theatre work is not usually well paid.
B14 Giving a live is quite different to performing on film, and PERFORM
BIS in
many ways is more and risky. DANGER B16 In the theatre, an actor cannot stop
and ask the if they DIRECT can do the scene again. The show must go on whatever
happens!
B17 Also, the and response of the audience can affect how the BEHAVE actor feels and performs.
However, a major problem for theatre actors is that doing the same show
BIS night after night can become after a while. BORE
Test 4 |
|
npoqumaùme mŒccm c nponycwa•tu, OÕ03HaqeHHb1.MU Ho-uepavuu A21-A28. 3mu Ho-uepa coomeemcnwyom aac)aH11HJf A21-A28, 6 KOmOPbLV npeòcmaŒWHb1 60,3.bto.YHb1e eapucmnlbl omaemoe. Oõoeòume Ho-uep BblÕPCIHH020 oa.uu gapuawna omaema.
'Could you
put me A22 Jackson of course had said yes, thinking that it would be just for two nights. How wrong he had been. Now, more than four months on, Simon was still in
the flat and there seemed little evidence to suggest he was A23 'Mavbe I am being selfish,' Jackson thought, 'but the situation just can't go on like this.' He made the decision to bring the subject up sometime that evening. 'I won't ask him to leave immediately,' he reasoned. 'That would be unfair, and would put him in a difficult A28 But I'll explain that the whole arrangement was meant to be temporary, has gone on for a very long time now, and that, while it's been nice having Simon as a flatmate, it just can't go on indefinitely.' For the rest of the walk home, he rehearsed exactly what he was going to say. |
|
A21 I) have 2) get 3) take 4) set
A22 I) in 2) out 3) over 4) up
A23 1) intending 2) assuming 3) devising 4) conceiving
A24 l) settled 2) established 3) launched 4) relaxed
A25 1) convey 2) express 3) make 4) tell
A26 l) charge 2) condemn 3) blame 4) accuse
A27 1) let 2) sent 3) threw 4) did
A28 l) location 2)
position 3) point 4) site
pa3Hb1.v yacž11H.r õaamca. B4-B18 pacnoaoyeHb1 6 HUYCHeÙ qacmu ÕJICIHKa. TIPI/ nepeHoce omeemoa 6 aaðcmunx B4-B18 õYKßb1 aanucbtea»omcR õe.3 npoõeaoe u .3HCIKOß npen11HaH11H. |
omeemoa Ha 3aÒaHllH CI, C2 ucno.lbayúme WIAHK OTBETOB M2. õyðym 01ßHueamt.cfl niOJ1bKO no aanucnu, CÒe:1UHHb1Jt e WIÄHKE OTBETOB M2. HUKŒcue aanucu qePH0611,rca He õvòvm .vqumblßanlbt'fl .9Kcnepn10M. aamuuume C60ù omeem Ecvlll OÒHOÙ cmop0Hbt Õaamca ueòocmamoquo, 6b/ *toyeme ucno.lbaoaanlb òpypyo cmop0HY ã1ClHKa. |
You have 20 minutes to do this task.
![]() |
../can 't wait to come andstay withyou next month. We'regoing £0 have such a lot offun./ what think the weather like? what kind afdothes should/ briny with me? How much money / need? Haveyou interesting things for us to do? Let know! Hope to hearfromyou seen! Love, |
|
Write back to Alex answering his questions.
Write 100-140 words.
Remember the rules of letter writing.
You have 40 minutes to do this task.
Comment on the following statement.
Many people enjoy watching television. However, some people believe it can be harmful.
What can you say for and against watching television?
Write 200-250 words. Use the following plan
1. Introduction (State the problem).
2. Arguments "for".
3. Arguments "against".
4. Conclusion.
Bbl non.vuume Komopoù npeòcmaŒWHb1 mpu aaÒaH11f1 ()151 ycn1H020 omeema.• C3 — me-Itamuqecwoe (3b1c,tca3b1dauue, C4 — ()IIŒQOP c lge.1b/0 oõ.ueHí1 cþt1K•muqecK0ù umþop.ua«ueù, C5 — c)uav10? c ICJ1b10 ot1Mt'HG' otßHot1HOÙ uncþop.uatgueñl. OKOHtlClHlte (3btnoaHeH11.q KayÒOPO aaðt1H11f1 onpeòeastem BK.3Œuenamop. Bo OPC'Mfl npooeòeHllf1 omoÙ1 qacmu .9K.3a.Mt'HC1 Idòem nocmomqnafl aanucb Ha ayòuoxaccemy. |
Test 4 |
|
3aaamaq
3K3aMeHVeMOro
The teacher will play the part of the shop
STUDENT CARD
Task I (3—3.5 minutes)
Give a 2-minute talk on your favourite subject at school.
Remember to say:
• why it is your favourite subject
• what things you do in a typical lesson in this subject
• what you have learnt by doing this subject
• whether you want to continue studying this subject in the future, and why
You have to talk for 1.5—2 minutes. The teacher will listen until you have finished. Then he/she will ask you some questions.
STUDENT CARD
Task 2 (1.5—2 minutes)
You are in a bookshop. You want to buy a book for a friend of yours who is keen on horses. His/her birthday is next week. Your friend already has lots of books about horses, so you want one that's only recently been published. You have only £15 to spend.
Before making a decision, ask the shop assistant about:
• books about horses available
• when they were published
• the price
assistant and will speak first. Remember to:
• be active and polite
•
get all the
information you need make a decision
STUDENT CARD
Task 3 (3—4 minutes)
It's Saturday afternoon. You and your friend are discussing how to spend the evening. You can:
•
watch a DVD or
video at home go to a café
• go ice skating
• play computer games
• listen to music and chat
The teacher will play the part of your friend.
Remember to:
•
discuss all the
options take an active part in the conversation and be polite
come up with ideas
give good reasons
find out your friend's attitudes and
take them into account
invite your friend to come up with suggestions
come to an agreement
A Look at the task on page 54. You will
hear an extract from what each woman says. As you listen, match each
speaker to a job.
Speaker I |
a saleswoman |
Speaker 2 |
b secretary |
Speaker 3 |
c journalist |
Speaker 4 |
d shopkeeper |
Speaker 5 |
e website designer |
B As a class, discuss what you think each woman's working life is like. Decide which job you would rather do and explain why.
C Match each of the phrases below to another phrase that means something similar.
|
a famous chefs |
2 popular cooks |
b latest fact |
3 safe cooking |
c hard work |
4 new discovery |
d tasty food |
5 difficult job |
e different routine |
6 delicious snacks |
f easy dishes |
7 changing habits |
g hygienic food |
Text 4 chefs teach viewers and readers how
to cook.
Text 5
You
should choose something that is to prepare for a dinner party.
Text 6
Today, more people while they
![]() |
Section 3 Grammar and vocabulary: first task
E Read the first text on page 60. For each gap in the text B4-B11, decide if these statements are True (T) or False (F).
1 (134) We need the passive voice. TI F
2 (B5) We need the past progressive to express a fact about the past. TIF
3 (B6) We need the simple past because this is an action in the past. TIF
4 (B7) We need a comparative form using -er. TIF
5 (B8) This is the future in the past, so we need to use would. TIF
6 (B9) We need the past simple to go with since. TIF
7 (BI O) We need a comparative form using -cr. TIF
8 (Bll) We need a verb in the plural because cars is plural. TIF
D
Read the six texts on page 56. Complete each of the following sentences with
a word or phrase from the text.
Text 1
Researchers there are actually five tastes.
Text 2
You have to cook meat to kill all the
Text 3
Being a head chef is a
real
F Choose the correct word or phrase to complete each sentence. Use the words in bold to help you.
1
Since the start
of the 20th century, cars very popular.
A became B have become C were becoming
2
Cars now
are muchthan they used to be.
A quick B quicker C quickest
3 In 1900, Mr Daimler said that in the future evervonea car.
A drove B will drive C would drive
4
Driving fast near
schools more chance of an accident.
A mean B means C is meaning
G Look at the first task on page 62. Imagine you are going to write an answer to Sheryl. Write notes to complete this table. Remember that you don't have to tell the truth.
Do you ever argue with your parents about clothes? How often? Is it important to you to be fashionable? Why? What sort
of clothes do you like wearing? Why? Should Sheryl wear what her parents tell her to? Why/ why not? \That other advice do you have for Sheryl? |
|
H
![]() |
1 Put your address in the top right corner. Do 1 Don't
2 Start with Dear Sir or
Madam,. Do 1 Don't
3 Use short forms (I've, it's, etc) in your writing. Do 1 Don't
4 Use a friendly tone of voice. Do 1 Don't 5 Finish with Yours sincerely,. Do 1 Don't
6 Finish with Love, or Best wishes,. Do / Don't
7 Write your full name at the end. Do 1 Don't
I Look at the Student Card for Task 2 on page 63. Read this extract from a dialogue and find five mistakes. Underline them and write the correct form above the line.
Shop assistant: Good morning. Can I help you?
Student:
Good morning. Yes, I hope so. I'd like buy a computer game for my brother. What computer games you
have at the moment?
Shop assistant: Well, we've got one called
Fantasy Island.
Student: I see. My brother's nine years old. What Fantasy Island is like?
Shop assistant: It's an adventure game. You
have to solve easy puzzles to find treasure.
Student: Oh, right. He might like that.
And how much it is?
Shop assistant: It's £25.
Student: Oh. I only have £20. What computer games other do you have?
Test 5
Bbl yc.Qb11uume 5
6blCKC13b16CIHUÙ. Ycmauoaume coon16emcn16ue .ueycðy
6b1CKa.3b1ßt1HUfLJtu Kaycðoeo 2060Pflt«eeo I — 5 u
yrnaep.ycòehtumtu, ()aHHbLUU 6 cnucvce A — F. Mcno.1b3Yùme
Ka.ycðyo õYK6Y, |
A. Her job gives her the chance to meet people.
B. She thinks she should be paid more for the work she does. C. Her job doesn't leave her with much free time.
D. She's thinking of trying to find a completely different job.
E. She doesn't have a good relationship with the people she works with.
F. She has to travel a lot for her job.
IòBopqLIÅMf1 |
1 |
2 3 4 |
5 |
|
|
YTBepxneHJ1e |
|
|
|||
|
Bbl ycalbltuume pa.3zoaop noauueùc»coeo co ceuðemeae.u npecmynaeHlffl. Onpeòeaume, Kcocue 11.3 npuaeòëHHbLt ymgepycòektuù Al-A6 coomeemcmeyom coòepycamuo merccma (I ), RC11CUe He coomeemcmeyom (2) u o 6 meKcme He cya.3CIHO, mo ec•mb Ha ocwoaanuu maccma HC'Ab3fl c)amb Hil noaoycumeulb,qoeo, omeema (3). C)õ6eòume HOMep 6blÕPCIHHOZO aa.M11 eapuawna omaema. Bbl ycvlblluume .3anucb Òga.ycÒb1. |
||||
Al The crime took place at 4 pm.
l) BepHO 2) HeBepH0 3) B •reKCTe He CKa3ŽlHO
A2 The witness called the police on her mobile.
1) BepH0 2) HeBepHO 3) B -reKc-re He cKagaH0
A3 The witness tried to stop the thief from escaping.
l) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B •reKc-re He cKt13t1H0
A4 The witness knew who the thief was.
1) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B -reKcere He cKagaH0
AS The thief was carrying a torch.
1) BePHO 2) HeBepH0 3) B TC'KCTe He Ck•a3žlHO
A6 The police arrived a quarter of an hour after the crime was committed.
1) BepHO 2) HeBepH0 3) B TeKCTe He CKt13aHO
|
Test 5 a |
|
Bbl ycalbltuume
6btCKa3b16t1H11$1 -woðeùl 6 ce.uu paaaut1Hbtx cumvtll!llfl-r.
Omeemwne Ha eonpocbl no coòep,ycamno BblCR•a3b1ßCIHUÙ,
Bblõpaa oò11H 113 npeòA0Yt'HHbtr Bapuawno,g omeema. B A7-A13 oõaeðume Igucþpy I, 2 3, |
|
|
You will hear a man talking about
mobile phones. How does he feel about them?
1) He thinks they are unnecessary.
2) He thinks they are annoying.
|
You will hear a man talking about a magazine. Why does he like it? I) It often has interesting interviews. 2) It explains how to do things. 3) It comes with a free CD. You will hear a woman talking about a wedding. What went wrong? 1) Some of the guests got lost. 2) Some guests didn't receive invitations. 3) Some people arrived who hadn't been invited. |
AIO |
You will hear a girl talking about learning to drive. How does she feel about it? 1) She is nervous about taking the driving test. 2) She has problems remembering where to go. 3) She finds some things very confusrng. |
All |
You will hear an advertisement for a new game. How do you win? 1) by answering questions correctly 2) by making other people laugh 3) by collecting the most cards |
A12 |
You will hear a woman talking about her brother. What does she say about him? 1) He never comes to visit her. 2) He never listens to her. 3) He never invites her to stay. |
A13 |
You will hear a woman talking about her local park. How does she feel about it? |
3) He thinks they cause accidents.
1) She thinks it is attractive.
2) She thinks it is untidy.
3) She thinks it is dangerous.
110 Bl u Al-A13 HE 3AbYAbTE [IEPEHECTn CBOM OTBETb1 B WIAHK OTBETOB ! ObPATMTE BHMMAHME, teno omeembl Ita aac)aH11H BI, Al-A13 pacnoaaewomcfl 6 pa.3Hb1.r qacmqx t5J1aH}€a. BI pacnono.yceH0 6 HilYCHeÙ qacmu õ.nawca. flpu nepeHoce ome,emoe 6 aaòaH1411 BI õYK6bl aanucb16ŒomcH õea npoõeJ106 u .3HCIK06 npet111HüH1ffl. |
ycmaH06ume coomeemcmeue me-M A — G meR•cmaM 1 — 6. 3aHecume ceou omeembl 6 maõ.au«y. Mcnoabayùme Kaycðyo õYKßY mŒ1bKO oðuH pa.3. B aaðaHuu oma me.ua JIUUIHSISI.
A. SIMPLE MEALS B. POPULAR COOKS
c. SAFE COOKING D. NEW DISCOVERY
E. DIFFICULT JOB
F. DELICIOUS SNACKS G. CHANGING HABITS
Tesla |
2 |
3 |
4 |
6 |
I 2 3 4 |
We're all used to the lemons), salty (like salt, tongue react to a fifth sauce, mushrooms and One thing you have to with white meats like fork to test whether the careful when preparing is that we don't want killed when we cook Running a busy restaurant businessman. With so chef has to make sure great food without can do it. Walk into any bookshop cooking and for teaching from the very friendly |
![]() |
remember is that meat can contain bacteria. You have to be particularly careful chicken and pork, Make sure that you cook them properly. Use a metal skewer or a meat is done or not. The juices from the meat should be clear. You should also be food. Use separate chopping boards for meat and vegetables. The reason for this any bacteria from the meat to find their way onto our vegetables. They might not be the vegetables.
is a real challenge. A head chef has to be part army officer, part artist and part many people working in a busy kitchen, it's not easv to keep control and a head that everyone does their job properly. At the same time, he or she has to create wasting ingredients. It takes years of training to become a head chef and not everyone
or turn on your TV and you can't avoid celebrity chefs. They are famous for the nation how to cook. They each have their own style and their own fans, style of Jamie Oliver to the more formal style of Delia Smith. However, they all have one thing in common: they are all very good at communicating their enthusiasm for food and for
5 6 |
cooking. The thought of cooking for friends at home makes most of us a little nervous. It needn't be such a nightmare, though. The secret is planning. If you keep your menu simple and stick to dishes you know well, your dinner party will be a success. Give your guests something that is easy to prepare and that doesn't mean you have to be in the kitchen all the time. That way, you can enjoy the occasion too! Traditionally, eating was something that we all did together as families. In the past, most parents insisted that the whole family sat around the dining table at a certain time. All that has changed. These days, we're more likely to watch TV while we eat, or to eat at different times from the other members of our family. In a world where it's so easy to cook a microwave meal in seconds and both parents go out to work, it's very rare for families to share their news over a good meal. |
Tlpoqumaùme ymßepycòeHllH 1 — 6 u caeòyougue aa HILUU meyccmbl. YcmaH06tune coomeemcmgue .ueycòy ymaepycòeHlfflM11 u coðepycaHue,vt meccmoe. Hanutuume tgucþpy 1 — ecau yn16epycðeHlŒ eepnoe, u tgutþpy O — ecau ymeepycòeHue Iteaepnoe. .3cmecume ['6011 omeembl e maauucv.
I 2 3 silent 4 Stan for 5 Stan both 6 |
Chaplin 's first performance teas in America.
Chaplin made the first full-length comedy film.
Chaplin stopped making films in the late
1920„
Laurel was famous appearing with Charlie Chaplin.
Laurel's Parents appeared on stage.
Laurel and Hardy became famous for acting together in the early 1920s.
Charlie
Chaplin was the greatest comedian of his generation, and probably of all time.
He was born in 1889 in England, where he first appeared on stage at the age of five. He travelled to
America in 1912 and stayed to work for the Kevstone Film Company. Films in
those days were silent, so actors had to find characters that could be
recognised immediately on the screen. Chaplin's great character was the little
tramp, who appeared in around 70 short films, as well as a number of
feature-length comedies. In fact, Chaplin was the first comedian to make a
full-length comedy, Tillie's Punctured Romance (1914).
Talking films began to appear in the late 1920s, but Chaplin continued to make silent films until the mid 30s. He was unusual because he not only starred in his films but also wrote, directed and produced them. He even wrote the music for some of his later films. He will long be remembered for bringing enjoyment to millions throughout the world.
Xhen Charlie Chaplin went over to America, there was another comedian on the same boat — Stan Laurel, who was to become famous as one half of Laurel and Hardy. Stan was born in 1890. His mother was an actress, while his father managed a number of theatres. His family moved around during his childhood and he spent some time living with his grandparents. He learned a lot from watching the comedians who performed at the theatres run by his father.
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
|
|
Stan first appeared in
a film with Oliver Hardy in 1921, but their fame as a double act didn't begin
until 1927. They starred together in dozens of films over the next 30 years
until Oliver's death in 1957. Even today, their films bring pleasure to young and
old alike.
Ilpoqumaùme macc:m u 6btn0JlHume ,3aÒaHllfl A14-A20, oõ60Òfl Igucþpy 1, 2, 3 unu 4, coomgemcmeyougyo HOJtepv 6blt5pctHHO?O (3Œ1tu eapuamna omaema.
quite as Lazlo had expected. He'd been in London for six months had almost disappeared. None of the galleries were interested |
Things weren't working out now and all his early optimism in his paintings and he was tired of carrying the same pictures from one buyer to the next. The response was always the same: a shake of the head, some comment about portraits not being fashionable these days and a suggestion to try somewhere else, usually somewhere he had already tried. He was beginning to lose hope and was thinking of going back home. It would be difficult, and he would have to face his parents saying 'I told you so', but at least he could find a steady job.
![]() |
That night, he chose three paintings from the dozens in his flat that he thought showed what he was capable of. He selected a self-portrait he had done a few years before; he thought it showed a thoughtful side to his work. He also chose a portrait of an old man that he had met in a café. It was simple but clear, and Lazlo thought that maybe that was the style they would want for an advertising campaign. The third one was a painting of his mother. It had always seemed to him that that picture captured a lot of feeling that was difficult to put into words. A lot of people thought it was the best portrait he had ever done, and Lazlo knew that if anything was going to impress them, that painting would.
The next morning, he woke early and got ready. He rolled the pictures up, placed them in a large tube so that they wouldn't get damaged and set off towards the bus stop. There was a lot of traffic, but he arrived on time. When he got to the office, he saw that another four people were waiting, each with a large tube of paintings just like his. The secretary asked him to take a seat.
Lazlo sat and waited for his name to be called. He knew that a lot depended on the next half an hour or so. With a job, he could begin to sort out his life, maybe doing his art in his spare time. He knew he would never completely give up on his dream, but he had also come to realise that he had to live in the real world, and talent doesn't pay bills. Without a job, he wouldn't survive the month; he had just about enough for the ticket home. The secretary picked up the phone and had a short, quiet conversation. She turned to Lazlo. 'You can go in now,' she said, smiling.
A14 |
When Lazlo first arrives in London, he I) immediately loses his job. 2) is confident of success. 3) doesn't expect to stay for six months. 4) knows that he will have to work hard. |
A15 |
The people at the art galleries Lazlo visits I) are very impressed by his work. 2) often give him helpful advice. 3) ask him to come back with different paintings. 4) tell him that his work is old-fashioned. |
A16 |
It seems that Lazlo's parents I) disapprove of his choice of career. 2) forced Lazlo into becoming an artist. 3) will be happy to welcome him home. 4) can help him to achieve his ambitions. |
Al 7 |
Lazlo thinks the job will 1) give him more artistic freedom. 2) provide him with a salary. 3) mean that he has to move house. 4) stop him from studying. |
AIS |
Lazlo chooses to take the portrait of his mother because 1) it was the third one he thought of. 2) it was used in an advertisement before. 3) the people at the company ask to see it. 4) it expresses emotion well. |
A19 |
At the office, Lazlo realises that 1) his paintings are the same as everyone else's. 2) he isn't the only person interested in the job. 3) he should have chosen different paintings. 4) he has come at the wrong time. |
A20 |
One of the things Lazlo's experience has taught him is that I) he needs money to live. |
2)
art is
more important than money.
Test 5 |
|
3) following your dream is a waste of time. 4) he has no artistic talent.
ObPATMTE BHMMAHME, 'Imo omeembt Ha aaòaH11f1 B2, B3 u A14-A20 pacnoaapcuomcH 6 pae3Hb1X qacmnr ÕaaHKa. B2, B3 pacnoao.yceHb1 6 HUYCHeÚ qacmu õaamca. [Ipu nepeHoce omaemoo |
Ilpoqumaùme mt'Kcm 3anov1H11me nponycxu 6
npeðaoycenuzr noò HO-vtepauu B4-B11 |
Test 5 |
|
|
Cars are a common sight on roads today, but that wasn't always true. |
|
B4 |
Back in the days before the car , the only personal means of transport were the horse and the bicycle. |
INVENT |
|
The first cars their power from steam and gas, and had a maximum speed of around nine miles an hour. |
GET |
|
In Britain, there was a law cars from going over two miles an hour in towns. At the end of the nineteenth century, cars started to use petrol and |
STOP |
|
became much than they had been. |
FAST |
B8 |
Very few people at that time said that cars the world in the future. That is exactly what has happened, though, and since then |
CHANGE |
B9 |
we close to eighteen million miles of roads on the Earth. |
BUILD |
BIO |
Perhaps the sign of the success of the car is the fact that there are over 800 million of them in the world. |
BIG |
Bll |
However, having more cars on the road more pollution, and that's a major worry for many people. |
MEAN |
[Ipoqumaùme npugeÒeHHblñ Hityce meKcm [Ipeoõpaayùme calt)ßtl, HaneqamaHHb1e .3C1&1ClßHbLUll Õ_YK6a.Mll nocae HOMePOß B12-B18 maK, qmoõbt OHU epa-u.uamuqecwu 11 nelCCUqeCKU coomgemcmeogaau coòepycaH1110 maccma. 3anoaHume nponycK11 no./1VtWHHbLU11 caoea.uu. Kaycòblù nponycK coomaemcmeyem omðea1bH0Jty 113 epynnbl 1312-1318.
Llpoqumaùme meRcm c nponycKŒuu, OÕ03HatWHHbLU11 HO.uepa.uu A21-Ä28. 3mu H0Mepa coomøemcme,yom .gar)anumt A21-A28, 6 KOHIOPbL'C npeðcmaeaeHbt 60.3MOYCHbte capuamnbl on16emot3. Oõeeòume Ho-Mep 6blÕpaHHO?0 6Œuu 6apuamna omoema.
Advertisers and others Interested in the make-up of society
occasionally use the term 'Generation to describe a certain section of the
population. There is no strict definition for the term, but it A21 In America and Europe, the 1960s was a decade of big dreams. People
believed that they could change the world for the better and that global
problems could be solved through understanding belief in peace. However,
during the 1970s many people began to realise that things were much
complicated than that. Children A23 Of course,
this image of a Generation Xer is a stereotype. Not all people born into that
generation the same. However, it does seem possible to pick out a few
characteristics that people born between those years might A24 They are
more likely to A27 |
X'
usually whose
and a more parents' up of ideals
are
![]() |
say it of
1) discusses 2)
refers 3) mentions 4) means
1) during 2) between 3)
while 4) whenever
1) growing 2) turning 3) bringing 4) getting
1) own 2) belong 3) share 4) do
1) behaviour 2) attitude 3) mood 4) impression
1) put 2)
do 3) make 4) set
1) turn 2) come 3) get 4) go
1) have 2) take 3) bring 4) hold
no B4-B18, A21-A28 HE 3AbYAbTE 17EPEHECTn CBOM OTBETb1 B WIAHK OTBETOB ! ObPATMTE BHMMAHME, timo omeembl Ha
3aÒaH11f1 B4-B18 u PCI.3HbLr Ltacmqr õaamca. B4-B18 pacnoaoyeHb16 HltYCHeð1 qucmu ÕacžHKa. TIPI/ nepeHoce ont6em06 6 B4-B18 õYK6bt .3anucb16Œomcn õea npoõe.106 u ,3HZIK06 npen11HaH11f1. |
J-l.aa omcemoe Ha aar)tlH1151 CT, C2 ucno.lb.3yñyne Fx7AHK OTBETOB .Nþ2. Tlpu ßb1noanenuu
aaòauuù CI u C2 ocoõoe OHIL',tanue oõpamume HO'
mo, timo ($CIIUU omaembl õvðym aanutuume caoù omoem Ec„lll OÒHOÙ cmop0Hb1 HeÒocmamotlH0, Bbl vuoyeme ucnoab306amb ()pveyo cmopouy õaamca. |
You have 20 minutes to do this task.
This is part of a letter from Sheryl, your English pen friend.
Test |
Write 100-140 words.
Remember the rules of letter writing.
You have 40 minutes to do this task.
Comment on the following statement.
Many students go on school trips. Some people say they are interesting and educational. Other people say that they are a waste of time and children should learn in the classroom.
What can you say for and against school trips? Use the following plan
Write 200-250 words. I. Introduction (State the problem).
2. Arguments "for".
3. Arguments "against".
4. Conclusion.
Bbl noayqume Kapmoqrcy, Ha ycomopoù npeòcmaeaeHbl mpu 3CIÒaHt1f1 ycmH0?0 omaema: C3 — me-Itamuqecvcoe C4 — ()11Œ10? c lge.Rb'0 oõ.ueHa cþcncmuqecyoú llHCþop.§tažgueÚ, C5 — c)uaaoz c lge.lb10 OIVHOLIHOÙ LIHCþopJta«ueù. ()K0Hqcmue 61.1/10JIHeHUf1 KaycÒO?0 3aÒaH11f1 onpeòeanem .9Raa.ueHamop. Bo 6PeMfl npooeòeHllfl .ynoù qacmu .9R•aa.ueHa llòem nocmOHHHCIH aanucb Ha ayòuc»caccemy. |
STUDENT CARD
Task 1 (3—3.5 minutes)
Give a 2-minute talk on sport. Remember to say:
• which sports are popular in your country
• which sport is your favourite to watch, and why
• who your favourite sportsmen/women are
• which sports you enjoy playing, and why
You have to talk for 1.5—2 minutes. The teacher will listen until you have finished. Then he/she will ask you some questions.
STUDENT CARD
Task 2 (1.5—2 minutes)
You are in a computer shop. You would like to buy a computer game for your younger brother, who is nine years old. You can pay £20 only.
Before making a decision, ask the shop assistant about:
• computer games on sale at the moment
•
what the games
are like the cost
|
|
3K3aMeHveMoro
The teacher will play the part of the shop assistant and will speak first. Remember to:
• be active and polite
• get all the information you need
•
decide on the
computer game to buy
STUDENT CARD
Task 3 (3—4 minutes)
You have a friend called Peter and it is his birthday soon. You and another friend are planning a surprise evening out for his birthdav. You can go:
•
to a fast food
restaurant to a swimming pool
• to a funfair
• to watch a football match
• to a concert
The teacher will play the part of your friend.
Remember to:
discuss all the options
•
take an active
part in the conversation and be polite come up with ideas
give good reasons
•
find out your
friend's attitudes and take them into account invite your friend to come up with
suggestions
come to an agreement
O
Section 1 Listening: second task
A Listen to these extracts from the second task on page 66 and circle the
phrase you hear.
1 £95 / £9.50 2 £7.50 £75
3
4 11 am / I l pm
5 14th / 4th
6
B Listen again and match each extract to a word or phrase.
6 LONGER HOLIDAYS
fun,
7 FOOD
INCLUDED meal,
![]() |
1 a per night |
|
2 b per hour |
I (B4) Can we say: . a parrot on him |
3 c double room |
shoulder'? yes I no |
4 d floor |
2 (B5) What tense is 'doesn't he'? |
5 e breakfast |
present simple I past simple |
6 f single room |
3 (B6) Which tense often comes before 'for' + a period of time? present simple I present perfect |
Section 2 Reading: first task |
4 (B7) Which tense do we need here? |
C Look at these headings for different |
present simple generally) I |
texts. For each heading, write two or |
present progressive at the moment) |
three words and phrases that you would text. |
5 (B8) Is 'carry' the main verb of the |
E Read the first task on page 72 and answer these questions for each item B4-B11.
expect to appear in the
1 LIGHTER SUITCASES
bays,
2 BUYING
TICKETS money,
3 FAST-MOVING TRANSPORT
sentence? yes I no
6 (139) Can we say: 'steal them bags and
money . yes I no
7 (BIO) What do we need here?
![]() |
8 (BII) Which tense often comes before 'in
journey, recent
years'?
4 TRANSPORT CHOICES
past simple I present perfect bus,
5 AEROPLANE EXERCISES
flight,
|
3 |
Animals should have the right to live where they want. |
F Look at the second task on page 74. |
4 |
It's cruel to take an animal off the streets |
Decide if the following is a point for (F) or against (A) allowing stray animals to |
|
and then possibly put it down. |
live on the streets. Write F or A on the |
5 |
There are lots of people who would
be |
line provided. |
|
glad to give a stray animal a home.
|
1 Stray dogs sometimes bite people. |
6 |
People's pets might be taken by mistake and that could be a tragedy. |
2 Cats and dogs can receive medical
treatment if they are taken G
Discuss which of the statements above off the streets.
you agree or disagree with. Explain why.
H Look at the Student Card for Task 3 on page 75 and make notes to complete the information.
PET |
reasons for choosing this pet |
reasons for not choosing this pet |
|
cat |
cats are veyy warm andfriendly |
|
|
dog hamster rabbit |
|||
goldfish |
O
Bbl ycabltuume 5 6blCKa.3bl(3CIHUÙ. YcmaH06ume coomoemcnwue .ueycðy 6b1CKa3bldClHU$LUU Kayòoeo eoaopnugeeo I — 5 u ymaepycðeuunuu, ()CIHHbLUU 6 cnucxe A — F. Mcnoabayùme lc•aycðyo t5YK6Y, oõoauattapougy,'0 .vmaepycðeuue, oðu,'t paa. B aaòauuu ecntb oðuo auzunee ymaep.w•ðenue. Bbl ycablluume aanucb c)oa.wòbl. .3aHecume ('601/ on16en1b1 6 matîautgy.
A. She would like to get less homework. B. She enjoys taking tests.
C. She has recently moved to a new school. D. She thinks some lessons are too long. E. She's had several tests today at school. F. She wants to be a teacher.
|
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
|
||
Y'1'Bepx;teH11e |
|
|
|||||
|
Bbl yc.,Qb1tuume paaeoeop
aòuuuucmpamopa c npuõbldtueù 6 omealb eocmbeù.
Onpeòeaume, KCIKUC' 11.3 npugeòëHHbtr
ymaepycòeH11ù Al-A6 coon16emcmeyom coòepyamuo mexcma (I
KCIK11e He coomeemcmayom (2) u o 6 meKt•me He cyaaauo, mo ecmb Ha
OCH06aH11U meKcma neat..3f1 ()amb HI/ noaoycumeAbHO?O, Hll omputgameab,qopo
omaema (3). Oõaeòume H0.uep |
||||||
Al Mrs Torino's husband is on business abroad.
I) BepHO 2) HeBepH0 3) B "reK'CTe He Ck'a3ŽiHO
A2 Mrs Torino can have a single room for the three nights.
I) BepH0 2) HeBepHO 3) B rreKc-re He CKagaHO
A3 A double room is £20 more expensive per night than a single room.
I) BepHO 2) HeBepH0 3) B •reKc•re He cK'd3'dH0
A4 Mrs Torino will move into her new room tomorrow evening.
I) BepH0 2) HCBepHO 3) B •reKCTe He CKti3aH0
A5 Mrs Torino is expecting an e-mail from her husband.
1) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B TeKCTe He CK'd3ttHO
A6 Mrs Torino decides to go to an Internet café instead.
I) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B TeKCTe He CKa3tiHO
66
Test
6
Bbl yc:lbltuume paaeoaop peyuccepa c epynnoú cm-mep06. B .4 7-A13 oõ6eòume I'lltþpy 1, 2 ILQII 3, coomeemcmgyoucyo 6b1ÕPCIHHOMY ea.M11 eapuawny omeema. Bbl ycabltuume KG'YÒoe 6b1CKa.3b1ßUH1te ðaaycÒb1.
A7 The director says they are going to
I) decide what part each actor will play.
2) hand out the scripts.
3) read through the play.
A8 There will be
I) regular rehearsals at the weekend.
2) rehearsals on one weekend only. 3) no rehearsals at the weekend.
A9 The director will call or e-mail actors to tell them I) they are not needed for rehearsals.
2) which actor is in which scene.
3) what time each rehearsal starts.
9810 The director hopes rehearsals will finish
l) before 10 pm.
2) after 10 pm.
3) at 10.30 pm.
Before making or buying a costume, the director wants the actors to
l) talk to the costume designer. 2) decide exactly what they want. 3) discuss their ideas with her.
!A12 The director encourages the actors to
1) spend their own money on buying a costume.
2) stay within the budget that he has given them. 3) find a way to increase the small budget.
IA13 Brian, the actor, says that
I) the actors should share their budgets.
2) all the actors should make their own costumes. 3) none of the costumes will cost anything.
110 Bl u Al-A13 HE 34bYUbTE IIEPEHECTM CBOM OTBETb1 B WIAHK OTBETOB ObPATMTE BHMMAIIME,
teno omaembl Ha aac)aH1ffi BI, Al-A13 pacnonaecuomcn BI
õYK6bl aanucblowomcfl õea npoõeaoe u 3,qaK06 |
67
Ycmtmoaume coomaemc:moue A — G mcwcma.u I — 6. 3auecume Mcn0J1b3.vùme RZ1.ycÒV/0 õYRßV mŒ1bK0 oòun paa. B .3aÒanuu oÒna me.ua |
omeembl (3 maõau«y. |
A. LIGHTER SUITCASES
B. BUYING TICKETS
C. FAST-MOVING TRANSPORT
D. TRANSPORT CHOICES
E. AEROPLANE EXERCISES
F. LONGER HOLIDAYS G. FOOD INCLUDED
I Package holidays, which include flights and hotel accommodation in the same booking, have been popular for several decades. Recently, however, a new type of package holiday has been introduced: the 'all-inclusive' package. Manv holidavmakers, particularly those with families or those on a limited budget, are attracted bv all-inclusive holidays. This is because all meals, drinks and snacks such as ice creams, as well as flights and accommodation, are included in the price.
2 The
Isles of Scilly, off the south-west coast of Cornwall in the UK, are a popular
tourist destination. Many of the visitors to the islands arrive in their own
boats, either from Cornwall or from the north coast of France. Those without a
boat have a range of options for getting there. There are daily flights from
Plymouth and Newquay airports, and a helicopter flies several times a day from
Penzance. The ferry Scillonian 111 is also based in Penzance, sailing to the
islands once a day, and twice on Sundays.
3 If you're going on a trip and are unsure what and how much to pack, follow this simple rule. Get everything that you could possibly want to take with you ready. Then, when you've made a big pile, put half of it back. Be strict with yourselfl People always take too much with them when they travel — clothes they won't wear, toiletries they won't use. Carrying heavy bags is never fun, so don't take too much with you!
4 Bicycles are not just used for recreation. In Britain, thousands of postmen and women deliver the mail each dav bv bike as it's much quicker than walking. In towns and cities with traffic problems, such as Los Angeles in the USA, a bike is often the quickest way for a police officer to move around. In India, bicycles are often used to deliver lunch to shop and office workers. At large airports in Germany, it's quite common to see airport workers riding around on bikes.
5 On
long flights, it's important not to sit still for too long, as this can be bad
for your health. A good exercise for your hands is to squeeze a tennis ball — or
even a pair of socks if you haven't got a tennis ball — ten or fifteen times.
For vour feet, take your shoes off and put your feet on the floor. Raise your
toes as high as possible and hold them there for about five seconds. Repeat the
exercise until your toes get tired.
6 Not long ago, if you wanted to book a plane ticket or a package holiday, you had no choice — you had to go to a travel agent's. The Internet has changed that, however, and now flights and trips can be booked in the comfort of your own home. It's often cheaper, quicker and more convenient to book tickets online, but you do need a credit card. If you want to pay by cash or cheque, you still have to make that visit to the high street.
rrewra TeMa |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
Test 6
Ilpoqumaúme ymaepycòeH11f1 1 — 6 u
caeòyougue aa HUMU moccmbl. Ycmt1H0611me Mt'9/còy
.vmeepyòenumtll u coòep.ycauue„u mewmoo. Hanutuume
Illitþpy 1 — ecuttl .vnlßepycòeuue eepuoe, u «ucþpy
O — ecau .vmeepycðeuue Heeepnoe. 3auecume ce,ou |
1 The hamburger got its name from one of its ingredients. 2 Roast pork sandwiches were eaten in Hamburg for the first time a hundred years ago. 3 Charlie Nagreen changed the shape of the meatballs to make them more popular. 4 know why Charlie Nagreen decided to call them 'hamburgers'. 5 Many people believe that eating sushi means eating raw fish. 6 Modern-day sushi was introduced approximately two hundred years ago. |
Hamburgers are one of the most
popular kinds of fast food in the world todav. The name, however, can be
misleading, as the burger in a hamburger is not made of ham. It is beef.
Although the name 'hamburger' almost certainly comes from the town Hamburg in Germany, the history of the hamburger is unclear.
There was a popular dish in Hamburg several hundred years ago which was basically a roast pork sandwich. It is possible that, in time, that became the hamburger as we know it today.
However, the town of Seymour in Wisconsin in the USA is just one of several other places that claim
to have created the
hamburger. Their story goes back to 1885, when a man called
Charlie Nagreen tried to sell
meatballs at a county fair. They weren't popular, though, as customers had
difficulty eating them while walking. Nagreen came up with the idea of
flattening out the meatballs and putting them in a bread roll.
He called this meat sandwich a 'hamburger'. Why he chose that name is unclear, and it seems likely that he was not actually the first to use it.
Many large towns and cities in Europe and the USA have at least one sushi restaurant, but what exactly is sushi? A widelyheld belief is that it is a type of Japanese cuisine that involves raw fish. Certainly, if you go to a sushi restaurant, you are likely to eat some raw fish.
In fact, however, sushi is a number of different dishes all made with a certain type of rice. The rice has a topping or filling with it which may be raw fish, but could also be cooked fish, vegetables or egg.
Food similar to sushi has been eaten in Japan for centuries, but sushi as it's eaten today was developed bv Hanaya Yohei in Tokyo, Japan in the early 1800s. It was designed to be a type of fast food that could be eaten at the theatre or in the street.
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
|
69
Tlpoqumaùme moccm u 61.1/10-uume ,3aòaH11f1 A14-Ä20, Igucþpy 1, 2, 3 ILIU 4, coonwemcnl(ñ'lotqyo no.vtepy 6blÕPCIHHO?O aa-UU gapuanma omeema.
Sean had never felt so nervous before in his life. Sitting alone outside the closed door, he suddenly realised he was physically shaking, 'This is ridiculous,' he thought to himself. 'Pull yourself together. You've got to stay calm.' This was easier said than done, and when a middle-aged woman in a smart business suit opened the door and asked, 'Sean Perkins?', there was a definite tremor of fear and weakness in his voice as he answered that that was indeed him. 'Hello, I'm Katie Sutherland. Do come in.' Sean was invited into a comfortable and spacious office. The walk from the door to the chair he was to sit on seemed to last a lifetime, and Sean was terrified with each step that he'd suddenly trip or stumble. How could something so simple as walking and sitting down be so difficult? As the interview progressed, however, Sean slowly began to relax. If he'd had time to think about it, he would have realised he was answering the questions put to him quite well. He was giving clear, full answers without saying too much or anvthing irrelevant. Then came a question which, at first, he was uncertain how to answer. 'So, tell me, why do you want to leave your current job?' Sean hesitated. Should he tell her the truth? This was, of course, that he didn't feel respected. His boss, Mr Dominguez, took him for granted, overworked him, was often rude, patronising and unpleasant and made him dread going in to work each morning. Sean decided a more positive response was called for. 'Well,' he said, 'I've been with Brookes Brothers for over four years now, and although I've learned a lot there, and I'm very grateful for the opportunities they've given me, I think it's time for some new challenges, and this seems the ideal company to provide them. From what I've seen, Fisher & Fisher is an extremely dynamic company, and I'd like to be a part of that. I really think I could help contribute to the company's future success.' Sean was pleased with his answer and knew he'd been right not to criticise his current employer. From Katie Sutherland's expression, it seemed she was satisfied with his answer too. Her next question prompted Sean to smile. 'What would you say were your biggest weaknesses, Sean?' He'd thought he might be asked this, and so had already rehearsed an answer. He didn't want it to sound rehearsed, though, so he purposefully hesitated slightly before answering. 'That's a tricky question, isn't it?' he said. 'In fact, I think we both know it's a bit of a trick question too, because if I give a list of serious weaknesses, you won't think I'm suitable for the job, and if I say I haven't got any, you'll think I'm arrogant and over-confident. So, in answer to your question, I'd have to say that one of my biggest weaknesses is not bemg able to talk about mvself in too negative a light, even when I know I'm not perfect. For any other weaknesses I've got, you might be better off asking my current employer, Mr Dominguez.' His answer was a risk, but he knew that if he said it in a fairly light-hearted manner, he could probably get awav with it. From Katie's response, it was clear that he had. 'Yes,' she said, 'it is a bit of a silly question, isn't it? You'd be amazed what some people say when I ask it, though. |
It can tell me a lot. I'm glad you didn't fall into that trap.'
This was the first clearly positive comment that Katie had made on his interview so far, and filled Sean both with joy and hope. Perhaps he really was in with a chance of getting this job. Perhaps he would be able to put Mr Dominguez and Brookes Brothers behind him once and for all.
Test 6 |
A14 Waiting outside for the interview, Sean realises that
1) his shaking must look totally ridiculous.
2) staying calm is not difficult to do.
3) he has to take control of his emotions.
4) it's the first time he's ever been
nervous.
When Sean enters the office, he
1) wishes the chair he has to sit on is nearer the door.
2) takes too long to walk from the door to the chair.
3) almost trips over the chair he is supposed to sit on.
4) tries to get to the chair without doing anything foolish.
316 The answers Sean gives to the questions he is asked
l) do not contain unnecessary information.
2) show he knows he is doing quite well.
3) are a little longer than they should be. 4) show he is often unsure what to say.
'317 Sean feels that the question about why he wants to leave his current job
1) deserves a totally truthful answer.
2) should not be answered in a negative way.
3) was not asked in a respectful way.
4) is an impossible question to answer.
'318 Sean's answer to the question about why he wants to leave his current job implies that
I) he is not at all happy with the way he is treated at Brookes Brothers.
2) Fisher & Fisher will be more successful in the future than Brookes Brothers.
3) both he and Fisher & Fisher could benefit from him joining the company.
4) the work at Fisher & Fisher will be much more difficult than his current work.
Á19 Sean is careful to hide from Katie Sutherland the fact that he
l) has practised giving an answer. 2) has a lot of serious weaknesses.
3) thinks he doesn't have any weaknesses. 4) knows she is trying to trick him.
320 Katie suggests that she asks the 'silly question' because
l) she's always amazed by the answers she gets. 2) she wants the people answering to
feel trapped.
3) people usually give long answers to that question.
4) the answers people give can reveal things about them.
no OKOHqaHUU B2, B3 u A14-A20 HE 3AbYUbTE IIEPEHECTM CBOM OTBETb1 B WIAHK OTBETOB ! ObPATMTE BHMMAHME, Ha B2, B3 u A14-A20 paaHbLr uacmax tî1ClH}ca. B2, B3 pacnoao.yceHbl 6 Hil.YHeñ qacmu t;aamca. nepenoce onwemoe 6 aaòammx B2, B3 õYK6b1 aanucblßcuomcn õea npoõeaoe u 3+-1'1R06 npe/lll}fflHllH. |
Ilpoqumaùme meKcm 3ano.QHume
nponycwu 6 npeòaoyceH11fLr not) H0.uepŒuu B4-B11
coon16emcn16Yh01UIlJtu |
B6 B7 B8 BIO Bil |
of a He Most In Using guns, They money, What Police there |
|
|
![]() |
frighten the people on the ship and steal bags and THEY often also taking the contents of the ship to sell.
pirates do 'piracy' and it is, of course, a
serious crime, CALL officers to catch a lot of pirates in recent years, but
MANAGE are still many more out there.
Ilpoqumaùme npueeòeHHb11i
HilYce moccm [Ipeoõpaayúme caoaa, HuneqamuHHbte |
Ilpoqumaùme mt'R•cm c nponycwa,$tll, OÕO.3HaqeHHbtatt1 no.uepaatll A21-A28. 3mu H0Mepa coomaemcmawom 3aòaH11f1*t A21-A28, 6 Romopbtr npeòcma6aeHbl ß03JtOYHble aaputlHn1bl omeemoe. Oõeeðume H0.uep 6b1ÕPaHHO?O ea.uu eapuamna omeema.
Some card tricks, the magician, can card trick that put the rest of the A23 be a good idea to Ask the person must
pick up the pack. Don't shuffle this, however. over the first card, you turn it over. |
particularly ones which are based on
maths rather than any real skill on the part of be extremely impressive without
A21 a lot of practice. Here's a anyone can do. Take a normal pack of cards. Lav
out three columns of seven cards and pack to one A22 . You won't be using it
for this trick. Now, ask a of the audience to pick one card without telling you
which one it is. It might turn your back so they can show the card to everyone
else.
which column the card is in. Whichever column thev A24to, you cards column
by column so that the column with their card in is in the middle of the the cards, but deal them out again
into three columns. Be very careful how you do deal them column by column. Deal
the first row of each column, then the second
have the three columns laid out, ask
the person to tell you which column their
Once again, A25 sure, when you pick the cards up,
that the column is the middle column you pick up. Go through the procedure one
more time in
A26 . Then, when you have picked up the cards for the third and pack so that the backs of the cards are A27 upwards. Slowly one by one. For each of the first ten cards you turn over, say one letter of the
'This is your ...'. So, A28 example, you'll say 'T' when you turn
Test |
6 |
z |
'H' when you turn over the second, and so on. For the eleventh card, say 'card!' as It will be the card they picked!
A21 1) requesting 2) requiring 3) acquiring 4) inquiring
A22 I) side 2) edge 3) boundary 4) border
A23 l) being 2) character 3) person 4) member
A24 1) show 2) direct 3) point 4) demonstrate A25 I) let 2) do 3)
make 4) take
A26 I) way 2) route 3) method 4) system
A27 1) heading 2) regarding 3) looking 4) facing
A28 1) with 2) for 3) by 4) as
no B4-B18, A21-A28 HE 3AbYUbTE TIEPEHECTM CBOM OTBETb1 B WIAHK OTBETOB ! ObPAT11TE BHMMAHME. HO B4-B18 u A21-A28 |
73
TIPI/ Bbl'10.ueHUU aaÒaHllñ CI u C2 ocoõoe BHU.MCIHIW oõpamume Ha mo, Limo gatuu omeenlbt õyòym 01ßH116an1bc•n moatbRO no aanucxu, CÒeJICIHHb1.u 8 FAAHKE OTBETOB .NE2. 1-111RŒcue aanucu qePH0611KCl He õyòvm yqumb16arnbc•a .9Kcnepmo.M. TIPII aan0AHeH1i11 WIAHKA OTBETOB .Nþ2 yçaycume ('Haqaaa H0.uep saòaH11H CI, C2 .3ameM aanuuuune C60ú omaem Ecau OÒHOÙ Cmt)POHbl aaamca HeòocmamoqH0, Bbl Moyceme ucno.u.aoeamb ()pyeyo cmopony ÕaaHKa. |
You have 20 minutes to do this task.
Test 6 |
|
This is part of a letter from Maxine, your English pen friend.
Write 100-140 words.
Remember the rules of letter writing.
You have 40 minutes to do this task.
Comment on the following statement.
Some people believe that animals without owners should have the right to live on the streets in cities.
Others say that they could be dangerous and should be collected and found new homes, or even put down.
Do you think that
stray animals should be Use the following plan allowed to live on the streets? I.
Introduction (State the problem).
Write 200-250 words. 2. Express your opinion and give reasons for it.
3. Give other people's arguments and explain why they are wrong.
4. Conclusion.
Bbl noayqume Kapmowy, Ha KomopoÙ npeòcma6aeHbl mpu aaðaHllfl ycnmozo omeema: C3 — me,uamuqeocoe MOHOJlO?ULteCKOe 6blCKa.3btŒ3aHlže, C4 — C)IICIJIO? c tge.1b'0 ot5.ueHa tþŒcmuqecK01ž uncþop.uagueú, C5 — c)uaaoe c lgeJlbR) oõJteHa OlßHOtlHOÙ 1Œcþop.uauueÙ.
OKOHqaH1te BblnO,1HeHllH KayÒ020 aaðaHllfl |
saaaHV1fl
STUDENT CARD
Task 1 (3—3.5 minutes)
Give a 2-minute talk on your favourite film.
Remember to say:
• what kind of film it is
• what happens in the film
• why you like it
You have to talk for 1.5—2 minutes. The teacher will listen until you have finished. Then he/she will ask you some questions.
STUDENT CARD
Task 2 (1.5—2 minutes)
You are in a café. You want a hot chicken dish for lunch. You don't want to spend more than £3.50.
Before making a decision, ask the waiter/ waitress about:
• chicken dishes available
• whether they are hot
• the cost
Test 6 |
|
The teacher will play the part of of the waiter}waitress and will speak first.
Remember to:
• be active and polite
• get all the information you need
• decide on what to order for lunch
3K3aMe1--1VeMOro
STUDENT CARD
Task 3 (3—4 minutes)
Your parents have said you can have a pet. You and your brother sister are discussing which pet to get. You can have a:
• cat
• dog
• goldfish
The teacher will play the part of your brother/sister.
Remember to:
75 |
•
discuss all the
options take an active part in the conversation and
be polite
come up with ideas
give good reasons
find out your brother's/sister's
attitudes and take them into account
invite your brother sister to come
up with
suggestions
come to an agreement
A Look at the task on page 79. Match each of the following statements to one of the situations described in questions A7A13.
I I won't give it away, but the characters aren't what they seem.
2
1 was driving
along and suddenly the car started making a funnv noise ... A
3 And the road signs just here aren't very
clear, so that's how it happened. A
4 1'm very disappointed with you, young man.
5 It's a good way to get children involved in the news, I think.
6 1 saw it in a magazine and it looked gorgeous!
7 Well, I was furious because it's not the first time she's done it.
B Quickly read the texts in the task on page 81 and match the books to the authors. There is one author you don't need to use.
1 My Trip and Other Mistakes
2 Squaring the Ii•iangle
3 Not One Before Another
4 Introducing Myself
5 Shooting Animals
6 Past Lives: The Book 7 Fishing Essentials
![]() |
C
Find words or
phrases in the texts to match these definitions.
1 travel with someone
2 useful
3 rejects something because it is not
correct
4 possible explanations
5 newest
6 easy to like 7 make better
8
people who like
something
9
starting to do
D Quickly read the first text on page 84. Decide if these statements are True (T)or False (F).
I |
Charlie's mum believes him when |
|
|
he savs there are aliens outside. |
TIF |
2 |
She says that she wants to see his |
|
|
homework. |
TIF |
|
Charlie's father thinks Charlie is |
|
|
lying about the aliens. |
TIF |
4 |
Charlie and his father go outside |
|
|
and see aliens in the garden. |
TIF |
5 There are aliens in the living room when Charlie and his father return. TI F
E Complete the table.
present simple |
present progressive |
past simple |
past progressive |
present perfect simple |
past perfect simple |
present participle |
|
fly hear begin sit |
flying |
|
wasr,vere |
hashave |
|
flying |
|
F Look at the second task on page 86. Read the following paragraph and answer the question.
G Complete the table using the phrases in the box.
Consequently • Despite this • Even given that • In consequence • In spite of this In summary • That may be true, but To conclude • To sum up
Phrases like 'In conclusion' |
Phrases like 'However' |
Phrases like 'As a result' |
|
|
|
H Complete the notes. Use the words and phrases in the box to help you.
thriller
• romance • children's book biography • adventure • plot • ending •
hero/heroine
What's your favourite book? |
What kind of book is it? |
Who are the main characters in it? |
What happens in the book? |
Why do you like it? |
Bbl ycabuuume 5
6b1CKC13b16CIHUÚ. YcmaH0611žne coomeemcmeue .ueyòy
6blCKU3b16aHUfLUU |
A. His character has changed since he was a child.
Test T |
|
B.
He is moving to
the place where he spent his childhood. C. His family moved around a lot when
he was a child. D. He spent a lot of his childhood with his grandparents. E.
The place where he grew up is now completely different. F. He wanted to live somewhere else
when he was a child.
roBopH11V11i |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
YTBep>KneH11e |
|
|
|
|
|
Bbl ycalbltuume pa,32060p ÒOMOX03HÚKU c KOJLHU60H.yePOM. Onpeòeaume, KCIKUe ua npueeÒëHHb1X
.vmcepYòeHt1ù Al-A6 coomaemcmøyom coòepycamuo muccma (I ), He coomeemcmay,rom (2) u O 6 meKcme He cycaaano, mo ecmb Ha OCH06aHUU mewcma Heelb.3fi c)anlb Hil nonoycumevtbH020, Hil omputgameabktoeo omgema (3). ()õ6eòume 1-10,uep 6b1ÓpaH11020 ga•tll eapuamna omeema. Bbl ycJ1blžuume .3anucb ÒeaYCÒbl.
Al The woman mistakes the salesman for someone else.
1) BepHO 2) HeBePHO 3) B TeKCTe He CKagaHO
A2 The salesman wants the woman to buy a vacuum cleaner.
l) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B -reKCTe He CKa3ŽlHO
A3 The woman enjoys doing housework.
1) BepH0 2) HeBepHO 3) B -reKc•re He CKt13aHO
A4 The most expensive product costs £30.
l) BepHO 2) HeBepHO 3) B TeKCTe He CKa3ŽiHO
A5 The salesman offers to show the woman how to use a product. I) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B •re•KCTe He cK',B'dH0
A6 The woman buys the salesman's cheapest product.
l) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B He CKagaH0
|
Bbl yc.lblluume 6b1CKa3þ1ßCIHUf1 Ji10òeù 6 ce.uu pa.Mut1HbLV cumya«uax. Omaemwne Ha aonpocbl no coðepyaH11+0 6b1CKa3b16CIHUÚ, 6b1Õpat3 oð11H 11.3 npeòaoyceHHbLV eapuamnoa omeema. B A7-A13 oõgeÒume 1114tþpy 1, 2 uau 3, oõo.3HaqaŒot«yo omae,'ï4 Komopblñ Kaycemcfl Hautîoaee gePHbLM. Bbl yc.lbltuume KUYÒOe 6blCKU3b1BCIH1že Ò6ClYÒbl. |
You will hear a woman telling her son off. What has he done wrong?
1) He didn't tell her he was going to be late.
2) He went out without her permission.
3) He forgot to buy something on his way.
You will hear a man describing a film. What did he like about it?
I) the ending 2) the characters
3) the action
BA9 You will hear a girl talking to a hairdresser. What style does the girl want?
l) shoulder-length, and all one colour 2) long, with a pink fringe
3) short, with some lighter parts
'AIO You will hear a man talking about a recent experience. How did he feel?
I) annoyed
2) helpless
3) frightened
LAI 1 You will hear a girl talking about her sister. Why was the girl angry?
1) Her sister asked her for money to go out.
2) Her sister came into her room without permission. 3) She wasn't invited to go out with her sister.
'A12 You will hear a man talking to a policeman. What is the man's excuse?
I) He didn't know it was a one-way street.
2) He was in a hurry to get somewhere.
3) He hasn't been driving long,
A13 You will hear a boy talking about a TV programme he saw. What does he say about it?
I) It lets children choose what news stories appear.
2) It is a news programme presented by children.
3) It interviews children around the country about their lives.
no Bl Il Al-A13 HE 3AbYAbTE IIEPEHECTM CBOM OTBETb1 B WIAHK OTBETOB ! ObPATMTE BHMMAHHE, Ha m, Al-A13 |
79
YcmaH0B1tme
coomøemcmaue me,vt A — G meKt•ma.M 1 — 6. 3cmecume CßOU omeentbt
6 maõau«y. Ucnoalbayùme KC1.ycÒyo õycay
mœ1bR0 oòun paa. B aaòanuu oòna me.ua |
A. UNEXPLAINED EVENTS
B. SPACE TOURISTS
c. DISTANT WORLD
D. ANCIENT SCIENCE
E. FAILED HOPES
F. SPECTACULAR SIGHT
G. SERIOUS RISKS
1
![]() |
2 Astronauts face many dangers in space. The take-off and landing are dangerous, and there's always a chance that a meteor is going to hit your spacecraft. Other threats come from something you can't see: radiation. X-rays and other forms of radiation can cause health problems for astronauts above the protection of Earth's atmosphere.
3 For the first time, it's possible to buy yourself a ticket to space — that's if you've got $20 million to spend. Dennis Tito, an American businessman, and Mark Shuttleworth, a businessman from South Africa, have both visited the International Space Station. They were taken up on Russian Soyuz rockets and enjoyed a week of weightlessness before returning to Earth.
4 Look up into the sky at the right time and the right direction and you'll see Saturn. It will look like a bright star, but a pair of binoculars or a small telescope will give you an amazing view. Saturn has rings around it, giving it a beautiful appearance unlike anything else in the night sky. No wonder Saturn has been called the 'Jewel of the Solar System'.
5 Discovered in 1930, the planet Pluto circles the Sun at a distance of approximately six billion kilometres. That's about 40 times further away from the Sun than the Earth is! At that distance, the Sun looks just like a bright star and provides very little heat. A spacecraft launched from the Earth would take twelve or thirteen years to get to Pluto, so don't expect to see close-up photographs any time soon!
America. The famous the movements of the |
6 We're used to the idea of modern telescopes giving us views of the universe and astronauts flying to the space station and back again. But did you know that the roots of astronomy go back thousands of years? The Egyptians studied the night sky, as did the original people of North circle of stones at Stonehenge in Britain shows that people there knew about Sun and the Moon at least 2,500 vears before Christ was born.
TeKC"ra |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 6 |
Ilpoqumaðune 60/1POCbl I — 6 u peKaa.uy KHU.YCHb1X H06UHOK A — G. YcmaH0611žne coomeemcmeue Meycðv eonpocauu u Pezqa.UHbLUU OÕ7-,HŒWHUflM11. B ycaycðo.u meyccme Bbl Haùòeme omeem coomaemcm6youey'+0 meKcmy, 6 KOnlOPOM BŒuu HaùðeH omeem B aaðauuu oðllH mer-ccm JIUIUHUÙ. |
As you accompany author Nick McDonald on his journey through France, you'll feel like you're really there with him. My Trip And Other Mistakes isn't just the usual collection of local people and landscapes. With real practical tips on where to stay and where to eat, it's a must for every tourist. B Squaring the Triangle, from Vivian Norris, is one of those rare books that gives you a new understanding of an old subject. Everyone knows that planes and ships have disappeared in the part of the Atlantic known as the Bermuda Triangle, but no one knows why. Norris discounts all previous ideas and comes up with one or two interesting theories of her own to solve the problem. C Crime writer Carol Masterton has done it again. In her latest work Not One Before Another, she creates a mystery that will have you scratching your head. The unusual name for the book comes from the last words of Shakespeare's well-known play A Comedy Of Errors, and like that work, this book involves a lot of confusion over who's who. D After the success of the hardback version last year, it was only a matter of time before Introducing Myself appeared in paperback. Now everyone can enjoy Henry Bannerman's stories of his travels round London as a taxi driver. It's only £3.99, compared to £15 for the hardback, so there's no excuse for not getting to know this lovable character. E Beginners will find it too difficult, but expert photographers will love Shooting Animals by Ian Clarke. Clarke shows you in great detail how to catch those moments when animals are at their best. If you want to improve your pictures of wildlife, then this is the book for you. F For years now Karen Wilde has been recreating history on ourTV screens in Past Lives. Finally, fans Of the show can buy her book that shows exactly how our great-grandparents lived. Past Lives: The Book is the result of three years of research and it gives you a very accurate idea of what it was like to be a child back then. G This is the perfect book for those of you who are thinking of taking up a new pastime. The author, Greg King, certainly knows his stuff, and Fishing Essentials tells you everything you need to know to start catching the big fish. Simple techniques are explained for beginners with the aid of detailed colour photographs. |
|
O
The ticket inspector handed the ticket back to Dora with a nod of his head and continued on his way down the train. He was a handsome young man, Dora thought, and he reminded her a little of her husband when he had been the same age. She smiled a little at the thought as she watched the countryside roll past the window of the train. She was now eightv-four and although she regularly forgot things that other people found so easy to remember, like where she had put her glasses, that March day when she and Ralph had got married stood out clearly in her mind. They hadn't known each other long, and relatives had tried to advise Dora against it, but they had both known that it was the right thing to do. They quickly found a house to buy and the wedding was organised in a couple of days. Dora was grateful for the fortv happy years they had had together.
The sound of someone sniffing brought Dora's attention back to her surroundings. Sitting opposite her in the carriage was a woman, who Dora estimated to be in her early thirties. She looked up at Dora, who realised that the woman would welcome conversation. Dora pulled a tissue from her bag and passed it over.
'What's his name?' Dora asked with a friendly smile. The woman wiped her eyes with the tissue.
'Michael. He's just got a new job ' the woman began, then laughed a little. 'How did you know?'
Ilpoqumaùme maccm u 6b1/10JIHume aaÒaH11fi A 14420, OÕBOÒH 14114)py 1, 2, 3 coomeemcmeyougyo H0Jtepy 6blÕPClHHO?O (3CLUU gapuawna omaema. |
4, |
Test
7 |
|
'I wasn't always old, you know,' Dora said and looked more closely at the woman. She was smartly dressed, although her clothes weren't new. Clearly she had had money in the past but now couldn't afford luxuries. Dora noticed that she had brought her own sandwiches on the journey, rather than spend money on the train. She had the air of someone who is educated but who has never had much luck at turning that education into money. Dora knew what it was like to keep up appearances on a small income and her heart went out to her fellow traveller.
'Tell me about it,' she said. For the next half an hour, the woman, whose name turned out to be Sandra, told her story. Dora listened. The details of the relationship escaped her and Sandra mentioned people without explaining who they were, but Dora knew it wasn't important. Sandra wasn't looking for solutions from Dora. The only thing that mattered was that she gave Sandra a shoulder to cry on and a sympathetic ear. She nodded in all the right places and by the time the train pulled in at the next station, Sandra seemed a lot happier. Sandra looked up and cried, 'Oh, this is my stop!' She grabbed her bags, thanked Dora for listening and hurried off the train.
Dora sat back and closed her eyes. A feeling of sadness came over her for a moment. Listening to Sandra talk had been what she imagined being a grandmother was like. It would have been nice to have had children and watch their children grow up. Still, it wasn't to be and she and Ralph had spent many happy years travelling the world. She opened her eyes and looked out onto the platform as the train pulled away. Sandra was looking up at the train window and waving at her. Dora waved back and smiled, watching over her shoulder as the train station got smaller and smaller. She turned back to see a teenage girl standing beside her seat. She had a suitcase in one hand and the make-up around her eves had run as if she had been crying. She looked exhausted.
'Excuse me,' she said in a quiet voice. 'Is anyone sitting here?' She pointed to the seat where Sandra had been sitting.
'No, my dear. Sit down,' said Dora, and began to reach into her bag for a tissue. It's going to be one of those days, she thought to herself.
314 |
Dora has problems remembering I) how long she was married to Ralph. 2) simple, everyday things. 3) where her husband had gone. 4) what her wedding day was like. |
OX15 |
Before getting married, Dora and her husband 1) waited until they knew each other well. 2) asked their families for advice. 3) arranged everything very carefully. 4) made sure they had somewhere to live. |
iA16 |
Dora thinks the young woman 1) would like to chat. 2) wants to ask her for a tissue. 3) looks younger than she really is. 4) is looking at her in a strange way. |
LAI 7 |
The young woman seems to l) be poorer than she once was. 2) like only home-made food. 3) have problems finding a job. 4) be careless about her clothes. While Sandra talks about her life, Dora 1) gives her some useful advice. 2) tries to focus on the important details. 3) asks her to explain things more clearly. 4) acts as if she understands everything. |
319 |
When Sandra leaves, Dora feels unhappy for a moment because she 1) misses her husband. 2) never had children. 3) feels sorry for Sandra. 4) doesn't see her grandchildren often. |
|
Dora thinks it's going to be 'one
of those days' because |
3) the girl seems to have the same problems as Sandra. 4) the girl doesn't realise that Dora is exhausted.
no OKOHLICIHUU B2, B3 u Ä14-A20 HE 3ABYAbTE IIEPEHECTM CBOM OTBETb1 B WIAHK OTBETOB ObPATMTE BHMMAHME,
B2, 133 u A14-A20 |
83
Tlpoqumaùme moccm 3anovquume nponycçu 6 npeò.aoycenuqx not) H0Jtepa.M11 B4-B11 coomeemcn16YH)11'1LM11 cþop.ua.M11 CJ106, HaneqamaHHbLr aa¿aa6Hb1Af11 ÕVK6Œ1f11 cnpaea om KaycÒ020 npeòaoyceHllfl.
B4 |
'Aliens over our back garden, right now!' |
FLY |
B5 |
His mother laughed. She anything so silly. 'Really, Charlie,' she said. 'You know there are no aliens. Now, have you finished your homework? I want to see it.' |
NEVER HEAR |
|
'It's true!' Charlie cried. 'There are aliens outside, for a place to land their spaceship!' Charlie's father looked up from his newspaper. |
LOOK |
|
'Now, Charlie. What's all this? 1 you so many times before not to tell lies. There are no aliens and they certainly don't fly down Acacia Avenue.' |
TELL |
B8 |
'Okav,' Charlie. 'Come and look. If there's nothing there, |
SAY |
Charlie ran downstairs and burst into the living room. 'Aliens!' he shouted.
I promise I'll just do my homework.'
Charlie's father sighed and put his newspaper down. 'Okav, Charlie. I'll come B9 outside with you and see if there are any aliens in garden.' They went into the garden, but there was nothing there. 'But ... but ...
![]() |
They walked back into the living room and suddenly stopped. There were two
Bll large green creatures on the sofa next to Charlie's mum, who SIT looked very nervous. 'Hello, dear. I think we've got visitors,' she said, weakly.
Ilpoqumaùme
npueeòeHHb1ù Hil.yce meçcm 17peoõpaayùme
caoea, HaneqamaHHb1e aaZQC16Hbl.Ull õYK6Œuu nocae HO.uep06
B12-B18 max, gmoõbl OHU epa,wtamuqecxu u at'KCU¼C'CKU
coomeemcmeoaaelll coc)ep.ycaH1d10 maccma. 3ano.uume nponycxu nonyqeHHb1-uu
CJ106CIMll. Ka.yðblù nponycK coomaemcmavem omòe.tbH0MY |
B12 Imagine what life used to be like before people had food. FREEZE Everything had to be bought fresh and fresh meat lasted only a few days.
B13 That all changed in 1916 when an called Clarence EXPLORE
Birdseye went on an expedition to Canada with his family. They were
B14 to get fresh vegetables, so Clarence used ice to make their ABLE food last longer. After a lot of hard work, he finally found a way of
B15 freezing food. He returned to the USA, started a business SUCCESS
B16 and became Clarence Birdseye is famous for finally WEALTH
B17 finding the to a problem that people had been trying to SOLVE solve for thousands of years. Even today, you will find Bird's Eye products
B18 on in supermarkets all over the world. SELL
Test 7 |
|
Tlpoqumaùme meKcm c nponycxa.uu, OÕoanaqeHHbtJt11 HO.UePa.8tu A21-A28. 3mu H0Jtepa coome,emcmeyom 3CIÒt1H11fL$t ,421-A28, 6 Komopbl-r npeòcmaaaeHb1 60.1Uo.YCHbte gapuamnbl omæmoe. ()õeeòume H0.uep BblÕPG'HHO?0 6Œuu eapuamna omeema.
'1 A23 'Hmm?' Mr Atkinson responded, without taking his eyes from the TV screen. 'Yes,' his wife continued. 'You won millions of
pounds and bought us a lovely house in the country.' 'No chance of that while
I'm working for Simpson's,' he said. His wife A24 'Wouldn't it be wonderful, though, to live in the countryside, instead of in this flat?' Mr Atkinson smiled at the thought. 'Yes, it would be nice,' he said, before he frowned once more. 'But we'll never be able to A25 Mrs
Atkinson went white. She A28 'Right. I'm off. I shouldn't be too late, so ... Wendy, are you all right?' Mrs Atkinson handed him the lottery ticket and then very slowly sat down. She buttered a slice of toast and chewed thoughtfully. |
|
1) high 2)
good 3) strong 4) light
I) round 2) out 3) off 4) up
A23 |
1) had 2) got 3) saw 4) took A24 1) paid 2) put 3) gave 4) made
A25 1) cost 2) charge 3) afford 4) invest
A26 I) give 2) stop 3) turn 4) hang
I) going 2) bringing 3) moving 4) coming
A28 |
1) kept 2) paused 3)
held 4) saved
no OKOH¼CIHUU B4-B18, A21-A28 HE 3AbYAbTE HEPEHECTM CBOJ4 OTBETb1 B FAAHK OTBETOB ! ObPATMTE
BWIMAHME, qmo Ha .3aòaHllH B4-B18 u A21-A28 Pat3HbLV qac•mfLr õ.'1üHRa. B4-B18 pacnoao.yceHbl 6 HUYHeðl qacmu ã1d1HKí1. 171211 nepeHoce 0111607106 6 B4-B18 õYKBbl aanuc•bldŒomcH õe.3 npoõeaoe u .3HdlK06 npenlUfflHUfl. |
85
omaemoe Ha CI, C2 ucn0J1b3yùme K'7AHK OTBETOB M2. õyòym out'H116amb('H moat,K0 no aanucnu, CÒeaCIHHbLU d WIAHKE OTBETOB Y2. HURUKUe aanucu qepH0611Ka He õvðym vqun1b16an1bt'H .9Kcnepmo.u. Ilpu aano-QHt"--tuu WIAHKA OTBETOB Y2 yca.yume cHaqaaa H').uep CI, C2 .3ameM aanutuume caoù omaenz Ecau oòH01i cmop0Hb1 rîaawca HeòocmamotlH0, 6bt .uoyceme ucnoalbaoaanu, ()pyeyo cmopony âQCIHKC1. |
You have 20 minutes to do this task.
![]() |
Write 100-140 words.
Remember the rules of letter writing.
You have 40 minutes to do this task.
Comment on the following statement.
Some people think that pupils should be involved in decisions about their school and should have a say in how things are run. Other people think that pupils are too young to take part in such important decisions.
What can you say for and against pupils being Use the following plan involved in running their school? 1. Introduction (State the problem).
Write 200-250 words. 2. Arguments "for".
3.
Arguments
"against"
4. Conclusion.
Bbl
nonyuume Kapmowcy, Ha Komopoù npeÒcmagaeHb1 mpu aaðaHllfl C3 — meatamuqecycoe MOHOJIOUlLWCKOe 6blCKa.3bteauue, C4 —
Òuaaoe c lge.lb,LO oãue}-ta |
3aaaH11¶ 3K3aMeHveMoro
STUDENT CARD
Task 1 (3—3.5 minutes)
Give a 2-minute talk on your favourite book.
Remember to say:
• what happens in the book
• why it is your favourite
You have to talk for 1.5—2 minutes. The teacher will listen until you have finished. Then he/she will ask you some questions.
STUDENT CARD
Task 2
(1.5—2 minutes)
You are on holiday in England. You would like to go on a boat trip in the next hour with two friends. It is quite a cool day. You only have two hours for the trip.
![]() |
• trips available at the moment
• activities offered on each trip
• the time each trip takes
• places left on each trip
The teacher will play the part of the trip operator and will speak first.
Remember to: be active and polite
get all the information you need
• decide on the boat trip to take
STUDENT CARD
Task 3 (3—4 minutes)
You and a friend are at the Olvmpic Games. You are discussing what sport you would like to buy tickets for. You can see:
• a football match
• a tennis match
• the marathon
• a swimming race
The teacher will play the part of your friend.
Remember to:
discuss all the options
take an active part in the conversation and be polite
come up with ideas
give good reasons
find out your friend's attitudes and
take them into account
invite your friend to come up with suggestions
come to an agreement
|
A Look at questions A7-A13 on page 91 and find words and phrases that have a similar meaning to these words and phrases.
1 main actors 2 not completely
3 asked
4 very
5 a lot
6 unimportant
7 not much
8 reason for
9 in the right way
B Read through the questions again. Decide if these statements are True (T) or False (F) according to the questions.
1 Alan will talk about where Battle of the Giants was filmed.
2 Alan placed the advertisement in a
newspaper.
3 Alan applied to the film production company for a job.
4 Alan had an interview.
5 In the end, Alan decided against working on the film.
c Read the three texts on page 93. Decide which text each of these ideas is mentioned in. Write 'A' for the first text, 'B' for the second text and 'C' for the third text.
1 You must be a certain age.
2 This is how much money you will make.
3 The job involves serving customers.
4 Phone us if you are interested.
5 You must have a car or van, etc.
O
6 You don't need experience.
7 You won't do any driving.
8 You'll work on Saturday mornings only.
9 You must be available on three
evenings each week.
10 You'll stay in and go out.
Section 3 Grammar and vocabulary:
third task
Write a word from the box in each gap to complete the sentences.
achieve • handle • manage • succeed
1 I really hope you in persuading Alice to come with us tomorrow.
2
I really hope youto persuade Alice to come with us
tomorrow.
3 I don't know what you're trying to
, but you won't succeed!
4
I think you're going to
the
situation really well
o'clock
so we should be there by lunchtime.
6
Are you going to off for a picnic during the journey?
7
Why don't you your jacket off if you're too hot?
8
They'll off the phone if you don't pay your
bill.
appear • arrive • get • reach
9
What time did you
to the
airport?
10
What time did you
the airport?
11
What time did you
at the airport?
12
As soon as they , we can check in.
E Read Task CI on page 98. Imagine you are the person replying to Jackie and make notes to answer these questions. Use your imagination!
I Have you ever been on holiday just with your friends? |
yes I no |
2 If yes, did you have to persuade your parents to let you? Give as much information as possible. |
|
3 If no, have you ever asked your parents if you could? What happened? Give as much information as possible. |
|
4 Do you think Jackie is old enough to go on holiday with her friends? Why / why not? |
|
5 Do you think Jackie should try to persuade her parents? If yes, how? |
|
6 Do you have any other advice for Jackie? |
|
F Make a detailed paragraph plan for
your letter. Use your notes from Exercise E.
Your address |
|
The date |
|
Greeting (Dear + first name,) |
|
First paragraph |
|
Second paragraph |
|
Third paragraph |
|
Closing expressions |
|
Your first name |
|
Section 5 Speaking: second task
C Look at the Student Card for Task 2
on page 99. Each of these questions contains a grammatical mistake. Rewrite them correctly.
I What time the film starts?
2 What kind of film it is?
3 It is a comedy?
4 It starts within the next half an hour?
5 When it starts?
89
Test 8
Bbl _ycnbltuume 5
(3b1CK(13b1gaH11Ù. POBOPHtgeeo 1 — 5 u yrngep.YðeH14fLM1d,
ÒCIHHbLUU B cnucvce A — F. Mcn0J1b3yùme Kaycðyo
õYlC6_y, Bbl ycau,uuume aanucb 3aHecume C60U on16enlbL maÕnugy, |
A. Making a lot of money is the most important thing for me. B. I will probably do the same job as one of my relatives.
C. I want to continue with my education for a long time. D. I'm hoping I can travel a lot in my career, E. Being famous really appeals to me.
F. I am planning to work with children when I'm older.
FOBOPH1uM1i |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
|
|
Yl'Bep>KJlc11Me |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bbl _ycnbltuume paaeogop õuõauornel€apfl u qurnarnen,fl, Onpeòeaurne, ICŒcue 143 npueeÒëHHbLr _ymæpyòewuù Al-Ab coomgemcmesytom |
||||||
Al |
The woman has used this library before. l) Bepuo 2) IleBep110 3) B TCKCTC Ile cka3a110 |
A2 |
The woman usually carries her passport with her, I) Bep110 2) 11cBep110 3) B •rewre Ile cKa3a110 |
A3 |
The woman has something with her that can be used as identification. I) Bep110 2) 11cBep110 3) B •rewre Ile cKa3a110 |
A4 |
You have to pay if you keep a book for more than two weeks. l) Bep110 2) Ilei3ep110 3) B •rewre He cka3a110 |
A5 |
The library only has books. l) Bep110 2) Ilei3ep110 3) B •rewré He cka3a110 |
A6 |
You can borrow a maximum of six
things at the same time. |
l) Bep110 2)
IleBep110 3) B TCKCTC Ile cKa3a110
Bbl ycalbltuume umnep6bR) C AMHOM AOCOHOM, KomoPb1Ù
mt)JtbKO timo CHA,ICR B cþualb.ue. B aaÒG'HURX A7-Ä13
oõaeòume gutþpy 1, 2 WII/ 3, coomaemcmgyotgyo
dblÕPCIHHOMY aa.uu gapuamny omaema. Bbl ycutbltuume |
Alan says that
1) he probably won't be in the finished film.
2) people might not see him in the film. 3) he's one of the stars of the film.
The film Battle of the Giants was 1)
completely made in Hollywood.
2) not made in Hollywood at all.
3) partly made in Alan's local area.
A9 The advertisement which Alan saw called for people I) who were particularly good-looking.
2) with plenty of acting experience.
3) who wanted a minor role in a film.
AIO Before the film, Alan had
I) never done any acting at all.
2) only done a small amount of acting. 3) done a large amount of acting.
All Alan heard from the film production company I) one day after he had applied.
2) one week after he had applied.
Test 8 |
3) three months after he had applied.
A12 Alan thinks the purpose of the interview was to 1) test how good at acting he was.
2) see if he really wanted to be in the film. 3) measure him for some clothes.
A13 Most of the work Alan did on the film involved 1) standing in a crowd of people.
2) learning
how to act properly. 3) running away from the giants.
no Bl u Al-A13 IIE 3AbYUbTE TIEPEIIECTÞI CBOU OTBETb1 B WIÄHK OTBETOB ! ObPATUTE BIIMMAIIME,
qmo Ha m, Al-A13 |
O
![]() |
YcrnaH06urne coorngerncrngue me.M A — G rnexcrna,u 1 — 6. 3aHecurne cgou orngeržlbl 6 rnaãauuy. |
A. SLOW SUCCESS B. FILM MUSICIAN
c. LONG HISTORY
D. SEA SOUNDS
E. GREAT CHANGES
F. WONDERFUL PLAYER G. LIVE PERFORMANCES
|
I While the electric guitar was invented quite recently (in 1931, by Adolf Rickenbacker), the guitar itself has been around in various forms for an incredibly long time. Musical instruments remarkably similar to the guitar have been played for at least the last five thousand years. The instrument which million of teenagers today dream of playing in a rock band started its life in Persia (now called Iran), in Central Asia. 2 Humans have only been able to record sounds to listen to later since the middle of the 1800s. Since then, however, technology has developed at an enormous speed. Records, cassettes and CDs have all allowed people to listen to recorded music in their own home. These days, more and more music is becoming 'digital'. We can save pieces of music as files on our computer, and can carry thousands of songs around on personal MP3 players. 3 Everyone knows that the British group the Beatles was the most successful pop group of all time. In the early 1960s, John Lennon, Paul McCartney, George Harrison and Ringo Starr changed popular music forever. Things weren't easy for the band at the beginning, though. Lennon and McCartney started making music together in 1957. By 1962, almost every single record company in Britain had rejected them, saying they would never achieve anything. Finally, one record company decided to take a risk with them. By 1964, they were the most popular band in the world. 4 Before pop groups and singers go on tour, they have to make a decision regarding their music. They probably want to play the songs from their latest album in their concerts, but the question is: should the songs sound as similar as possible to the sound created on the album, or should the audience hear a new version of the song? Madonna, for example, is always keen to Sing her songs in a different way at concerts. Other singers choose to sing their songs as they sang them on the album. 5 Jerry Goldsmith spent much of his career writing the music for Hollywood movies. From the early 1950s until 2003, Goldsmith wrote the soundtracks for several hundred hit movies, including the Star Trek and Rambo series of films. He often worked on as many as sixmajor movies in one year. If that wasn't enough, he also found the time to come up with the theme tunes for a large number of American and radio shows. 6 Dolphins and whales can hear much better than humans can. They can also hear much better than they can see, This does not cause them many problems, however, as sound travels through water much better than light does. They often use sounds to locate things such as rocks and food. Male humpback whales make noises that sound like they're singing. One whale can hear another Whale's 'song' hundreds of miles away. |
|
||||||
N2 •rewra |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
||
Texqa |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
coom„emcrneue //anutuume guq5py 1— ec•au _ymaepyðe+tue eepnoe, u gucþpy O — ecau ymgepYðeH1te ueeepnoe. 3Œecume omeembl maõnugy. |
The person doing this Part-time sales job will only work on 1 one day each week. We're looking for a part-time busy city centre bookshop on 2 The bookshop will only I trustworthy, approachable be consider trained sales 1 public. NO experience is given. The position would be assistants for this job. but anyone with a love of Write to Mrs J. Smythe at Street, Stratford and explain Do you like looking 3 This job will continue 1 when the children go we're looking for someone aged back to school. 1 three children during the summer and Caroline (l l) are three brighc need to be kept busy! You would 4 The successful 6 pm. Occasionally, we Will need applicant might have to 1 games With the kids at home, and work at the weekend 1 (No driving required.) Good rate sometimes. 1 Experience preferred. Please call 5 The band plays all over I Drummer wanted to join the country. at weddings and parties in the weekend. You should be an play a wide range of music 6 The successful blues and soul). You must have applicant must be aged 1 own transport. You must be between 45 and 55. Saturday and Sunday evening, evening. You can expect to 1 two-hour performance. You band are aged 45-55. |
them on day trips too. pay for the successful applicant between 6 pm and 9 pm.
|
sales assistant to work in our Saturday mornings. You must and enjoy working with the necessary as full training will be
1 ideal for a university student books can apply.
Smythe's Books, 25 Candon why you want to work with us!
|
after children? 1 between 18 and 25 to look after our holidays.Adam (aged (9) 1 friendly and energetic children who 1 work Monday to Friday, 8 am to 1 you on Saturdays too.you'll be playing 1 taking of
5757
successful local experienced (including
available and
earn can
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
17poqumaùme rncwcrn u 6b1no„mume aaòL'H1dfl A14-A20, OÕ60Òfl I'll(þpy 1, 2, 3 unu 4, Coom6emcmgyotgyo H0Mepy 6b1ÕPaHHOU) ea.uu gapuawna onwema.
'I want everyone to be absolutely clear how seriously I'm taking this,' said Mrs Lowry. The twelve children stared at her silently and intently, their frightened expressions demonstrating that they did Indeed recognise the gravity of the situation. 'We will not tolerate stealing in this school. It's quite simple. Whoever has taken Julie's purse must return it to me during the lunch break. If you do that, we won't say anything more about it. I shan't punish you, and I won't tell the head teacher or your parents. But if Julie's purse hasn't been returned by the end of lunch, then I'm afraid I'll have no choice but to go to Mr Jenkins, and you know what he'll do. There's a school policy for situations like this and there's no getting out of it. That's right — he'll bring the police in. They'll come this afternoon, and they'll interview you all. They'll find out who took the purse, I'm sure of it, and whoever it is will be in very, very serious trouble. So, please, for your own good, if you took Julie's purse, bring it to me during the lunch break. I'll be in here, on my own, the whole time. Does everyone understand?' 'Yes, Mrs Lowry,' said the group Of nine-year-olds in chorus. Lunch break came and went with no one handing in the purse to Mrs Lowry. 'This is a great shame,' said Mrs Lowry sadly. 'Before I go and talk to Mr Jenkins, I'm just going to ask you, Julie, one more tune: are you absolutely one hundred per cent sure you brought your purse to school this morning?' 'Yes, Mrs Lowry.' 'And when did you last see it?' 'During the break, at eleven o'clock. Just as I told you. took out a pound coin to go and buy a can of Coke. When I came back with the change, it had gone.' 'And Elizabeth, you saw Julie take the pound coin out of her purse, did you?' 'Yes, Mrs Lowry,' said the girl sitting next to Julie. 'Julie's telling the truth. We went to the drinks machine together and when we came back, Julie's purse wasn't in her bag anymore. That's when we came to find you.' 'I'll ask you all one more time. Does anyone know anything about the whereabouts of Julie's purse?' There was absolute silence in the classroom. 'Then I shall go and get Mr Jenkins now.' Mrs Lowry had already opened the door and stepped into the corridor when a voice shouted: 'Mrs Lowry! ' She immediately turned and came back into the room. 'What is it?' she asked. David, sitting right at the back of the class, was pomting excitedly at the radiator on the wall next to him. 'Look, Mrs Lowry! Behind the radiator! I think it's Julie's purse!' There did seem to be something colourful behind the radiator. Mrs Lowry ran to the wall, bent down and picked it up. 'Is this your purse, Julie?' 'Yes!' said Julie. 'Remind me how much was in it.' 'A five-pound note.' Mrs Lowry opened the purse. 'Thank goodness for that,' she said. 'Julie, here you are. David, I'd like to talk to you outside, please. The rest of you just sit quietly until I return. Mrs Lowry and David stood silently outside the door. She looked at him sadly. 'I'm waiting, David,' she said eventually. 'What for, Mrs Lowry?' 'For an explanation.' 'What do you mean?' Tears were already beginning to well up in his eyes. 'I'm not stupid, David. Don't think I am. I want you to tell me exactly what you did and why you did it. If you do that, it'll go no further, I promise.' 'I didn't do anything! I saw the purse and I called you in.' 'I don't think your parents are going to believe that, are they? Do you want them to know you're a thief?' 'I'm not a thiefl I'm not!' He wiped his eyes with his sleeve. 'How can I make you believe me?' |
|
|
|
Test 8 |
|
A14 |
The children's faces showed that they 1) were going to remain silent for a long time. 2) were scared of having things stolen. 3) knew exactly what Mrs Lowry would do. 4) were aware how serious the theft was. |
AIS |
Mrs Lowry said that, if the purse wasn't returned,
she would have to 1) punish all of the children. 2) tell their parents. 3) tell the head teacher. 4) inform the police. |
A16 |
Mrs Lowry was confident that 1) the purse would be returned during the lunch break, 2) she knew who had taken Julie's purse. 3) the police would be able to solve the crime. |
Ali |
After lunch, Mrs Lowry wanted to make certain that 1) Julie's purse had been stolen. 2) Julie's purse was still missing. 3) Elizabeth hadn't taken the purse. 4) Julie's purse did have money in it, |
A18 |
Mrs Lowry showed she was relieved that 1) it was actually Julie's purse, 2) Julie's money was still in the purse. 3)
it was David
who had found the purse. 4) Julie hadn't had more money in the purse. |
A19 |
In the corridor with David, Mrs Lowry 1) asked David to explain why he was crying. 2)
realised how
sad he was about what had happened. 3) felt very sorry that David had to experience this. 4) was hoping that David would confess to the crime. |
A20 |
Mrs Lowry made it clear to David that |
1)
she'd
definitely tell his parents he was a thief.
2) she knew why he had stolen Julie's purse.
3) she would not tell anyone if he confessed.
4) his crying would not change anything,
no 132, 133 u A14-A20 IIE 3AbYAbTE TIEPE/IECTU CBOU OTBETb1 B WIÄHK OTBETOB ! ObPATUTE B/IUMAIIUE, qrno Ha B2, m
u A14-A20 |
Test 8 |
Ilpoqumaùme mezcm. 3an0JtHume nponycxu npeònoyceptu.qx- noò Ht).uepaauu B4-B11 coomgemcmayotgu.uu cþop.ua.uu (.7106, HanettamaHHb1.r aaaqadHb1auu õycaaauu cnpaaa om Icayðopo |
|
|||||
|
136 138 B9 BIO Bli |
The Moon Would you like to go to the Moon? The Moon is about
385,000 kilometres away from It's much It's a
'satellite' of Earth. This means it Before 1969, humans The world watched with excitement
as the first humans In total,
twelve people However, the
last time anyone |
WE SMALL GO NEVER BE WALK usrr STAND |
|||
|
|
|||||
|
B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 |
The Russian
writer Anton Chekhovs who was born in 1860 and died in 1904, has made an
enormous Chekhov's works have had a great
influence on 20th century literature in many ways, particularly in terms of and
narrative structure, and character Even today, more than a hundred years after his Chekhov's stories are extremely
popular all over the world and major new |
CONTRIBUTE ACHIEVE CHILD EMOTION DEVELOP DEAD PRODUCE |
|||
Tlpoqumaüme me}ccm c nponycraauu,
OÕ03HaqeHHbLUU Htwepaauu A21-A28. 3mu H0Mepa
coornßemcmßyom gat)aH1ffiM 1421-A28, IcomopbLY |
|
|
|
I had only been at
university for a few hours when the enormity of it finally dawned on me: I
was now independent. Having lived at home with my parents all my life up
until that day, I had often dreamed of the freedom that living A21 A22 some money. If I didn't pay the bills on time, the electricity or water
would be A23 Over the next days and weeks, I began to realise how much I still had to learn, How could I have A25 When I went home for Christmas, I sensed that my parents were a little surprised that I had A28 |
|
A21 1) or 2) by 3) with 4) on
1) follow 2) believe 3) rely 4) trust
A23 1) cut 2) taken 3) set 4) stopped
A24 1)
grown2) developed 3) mature 4) ripe
A25 1) reached 2) got 3) arrived 4) appeared
A26 1) recognition 2) praise 3) credit 4) thanks
1) dish 2) plate 3) portion 4) serving
A28 1)
managed 2) succeeded 3) achieved 4)
handled
no B4-B18, A21-A28 IIE 3AbYUbTE IIEPEIIECTM CBOM OTBETb1 B WIAHK OTBETOB ! ObPATMTE BIIMMAIIME, qmo omgenlbl Ha aaÒaHlÆH B4-B18 u A21-A28 pacno.n.apawmcH e pa.3HbLX yacmqx (mamca. B4-B18 pacnonoye+-lbl B HUYCHeÙ qacmu Õaawca. flpu nepew»ce on16en106 .gaðaHldflx B4-B18 õYKßb1 aanucblßcuorncq õe.3 U .3HG','C06 npe,VlllHaHlffl. |
![]() |
Ilpu Bbl"lOJIHeHUld aac)aHuÚ CI u C2 ocoõoe
"HILM(IHUC' oõpamume Ha mo, grno 6CUUU omgenlbl
õyòym 17pu aanomw,quu WIAHKA OTBETOB vMg2 y,rcayume cwaqa-qa HOMep CI, C2 aameM gamuuume C60ù omgem Ecnu OÒHOÙ cmopow-,l Heðocmam0¼H0, 6b1 Jtoyceme ucn0J1b30ßanlb ()pypyo cmop0HY ÕJtaHICa. |
You have 40 minutes to do
this task.
Comment on the following statement.
The car has become the most popular means of transport in the history of the world. However, some people say that the world would be better off without cars.
What can you say for and against the use of cars? Use the following plan
Write 200-250 words. 1. Introduction (State the problem).
2. Arguments "for".
3. Arguments "against".
4. Conclusion.
Bbl no.ayqurne Rapmowcy, Ha
Romopoù C3 — meauamuqecycoe MOHOJIO?UUC'CICOC' dblCKa.3b16t1HUC', C4 — c)UWtop C 1'C'Jtb,tO cþG'KmuqecK0ù 1Œcþop.,uagueù, C5 — ðuanop C 1ßJtbW) OIÇ'H(BIHOÙ
11H(þopauatgueù. ()KOHqaHue dblnOJIHC'HUH aac)t1H1dfl
onpeòe„uwrn 9K.gaaueHamop. Bo ept'Mfl |
3anaunq 3K3aMenyeMoro
STUDENT CARD
Task 1 (3—3.5 minutes) Give a 2-minute talk on the weekend. Remember to say:
• what you usually do at the weekend
• whether there's anything you don't like about the weekend
• which people you like to spend time with at the weekend, and why
• what your 'perfect weekend' is like
You have to talk for 1.5—2 minutes. The teacher will listen until you have finished. Then he/she will ask you some questions.
STUDENT CARD
Task 2 (1.5—2 minutes)
It's early evening. You are at the cinema. You want to see a film that starts within the next half an hour but you don't like love stories.
![]() |
• films on this evening
• what kind of films they are
• what time they start
The teacher
will play the part of the ticket salesperson and will speak first.
Remember to:
• be active and polite
• get all the information you need
• decide on a film to see
STUDENT CARD
Task 3 (3—4 minutes)
You and your friend want to
spend next Sunday at an adventure park doing a sport you've never done before.
You are discussing which sport to do. Whichever sport you choose, all equipment will be
provided and trained experts will make sure you are not in danger. You can go:
canoeing
• rock climbing
• mountain biking
• horse riding
• sailing
The teacher will play the part of your friend.
Remember to:
• discuss all the options take an active part in the
conversation and be polite
come up with ideas
give good reasons
find out your friend's attitudes and take
them into account
invite your friend to come up with
suggestions
•come to an agreement
Test 9 |
-Tñèñt |
|
A Look at the first task on page 102.
Match the statements A-F to the following C speakers.
|
1 Xhat is the name of the group? |
|
1 'It's very important to them that I do well at school.' Statement
|
2 What instrument does Ashley play? 3 What instrument does Yasmin plav? 4 Who wrote the band's new song? 5
What instrument
does 6 How does Mike get to |
|
2 'They'd like me to be a doctor, but I want to be a teacher.' Statement
3 'They always seem to be busy and never have time to listen.' Statement
4 'They think they can tell me who I can spend time with.' Statement
5 'They've got experience and they're happy to give me advice.' Statement
6 'I can't decide things for myself, and it's not fair!' Statement
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
the
practice session?
B Quickly read the text on page 106. choose the correct answer. Look at the Decide if these statements are True (T) text again and the options given in the or False (F). task if necessary.
1
Ben is the writer's brother. TIF I Ashley Gray unlocked
the door to the garage, swung it open and
2
The
Sharpes lived next door to the ,421the lights on. writer in the past. TIF
A The garage is dark and Ashley makes 3 The writer's mother works as a it light. lawyer. TIF B The garage is light and Ashley makes 4 The writer is outside when the new it dark.
neighbours arrive. TIF 2 It had been expensive and he was
5 The new neighbours arrive in a green car. TIF
6 The writer introduces herself to
Ben. TIF
,422 of the fact that he had
earned the money to buy it himself without any help from his parents.
A He feels good about buying it with
his own money.
B He feels bad about buying it with his own money.
3 'I printed out the song and
A23 at it briefly. Seems okay.'
A He looked at the song for a short time.
B He looked at the song for a long time.
![]() |
|
|
F Complete the phrases using the words in the box.
1 1m I don't agree because ... 5 Yes, 1
agree with you. 2 I agree up to a
, but ... 6 Well, I agree to a
extent, but ...
3 That's a point, and . 7 You
right, and
4 1
to disagree with you.
G Write each phrase in Exercise F in the correct column in the table.
agree |
partly agree, partly disagree |
disagree |
|
|
|
Bbl ycabltuume 5
6b1CKa.3b1gauuÙ. Ycmanoaume coonwemcmeue Jteycòy
BblCKC13b16aH11HJfU KWiCÒOU) 20601'Htueeo I — 5 u
ymeepycòehlllfi.uu, ÒCIHHbLMU 6 cnucwe A — F. |
A. My parents don't give me a lot of freedom. B. I would like to spend more time with my parents. C. My parents put a lot of pressure on me to work hard. D. I have learned a lot from talking to my parents.
Test 9 |
![]() |
roBop¶11A111't |
1 |
2 3 |
4 |
5 |
|
Bbl yc.,qbltuume paaeoaop XO.3f1ÙKU òo.ua c paõotlll-u-cmpoumeae.u. Onpeòenume, KClKUe 11.3 npueeÒëHHblX ymoepYòeH11ð1 Al-A6 coomaemcmoyom coòepyamuo mt'Kt•ma (I ), He coomeemcmayom (2) u o 6 meKcme He cwaaaH0, mo ecmb Ha OCH06ClHUU meyccma He.Qb3fl ()amb HI' nono.yumeJlbH020, Hil ompuuameJtbH0?0 omaema (3). Oõ6eÒume Ht).uep 6b1ÕPaHHO?O ea.uu gapuawna omeema. Bbl yc.lbltuume aanuctb ÒBCIYòb1.
Al There is a large garden at the back of the house.
l) BepH0 2) HeBepHO 3) B •reKœre He cw,13tlH0
A2 Recent bad weather has caused the problem.
l) BepH0 2) HeBepHO 3) B •rek'CTe He CKt13t1HO
A3 The builder says the work will take a long time. I) BepHO 2) HeBepHO 3) B •reKCTe He CKa3t1H0
A4 The home-owner is planning to build a new house.
l) BepH0 2) HeBepHO 3) B •reKcre He CKagaHO
A5 The builder suggests that the home-owner put her ideas on paper.
l) BepH0 2) HeBepHO 3) B TeKCTe He CKa3tiHO
A6 The home-owner knows a good architect.
1) BepHO 2) He13epH0 3) B TeKCTe He cKagaH0
Bbl ycabltuume BblCKa3b16UHUS1 :uoðeú e CCUII pau111¼HbLr cumya«unr. (_)moenwne Ha gonpocbl no coòepyamuo 6btcya.3b1aanuñ1, dblõpaa npeòaoyceH11bLM gapuaumoe omeema. B aaòaH11fLr Ä7-Ä13 oõeeòume I'll(þpy 1, 2 uau 3, oÕ03Haqayou0'h0 omeem, KO'110Pbl٠ߌu Kaycemcfl Hauóoaee eePHbL',t. Bbl ycatbtluume Kaycòoe 6blCKa.3bleaH1te ðeaycòbl.
You will hear a woman talking about a sport she is involved in. Why is the sport not more popular?
1) The media tend to ignore it.
2) Her team rarely wins any matches.
Test 9 |
|
3)
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
AS |
You will hear a radio commercial for a hotel. What is special about it? I) The rooms are very cheap. 2) The food is very good. 3) The facilities are very impressive. |
A9 |
You will hear a man talking about a decision by his local town council. How does the man feel about it? 1) He disapproves of it. 2) He is indifferent to it. 3) He approves of it. |
AIO |
You will hear a woman talking to a colleague. What is the problem with his work? 1) He often arrives late. 2) He often leaves early. 3) He takes long breaks during the day. |
All |
You will hear a man talking about his hobby. What does he enjoy about it? I) creating something beautiful 2) spending time on his own 3) displaying his things in galleries |
A12 |
You will hear a woman talking about a recent accident. What was unexpected? 1) the other driver's reaction 2) the policeman's reaction 3) her own reaction |
A13 |
You will hear a man's opinion on whether 16-year-olds should be allowed to vote. What does he think about it? |
l) He disapproves of the idea.
2) He supports the idea.
3) He is uncertain about it.
no Bl Il Al-A13 HE 3AbYUbTE IIEPEHECTM CB01f OTBETb1 B WIAHK OTBETOB ObPATLITE BHMMAHME, qmo omeenlbl nu aaòaH11f1 131, Al-A13 pacnoaaeŒomcH 6 pa,3HbLr qacmnr ã1ClHK•a. BI pacnoaoyceH0 6 HidYHeñ1 qacmu rî7é1HKa. TIPI/ nepe,qoce omgemoe 6 3ClÒaHUll Bl tîYK6b1 aanucbtgatomc•H õet3 npoõeaot$ u 3HüK06 npenuyumu.q. |
YcmaH06ume coomaemcmaue me,vt A — G moccma.u I — 6. 3anecume c6011 omeembl e maõaugy. |
A. EASY PICTURES B. EXPENSIVE MISTAKES
c. FUTURE POSSIBILITIES
D. DREAM PAINTER
E. ANIMAL ARTIST
F. SHOCKING STYLE
|
3 |
|
6 |
|
and a art years' artists |
Test 9 á |
G.
![]() |
I 2 3 4 5 |
It was the kind of event that every museum has nightmares about. In 2004, two robbers threatened guards at the Munch Museum in Norway and took two Of Edvard Munch's pictures: The Scream Madonna. Munch was Norway's best-known artist and the two works are worth about $19 million together. Congo's art is bought and sold by collectors. His paintings have been sold at auction for around $8,000 each. It doesn't sound out of the ordinary, until you hear that Congo was actually a chimpanzee. He produced abstract paintings in the late 1950s and a number of collectors are interested in his bright colours and bold splashes of paint. Congo died in 1964. Jackson Pollock was famous for his action pictures, although many people say that it didn't take much artistic skill to produce them. Pollock would hang a bucket of paint on the end of a piece of rope over a canvas. As the bucket swung over the canvas, paint would fall through a hole, creating painting without Pollock having to do anything. When buying a work of art, it's very important to be sure that it is genuine. Buying a fake work Of can cost you a lot of money that you will probably never get back. Some people make a living from copying famous works and selling them to unsuspecting collectors. To make sure that never happens to you, always have paintings you are thinking of buving checked out by an expert. In these days of rapid change, it's not easy to predict what kind of art we will be enjoying in 50 |
time. Of course, traditional art and
abstract art will still be around. However, we may find that
prefer to
work with computers more and more because of the control it gives them. We may
even
discover that computers are capable of
creating art on their own.
6 In 19th century France, a group of artists appeared who are known as the Impressionists. Their art was very new and many people were shocked by their paintings when they first appeared. They were full of light, energy and ordinary life while the art world was used to formal paintings. Not everyone welcomed this new view of art at the time, although Impressionists such as Monet and Cézanne are very popular today.
Tlpoqumaùme vmaep.ycòeH11f1 1 — 6 u caeòyouguðl .3t1 HtLMU me,tccm Ycmcmoaume coomaemcmaue ate.ycðy ymaep.ycÒeH11f1.M11 u coòepyccmue.u meKcma. Hanutuume Igucþpy 1 — ec:lll ymaepycòeuue oepuoe, u tgucþpy O — ecatl ymoepycðeuue neoepltoe. 3aHecume ('6011 omaembl d maõautcy.
I People lived in Machu Picchu from 1440 to 1911. 2 The Incan Empire included the cehole of modern-day Chile. 3 The Incas lived in a simple society and only had basic skills. 4 IVE know Why the Incas disappeared. 5 Pizzarro persuaded Atahualpa to join his army. 6 The Spanish beat the Incas because they had better weapons. |
High in the mountains of Peru can be found the ruins of the city of Machu Picchu, Built in around 1440, it was inhabited for nearly a hundred years and then was forgotten until it rediscovered in 1911. What is the story behind this amazing 'lost city'? It was once lived in by a people called the Incas. The Incas started as a small group of people in the twelfth century AD, who built a city called Qosqo. From the middle of the fifteenth century onwards, the Incas began to take control of other They built a large empire, which included the modern-day countries of Peru, Ecuador and Bolivia and parts of Argentina, Chile and Colombia. They had a very developed society and were expert builders, engineers, artists and farmers. There one reason why they never grew further as a civilisation and why they disappeared: the Spanish arrived in South America 1532, Francisco Pizzarro, a Spanish explorer, landed in Peru with hundred men, not nearly enough to beat the Incas. However, invited the ruler of the Incas, Atahualpa, to a meeting and captured him, later killing him and many members of the family. More people joined Pizzarro's army and the Incas gradually defeated. They lasted for approximately 40 years fought back against the Spanish, but the Incas were no match for European technology. Thev had never seen guns and cannons before and had nothing similar. The last Inca leader, Tupac Amaru, was finally killed in 1472. When the Incas left Machu Picchu, nobody else knew it was there. In 1911, an American historian named Hiram Bingham was led to the site by people living in the area. Today, so many tourists visit Machu Picchu each year that there is a real that this amazing place could be damaged. |
was
1 |
2 |
|
|
|
|
[Ipoqumaùme meKcm 11 6b1/10AHume aaòaH11H A14-A20, otî60Òfi I'll(þpy 1, 2, 3 11,111 4, coomeemcmayouovo H0Jtepy 6btÕpaHHO?0 tsa•tu dapuanma omaema.
The first time I saw Ben was when his family moved in next door. It was a hot, sunny day and we'd heard that the new neighbours were arriving that day. Our old neighbours, the Sharpes, had moved out a couple of months before and, to be honest, we had not been sorry to see them go. They were an argumentative couple and once a month there would be one or other of them at the door, going on about noise, or our cat, or where Dad parked his car. We were all hoping that whoever moved in next would make a bit more of an effort to get on.
![]() |
Mum wiped her hands on a towel and said, 'Yes, Katv. Let them settle in, though. We'll give them a few hours before we start bothering them, shall we?' I felt disappointed that her reaction wasn't more like my own. I ran back outside and down our garden path to the front gate. I stood on the gate, watching. By this time, the removal van and the car had both pulled up next door and two large workmen had begun to open up the back of the van. Inside were neatly packed items of furniture. The family had also got out of the car and were looking up at the house as if they'd never seen it before, although Dad said he'd seen them looking round when they were thinking of buying it. The man was tall and dark-skinned, while the woman was very beautiful and looked younger than my own mum. They were clearly enjoying the moment of arriving at a new place. A boy of about my own age stood between them, looking at me. He didn't smile.
They unlocked the door and went inside, the workmen following with the first of their belongings. I watched for a while as they came back and forth with boxes, banging them down noisily, occasionally pointing to tell each other where to put things. I had an odd feeling of being watched and something made me look up. At one of the windows stood the boy, looking down at me. I smiled and he disappeared into the room. I had had such high hopes, and now it seemed that it was going to take a lot of hard work to make friends. I sighed and watched the workmen a little longer. Just as I was thinking of going inside to see how Dad was getting on, I heard a small voice behind me.
'I'm Ben. Hello.'
I turned to see the boy standing behind me.
|
Test 9 |
|||
|
||||
|
||||
|
According to the writer, the Sharpes I) were very noisy neighbours. 2) often found things to complain about. 3) were sad to leave the street. 4) came round with advice. |
|
||
-AIS |
The writer says her mother I) is annoyed that she has to work so much. 2) doesn't know what her child likes to eat. 3) tries to do something she isn't very good at. 4) thinks that more women should have careers. |
|
||
uA16 |
Judging from the text, the word 'dash' in paragraph 2 probably means l) run very quickly. 2) write something down. 3) make up a story. 4) become excited. |
|
||
|
When the van finally arrives, the writer 1) is eager to tell her family what is happening. 2) tries to follow it on her bicycle. 3) sees Ben for the first time. 4) falls over and hurts herself. |
|
||
|
The writer's mother l) decides to go to meet the new neighbours. 2) feels as excited as the writer does. 3) tells her to go and help the neighbours move in. 4) suggests that she waits before going to introduce herself. |
|
||
|
The family stand outside the house looking at it because 1) they are not sure they're at the right house. 2) they are happy to be moving into a new house. 3) it's the first time they have seen it. 4) they are trying to decide whether to buy it or not. |
|
||
|
The writer looks up to see the boy at the window because I) she hears a loud noise. 2) the workmen point in that direction. 3) she hears a voice from that direction. |
|
||
|
4) she feels someone is looking at her.
pa.3Hb1.r qacnlftx t;aamca. B2, B3 pacnoao.yceHbl 6 HUYCHeÙ qacmu Õaawca. 17pu nepeHoce omgemoa 6 aaòaH11fLr B2, B3 õYKßb1 aanucblBŒomcR õea npoõeaog u .3HZlK06 npenunaHllH. |
|
![]() |
B4 B5 B6 B8 BIO Bil |
Shoes It's difficult to imagine life
without shoes. Ever since people first started to make clothes, we Early shoes
In those days, people's shoes were much simpler than They didn't have a heel and some shoes In colder countries,
moccasins Until 1790,
you Another thing we have today that
people in the past |
|
|
Ilpoqumañme npueeòeHHb1ù Hil.ye meK•cm [Ipeoõpaayúme cv106a, HaneqamaHHb1e aa?JIC16Hb1.MU õycea.uu nocae H0Jtepot3 B 124318 maK, qmoÕbl OHU epaat.uamuqecwu u JWKC1tqeCKU coomøemcmß06aau coòepyamuo meŒccma. 3anoamume nponycwu 110.1VqeHHbLUU C.106ŒUU. Kaycòblù nponycK coomcemcmevem omòeJ1bHo„uy aaðamoo 11.3 epynnbl B12-B18.
|
|
|
||||||
|
Test 9 |
|
||||||
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|||||||
npoqumaùme me,zccm c nponyæcaatll,
OÕ03HaqeHHbLU11 Ho-uepa-&tu A21-A28. 3mu 110-uepa
coon16emcn16.yŒom |
|
|||||||
Ashley Gray
unlocked the door to the garage, swung it open and A21 A22
'Yes,' he replied. 'I printed out the song and A23 Ashley knew that it was one of the best that Yasmin
had written, but he wasn't going to A24 'Where's Mike?' asked Yasmin. Ashley shrugged his shoulders. Mike was always late for practice, but he was the best keyboard player they knew. For now, his position in the band was safe, but Ashley was beginning to find his attitude annoying. Each time it happened, Mike A25 that it wouldn't happen again, but it always did. Ashley had even considered putting an ad for a new member in the local paper, but hadn't gone through with it. The three of them A26 on reasonably well together and they were beginning to build a small but loyal group of fans. Ashley had a feeling that real success was just around the corner and he had no A27 of doing anything that would threaten that possibility. The sound of a motorbike engine told Ashley andYasmin that Mike had arrived. A moment later, he strode into the garage. 'You're
A28 'Yeah. My watch must be fast.' A minute later, they were playing the new song and Ashley knew that it was going to be big. |
|
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
||||||||
|
||||||||
|
||||||||
|
A21 1) made 2) operated 3) turned 4) opened
A22 1) satisfied 2) happy 3) pleased 4) proud
A23 1) viewed 2) observed 3)
glanced 4) glimpsed
A24 1) confess 2) allow 3) agree 4) admit
A25 I) gave 2) put 3) said 4) took
A26 1) went 2) got 3) brought 4) came A27 1) plan 2) intention 3) idea 4) aim
A28 1) at 2) with 3) on 4) into
no 134-1318, A21-A28 HE 3AbYAbTE IIEPEHECTM CBOII OTBETb1 B WIAHK OTBETOB ! ObPATMTE BHMMAHME, timo on16en1b1 Ha 3CIÒCIH11f1 B4-B18 u A21-A28 pacnoaaecuomcfl 6 pa.3HbLr Ltacnmx õaamca. B4-B18 pacnoaoyceHbl B HilYCHeÙ qacmu ÕaaHKa. Ilpu nepeHoce omeemoß |
|||
|
Test
9 |
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
[7pu Bbl'10JIHeH11U aaðaH11ù CI u C2 ocoõoe
6HlL.uaHlde oõpamume Ha mo, qmo eatuu omeenlbl õyðvm Tlpu aanomtotuu Ik7AHKA OTBETOB ycaycume cnaqaaa H0.uep CI, C2 aamt'M aanutuume C60ù omaem Ecau cmop0Hbt t5aaHR•a Heòocmamot1H0, Obi *toyeme ucno,lbaoøamb ()pyeyo cmopouy õaawca. |
You have 20 minutes to do this task.
This is part of a letter from
Claudia, your German pen friend.
Write 100-140 words.
Remember the rules of letter writing.
You have 40 minutes to do this task.
Comment on the following statement.
Many people argue that ordinary people can do a lot to help the
environment, including recycling materials and preventing waste. However,
this depends on towns providing facilities for recycling and educating people
on the need to help the environment, which some people think is too expensive,
Do you think your town does enough to Use the following plan support people who want to help the I. Introduction (State the problem).
environment? 2. Express your opinion and give reasons for it.
Write 200-250 words. 3. Give other people's arguments and explain why they are wrong.
4. Conclusion.
Bbl noayqume Kapmot1KY, Ha Komopoù C4 — c)uaaoe c lgeabR) OÕ.ueHCl cþeucmuqeucoðl uucþop.ltatgueù, C5 — c)uaat)? c lge.tbJ0 ot;.uena OLßHO¼Hoðl llHcþopua«ueÙ.
OKOHtlCtHUe |
3aaaH11S1
3K3aMeHveMoro
STUDENT CARD
Task 1 (3—3.5 minutes)
Give a 2-minute talk on hobbies. Remember to say:
• what hobbies are popular today
• what hobbies you have
• how much time you spend on your hobbies
• why you enjoy those hobbies
You have to talk for 1.5—2 minutes. The teacher will listen until you have finished. Then he/she will ask you some questions.
STUDENT CARD
Task 2 (1.5—2 minutes)
You would like to buy a ticket to a pop concert this weekend by your favourite singer. You need a seat on the balcony and can only spend £15.
Ask the box-office attendant questions about:
• available tickets
• the ticket price
• the length of the concert
The teacher
will play the part of the boxoffice attendant and will speak first.
Remember to:
• be active and polite
• get all the information you need
• buy a ticket on the balcony
STUDENT CARD
Task 3 (3—4 minutes)
Your class at school is planning a school trip. You and a friend have been asked to decide where to go. You can go to a:
• museum
• factory
• sports stadium
• beach
The teacher will play the part of your friend.
Remember to:
discuss all the
options
take an active part in the conversation and
be polite
come up with
ideas
give good reasons
find out your friend's attitudes and take them into account
invite your friend to come up with
suggestions
come to an agreement
Section 1 Listening: second task
A Listen and circle the number or phrase that has a similar meaning to what you hear.
I 5.30 am/ 4.30 am
2 6.45 / 7.15
3 5.30 / 6.30
4 8.40 9.20
5 4.35 / 5.25
6 3 am / 3 pm
7 Il am / Il pm
8 under 300 / under 400
9 under £500 under £600
10 650 / 6.5
11 91/2 / 91/4
12 2.4 / 2.25
13
81/4
/ 8 3/4
14
2.3
/ 2/3
15 3.4 / 3/4
B Quickly read the text on page 118 and make notes to answer these questions.
I Who does Julie work for?
2
What
problem has Julie had for several days?
3 What time is Julie's appointment?
4
Is
that while Julie is supposed to be at work?
5
What
does Mrs Worthington notice when she looks at Julie?
6 Does Mrs
Worthington let Julie go to her appointment?
C
![]() |
I very fast
2 the thing
you should view as most important
3
difficult
4
just
5
very
strong, very serious 6 probable
7 strength,
power
8 formed the
wrong opinion about
Section 3 Grammar and vocabulary:
first task
D Read through the first task on page 120 and answer these questions for each item B4-B11.
I (B4) What kind of word usually comes before the word 'than'?
a comparative I superlative adjective or adverb
2
(B5) Complete the table for the verb 'do' when it is a main
verb.
3 (B6) What is the main verb of this sentence?
wear I dress
4 (B 7) What tense do we use to talk about general truths?
present simple I present progressive
5
(B8) What tense
do we use to talk about a completed action at a specific time in the past?
past simple I past progressive
6 (B9) Complete the table for the verb
'bring'.
bare infinitive bring past simple past participle
7 (BIO) Complete the table for the verb
'be'.
bare infinitive be past simple
past participle
8 (Bll) Which tense do we often use with
the word 'now'?
present simple I present progressive
Read the second task on page 122.
Decide if these statements are True (T) or False (F).
When you write your composition, you should:
1 make sure you answer the question.
2 make a plan before you start writing.
3 copy whole sentences from the question.
4 use informal grammar and vocabulary.
5 use words and phrases such as
'however', 'such as', etc.
6 express your own opinion in the conclusion.
7
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
8 present a logical argument. 9 always use very short and simple sentences.
10 make sure your handwriting is readable.
Il check your work carefully for mistakes at the end.
F
Write a word from
the box in each gap to complete these phrases.
about • best • do • don't idea • let's sure • thing • think • wonder
1 1 if we should .
2
Maybe the best would be to ...
3
Why we ... ?
4
What do you think
5
I think the thing might be to .
6
I'm not I agree, to be honest. 7 I don't
we should .
8
I'm not convinced
it's a good because ...
9
think about
10 So, we agree?
G Work in pairs to carry out the activity below. Use the phrases from Exercise F to help you.
You and your partner are friends.
You have another friend, called Catherine, whose birthday is next week. You
want to get her a
present together. You can get:
• a necklace
a CD
a book
Discuss the possibilities. Try to
reach agreement at the end.
Bbl
ycalbltuume 5 BblCKTh3b16CIHUÙ. Ycmanoaume coomeemcmeue .ueycc)y
dblCKaab16(1H11fiJfll |
A. I'm always very careful about what I eat. B. I don't eat any meat at all.
C. I don't put on weight, even if I eat a lot. D. I'm trying to lose weight at the moment.
![]() |
F0BopH11U1ñ YTBepxneH11e |
1 |
2 |
|
5 |
|
||
|
|||||||
|
Kaycue 11.3 ,'1P116eÒëHHbLV ymoepycòeH11ù Al-A6 coomeemcmøyom coòep.vcamøo mexcma (I), KCIKUe He coomgemcmayom (2) u o LlëM
6 meyccme ne c,çaaauo, mo ecmb Ha OCHOBCIHUII mexcma HW1b.3H ()amb Hid
nono.ycumeJ1bHo¿o, Hil |
||||||
|
Al The woman prefers Montreal to Vancouver. I) BepHO 2) HeBepHO 3) B ereKC"re
He
A2 How much the flight costs might affect when the woman travels. I) BepHO 2) HeBepHO 3) B •reK'c-re He cK"d3'dH0
A3 There is a flight at 6.30 am on 10th September.
I) BePHO 2) HeBepH0 3) B TeKCTe He CKŽBIIHO
A4 The woman has spent the night in an airport before. I) BePHO 2) HeBepH0 3) B TeKC"l'e He CKa3ŽIHO
A5 The flight on 17th September is more expensive than the flight the day before.
1) BepHO 2) HeBepHO 3) B TeKc•re He L'Ka3auo
A6 The woman decides to book flights that cost under £700.
l)
BepH0 2) HeBepHO 3) B •reKcere He
|
Bbl ycJ1b11uume õeceðy mpenepa cþymõo„lbH0ù c 112POKOM. B aaðaH11f1.r A 7-A13 oõeeòume gucþpy 1, 2 11.1113, coomoemcmayougyo 6b1õpaHH0.uy 6ŒU11 aapuamny omeema. Bbl yc„lbltuume aanucb c)ga.ycÒbl. |
Mr Davenport wants to
1) give Adrian his training plan and schedule.
2) show Adrian around the football club.
3) talk to Adrian about his new job at the club.
Adrian is asked to
1) inform Mr Davenport before giving an interview.
2) take an interest in what the media says about him.
3) always remember how famous and successful he is.
Adrian makes it clear that he
I) had not realised he would have to give interviews.
2) will talk to Mr Davenport before talking to a journalist. 3) is not going to do any interviews with journalists.
SIO If a company asks Adrian to advertise its product, Adrian I) must discuss the situation with Mr Davenport first.
2) must first make a new contract with the football club.
3) might want to benefit from Mr Davenport's knowledge.
Al 1 Adrian doesn't need any more information about
l) his training schedule.
2) his accommodation.
3) the payment of his salary.
A12 Mr Davenport says they do not usually pay players
1) in cash.
2) by cheque.
3) through their bank accounts.
A13 Adrian chooses to be paid every 1) week.
2) two weeks.
3) month.
110 Bl u Al-A13 HE 3AbYAbTE TIEPEHECTM CBOM OTBETb1 B WIAHK OTBETOB ! ObPATMTE BHMMAHME,
Ltmo omaembt Ha .3aÒaHUfl BI u Al-A13 pacnoaaewomcq 6 pa.3HbLt qacm.qx
Õaamca. BI pacnoaoyeH0 6 HUYCHeÙ qacmu ÕJICIHKa. Ilpu
nepeHoc•e ome,emoa 6 aaòcmuu BI õYK6bl |
Mcnoabayúme KW*CÒVIO t5ycay moat,K0 oÒuH paa. B aaðtmuu oÒ1ta me.'ta JIUIUHHH. |
A. EXPENSIVE EQUIPMENT B. CONFUSING RULES
c. NO WINNERS OR LOSERS
D. LEARNING AND ENJOYMENT
E. IN CONTROL
F. A MAJOR EVENT
G. A DANGEROUS ACTIVITY
I In football and rugby it's the 'referee', in tennis and cricket it's the 'umpire'. Whatever name each sport decides to give to this particular person, their role is essentially the same. They are in charge. They start and stop the game, they make sure the players follow the rules, and thev have the power to make decisions when there are disagreements between players on opposing teams. With this power comes responsibility, however, and referees and umpires must be equally fair to both teams.
No •rewra |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
2
![]() |
3 Motorcycle racing has been popular with riders and spectators alike for about a hundred years. The high speeds at which the riders go, however, can sometimes lead to disaster. For example, on the Isle of Man, which is a small island between England and Ireland, an annual motorcycle race called the Isle of Man has been held since 1907. The roads and tracks which the riders race on are extremely narrow, increasing the chances of accidents. Since the race started, almost 180 riders have been killed while racing there.
4 If you ask most people why they choose to do a particular sport, they'll probably tell you it's because it's fun and gives them pleasure. They might also say that it helps keep them fit. Another major benefit of team sports such as football, basketball, cricket and rugby is that they can teach us to work together as a group. This is particularly useful for children, who can then use the skills they have learnt while doing sports in their working and social lives as adults.
5 Although most sports are competitive, involving individuals or teams trying to be better than their opponents, recreational fishing is quite different. Whether you're salt-water fishing in the sea, or fresh-water fishing in a river or lake, whether vou're on your own or with other people, fishing is about relaxation, enjoyment and the occasional moment of excitement. There are no prizes for catching the most or the biggest fish, and no one goes home at the end of the day thinking they've lost. It's not that kind of sport.
6 The games snooker and pool, both of which involve hitting balls into pockets on a table covered with material, are extremely popular in the UK, and many pubs have either a pool or a snooker table. If you want to play at home, though, it can be costly. A full-size professional snooker table can cost several thousand pounds — the price of a new car, in other words — and a good 'cue', which is the name of the stick used to hit the white ball, can cost several hundred pounds.
Test 10
Ilpoqumaùme ymeepYðeH11f1 1 — 6 u caeòyouguù aa HILUII meyccm YcmaH06ume coomeemcmeue Meycòy _vn16epYðeHllflAtll u coòepyaktuey,t mexcma. Hamuuume Igucþpy 1 — ec:lll _vmaepycòutue eepnoe, u I'll(þpy O — ecau ymeepycòeHue Heeepnoe. 3cmecume ceou omaenlbl 6 maõau«y.
1 Roald book 2 Matilda's is usually her. 3 Mrs to parents 4 Both children film 5
The 6 The the famous |
Dahl wrote a called Matilda.
brother Mikey very kind to
Trunchball is nicer
Matilda than her are.
adults and will find this funny.
is in a very style to the
person who wrote screenplay is also a film director.
Several of Roald Dahl's children's books, including James and the Giant Peach and Charlie and the Chocolate Factory, have been made into successful films.
The film Matilda, directed by and starring comic actor Danny DeVito, is based on the Roald Dahl book of the same name and is perhaps the most successful adaptation of them all.
Mara Wilson stars as Matilda, a sweet and intelligent six-and-ahalf-year-old girl whose parents (Danny DeVito and Rhea Perlman) treat her terribly. When they're not ignoring her, thev're mean and rude to her, and make her life a misery, as does her horrible brother Mikey (played by Brian Levinson).
Matilda is desperate to go to school and eventually her parents send her to Crunchem Hall, where the evil headmistress Mrs Trunchball (brilliantly played by Pam Ferris) treats her worse — if that's possible — than her family does at home.
Matilda has friends at school, though, including her kind teacher Miss Jenny Honey (played by Embeth Davidtz), and she soon discovers she has some strange powers which enable her to fight back against the people who want to harm her.
Although Matilda, which was originally released in 1996, is a highly amusing children's movie, much of the humour will appeal to adults too and the film is extremely well directed and acted. As a director, DeVito manages to capture completely the tone and stvle of the original book. Indeed, this is one of the rare occasions where the film of a book is equally good, if not better. The screenplay was written by Nicholas Kazan, son of the famous film director Elia Kazan.
1 |
2 |
3 4 |
5 6 |
|
The film is also known as Roald Dahl's Matilda in some countries.
Test 10 |
17poqumaùme mewcm u 6btnoauume 3K1òaH1ffl A14-A20, oõß0ðfl 1411Cþpy 1, 2, 3 Will 4, coomeemcn16Y0110'10 Ho.uepy 6b1õpaHH0?0 ea.uu eapuamna omeema.
Although Julie had been with Mrs Worthington just three days, she had already learnt that her boss was the kind of person one had to be careful with. Her changes of mood could be rapid, she definitely did not tolerate failure, laziness or poor work and she firmly believed that everyone's highest priority should be their work for the company. Julie was enjoying her job as Mrs Worthington's personal secretary, but she knew that today would be tough. For several davs, Julie had been experiencing toothache. At first, it was merely a minor annoyance that could be ignored. 'It'll probably go away by itself,' Julie told herself. 'If not, I'll see the dentist when I'm more settled here at work. It's not that urgent.' It didn't disappear, however, and after an extremely uncomfortable night, Julie awoke to severe dental pain. 'That's just what I need,' she said to herself. 'Maybe I can get a dentist's appointment for this evening, after work.' Julie called
the dentist's. 'I'm afraid the only time the dentist has available today is
at 3.30 pm this afternoon,' said the receptionist. Julie had to make an
immediate decision. 'I'll take it,' she said. The question was, how was Mrs
Worthington going to react? Would she say, 'Of course you can leave early,
Julie. In fact, leave at lunchtime and don't come back until you're
completely better.'? The pain was increasing in intensity, though, and Julie knew she had to see a dentist today. If the only solution was to leave work early and face Mrs Worthington's displeasure, then so be it. 'Here's your coffee, Mrs Worthington,' said Julie, as she went into her boss' office for the first time that morning. 'Thank you, Julie,' said Mrs Worthington, without looking up. 'Don't forget I need those reports typed up by three o'clock at the latest. I've got a meeting with Mr Price this afternoon.' 'Yes, Mrs Worthington. I've nearly finished them. Umm , .. Sorry, Mrs Worthington, but I wonder if I could ask you something. It's quite important.' 'What is it, Julie?' She looked up from the documents she'd been studying, and without giving Julie a chance to reply, said: 'Oh my goodness! What's happened to your face? It's all swollen on one side. Are you all right?' 'I've got really bad toothache, Mrs Worthington. I called the dentist and tried to make an appointment for this evening but the only time he can see me is at half past three and I know that would mean leaving early but I don't know what else . 'Stop!' said Mrs Worthington. 'I quite understand. These things have to be dealt with or they only get worse, don't they? Get it sorted out, as quickly as possible.' 'Thank you, Mrs Worthington.' 'Do you think you can work this morning, Julie? If you can't, tell me and we'll find a solution. If vou can, just finish those reports as quickly as you can and then go home. Have you taken anything for it, by the way?' 'No, I haven't. I think I'd better wait as the dentist will probably have to give me an anaesthetic and you have to be a bit careful, don't you? But, yes. I can definitely stay and finish the reports. It's not that bad.' 'Well, it looks bad enough. I do appreciate it, Julie. I really do.' As Julie returned to her desk, she wondered if she hadn't misjudged Mrs Worthington. 'I couldn't have asked for a more understanding person to work for — this morning, at least,' she said to herself, and smiled, despite the pain. |
no B2, B3 U A14-A20 HE 3AbYAbTE 11EPEHECTn OTBETb1 B WIAHK OTBETOB ! ObPATMTE BHMMAHME, qmo omaenlbl Ha 3aÒCIH11H B2, B3 u A14-A20 pacno.Qt1?ŒomcH B pa.3Hb1X qacmnx t5aamca. B2, B3 pacnoao.yceHb1 6 HUYCHeÙ qacmu õaamca. Ilpu nepeHoce omeem06 B aaòammr B2, B3 õYK6b1 aanucbtacnomcfl õe.3 npoõe.106 u .3HCIK06 npenunaH11f1. |
![]() |
|
Julie knows that Mrs Worthington l) thinks all of her staff are lazy and bad at their work. 2) is only in a good mood for a few minutes each day. 3) thinks that Julie is not hard-working enough. 4) wants Julie to put her work before everything else. |
315 |
When Julie says 'That's just what I need', she l) means the opposite of what she says. 2) is being optimistic about the situation. 3) is trying to pretend she is okay. 4) suggests she has found a solution. Julie expects Mrs Worthington to respond by I) suggesting Julie sees a doctor instead. 2) allowing Julie to leave work early. 3) criticising Julie for being selfish. 4) telling Julie to stop complaining. |
SA17 |
Mrs
Worthington doesn't look at Julie because she is busy 2) talking to Mr Price. 3) typing some reports. 4) looking at some documents. |
LAI 8 |
Mrs Worthington interrupts Julie to 1) give her permission to see the dentist. 2) tell her to leave the building immediately. 3) express her displeasure at what she said. 4) find out some more information from her. |
i819 |
Mrs Worthington asks Julie whether she 1) can think of a solution to the problem. 2) has taken any medicine for the pain. 3) has already finished typing the reports. 4) can tell her what work has to be done. |
ŽA2() |
When Julie leaves Mrs Worthington's office, she l) feels that she hadn't misjudged Mrs Worthington after all. 2) wonders why she'd misjudged Mrs Worthington so badly. 3) recognises some good qualities in Mrs Worthington. 4) wishes Mrs Worthington had been more understanding. |
Tlpoqumañme
npueeðeHHb11i HilYCe |
|
|
Do you have to wear a uniform at school or can you wear what you like? |
|
|
Many people believe that uniforms are than casual clothes for children at school. Uniforms remind the children that they have to follow rules at school. |
GOOD |
|
Casual clothes this. |
NOT DO |
B6 |
With all the children at school the same clothes, children from rich families dress the same way as children from poorer families, |
WEAR |
|
A uniform also a feeling that everyone at the same school is part of the same community. |
CREATE |
B8 |
In the 1960s and 1970s, many schools in Britain having a school uniform because of the expense for parents. |
STOP |
B9 |
Since then, however, a number of these schools uniforms back. Their new uniforms are more comfortable and more fashionable than |
BRING |
BIO |
uniforms forty years ago. They're so popular that many of the head teachers at schools without |
BE |
Bll |
uniforms now about bringing uniforms back there too. |
THINK |
![]() |
Ilpoqumaúme
meKcm 3anoamune nponycKt1 npeòaoyceuunr not) H0Jtepaatu B4-B11 |
Test 10
Ilpoqumaùme moccm c nponycycaM11, OÕ03HaqeHHbLUU HO.uepŒuu A21-Ä28. 3mu H0Jtepa coomeemcmcvwm aaÒaH11fLU .421-A28, d KomopbLr npeòcmaœl&tbt 60X1tOYCHbte aapuahtmbl omeemoe. Otîeeðume H0.uep 6b1ÕpaHHOZ0 ga.',fll eapuamna 01116ema.
The main argument used
against the space programme is that the enormous amount of money it costs could
be better spent on solving problems such as poverty and environmental damage
here on Earth. Initially, this view A21 persuasive, particularly when
confronted with how huge the amounts of money we are talking about actually
are. Surely, the argument goes, if, instead of sending hundreds of billions of
dollars up into space for a pointless walk on the Moon or a few glossy colour
photographs of Mars, we channelled the funds into A22
projects on our own planet, we could
solve all the world's problems in about as short a time as it A23
for the space shuttle to circle the
globe.
How appealing and — perhaps sadly — how untrue. The fallacy of that
argument is in the idea that all of the money allotted to the space programme
is wasted in space. It isn't. None of the money goes into space at A24 . It stays right here on Earth and
is fed back into the economv. Take the astronauts and tens of thousands of
other people who are involved in whatever way with the space programme. They
spend their salaries — and pay tax on them — here on Earth. That tax is used by
governments to do a number of important things: build hospitals and schools,
A25 pensions, pay for the police service
and, yes, fund the space programme. Take
the cost of all the spacecraft, the
technology inside them and the research that's done to create that technology.
All of that money goes to companies here on Earth, companies which pay tax if
they A26 a profit, and pay salaries to their workers, who then pay tax to the
government, which builds hospitals, etc.
Looking at it the other way round, what would happen if all the
governments in the world which have a space programme A27 their programmes down tomorrow?
Would they have a lot more money to spend on other things? Onlv for a very
short time, because along with the
A28 savings there would be enormous costs from the increased unemployment and
reduction in taxes received.
A21 1) sees 2) sounds 3) views 4) hears
A22 1) generous 2) pleasant 3) worthwhile 4) optimistic
A23 1) takes 2) needs 3) lasts 4) spends
A24 1) once 2) best 3) last 4) all
A25 1) provide 2) donate 3)
contribute 4) sponsor
A26 l) make 2) build 3)
construct 4) manufacture
A27 1) finished 2) ended 3) turned 4) closed
A28 1) urgent 2) immediate 3) hurried 4) fast
ObPATMTE BHJ4MAHIfE,
qmo omeembl Ha B4-B18 11 A21-A28 pacnoaapa,romcq 6 pat3HbLr qacmm•
ÕaaHKŒl. B4-B18 pacnoaoyeHb1 e HilYCHeÚ qacmu
Õaamca. 111911 nepenoce ome,em06 6 aaòcmuŒLv B4-B 18
tîVK6bt |
Pa3aeJ1 TIVICbMO
0111601106 Ilpu BbtnovlHC'HUU aaðtmuù CI u C2 ocoõoe BHILVtCIHUC' oõpamume Ha mo, Limo gatuu omaenlbl õyòym o«eHU6an1bCH movibK0 no aanucxu, cðeaaHHb1.M B WIAHKE OTBETOB 'E2. flurccucue aanucu qepH0ßurca He õvòvm yttunlblßantbc•fl .9Kcnepmo.u. aamuuume ceoù omeem Ecau OÒHOÙ cmop0Hbl Õaamca Heòocmamot1H0, Bbl euoyeme ucnoab.306an1b òpypyo cmop0HY t;aawca. |
You have 20 minutes to do this task.
Test 10 |
|
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
...Guess what! I'm ill with chickenpox and the doctor says / have to stay iM bedfor at (east the next two weeks. It's awful! Haveyou ever had to stay iM bedfor a (eng time becauseyou were ill'? How am lying topass the time? bored! what can / two weeks bed? I'm a too. How catch up? Write soon, Love, Andrea |
|
|
Write back to Andrea answering her questions.
Write 100-140 words.
Remember the rules of letter writing.
You have 40 minutes to do this task.
Comment on the following statement.
Many young people go to university after leaving school. However, a number of school-leavers feel that university is not for them and choose not to go.
What can you say for and against going to Use the following plan university? 1. Introduction (State the problem). Write 200-250 words. 2. Arguments "for".
3. Arguments "against".
4. Conclusion.
Test 10
Bbl noayqume Kapmowcy, Ha
Komopoù npeÒcmaeaeHb1 mpu aac)cmun C3 — mewltamuqecwoe 6b1CKa,3b1eaH11e, C4 — c)uaaop C oõJteHð1 cþcucmuqecK0ù llHcþopMa«ueð1, C5 — ÒuŒQ02 C lge.'Zb10 or5MC?Ha 01ßHot1Hí)ù uutþop.uagueù. OKOHtlClHlle KaycÒO?O aaòaH11H onpeòeanem .9K3ŒueHamop. Bo ape.}tH npoaeðeHllH .Оnoù qacmu 3K.3ŒueŒ-ža nocm0HHHCIH aanucb Ha avò110Kaccemy. |
3aaaH11¶
STUDENT CARD
Task 1 (3—3.5 minutes)
Give a 2-minute talk on where you live.
Remember to say:
• what kind of building (house, flat, etc) you live in
• who you live with
• what the neighbourhood is like
• whether you like where you live
You have to talk for 1.5—2 minutes. The teacher will listen until you have finished. Then he/she Will ask you some questions.
STUDENT CARD
Task 2 (1.5—2 minutes)
You are in an electronics shop and are looking at the mobile phones. You want to buy a mobile phone which costs not more than £100 and which you can use to take photographs.
Before making a decision, ask the shop assistant about:
• mobile phones available
• a camera being included
• other features included
•
![]() |
3K3aMeHyeMOro
The teacher will play the part of the shop assistant and will speak first. Remember to:
• be active and polite
•
get all the
information you need make a decision
STUDENT CARD
Task 3 (3—4 minutes)
You and your
friend have won a competition. The prize is some money to spend on equipment
for your school. You and your friend are discussing what to spend the money
on. You can afford:
•
a computer (with
monitor and printer) a widescreen TV and DVD player • new furniture for your classroom
• 200 books for the school library
• a top-quality CD player plus 30 CDs The teacher will play the part of your friend.
Remember to:
discuss all the options
take an active part in the conversation and be polite
come up with ideas
give good reasons
find out your friend's attitudes and
take them into account
invite your friend to come up with suggestions
come to an agreement
Test 11 |
ment |
|
Section 1 Listening: second task |
C Find words or phrases in the texts to match these words and phrases. |
|||
A Look at the second task on page 126. For each statement, you will hear |
|
Text 1 |
|
|
two extracts (A and B). Circle the |
I |
understanding |
|
|
extract which means that the statement |
2 |
most successful |
|
|
is true. 1 (Al) The man is staying for less than a week. A |
B |
3 4 |
easiest parts Text 2 on the Internet |
|
2 (A2) The man has been to this house before. A 3 (A3) They decide to go sightseeing |
B |
5 6 |
quickly sudden increase |
|
together the next day. A |
B |
|
Text 3 |
|
4 (A4) The theatre is near the |
|
7 |
unusual success |
|
museum. A 5 (AS) The bookshop is in the centre |
B |
8 |
success Text 4 |
|
of town. A |
B |
9 |
was clearly the best at |
|
6 (A6) They arrange to meet at the |
|
10 |
beat |
|
Railway Café. A B |
11 |
groups |
|
Section 2 Reading: first task |
|
Text 5 |
|
|
12 |
stop existing |
|
B Look at the task on page 128. Use the |
13 |
free-time activities |
|
headings A-G to complete the sentences below. |
|
Text 6 |
|
|
14 |
had been created in |
|
1 The rules of chess are |
15 the only one of its kind |
2 In chess, the Queen is |
16 ordinary |
worth a lot more than the other pieces. |
D Use some of the words and phrases you |
3 Kasparov is a great chess player and is |
found in Exercise C to complete these sentences. |
4 The popularity of chess is |
I Tim beat me five times, but I finally |
|
|
5 Ron had only just learnt how to play, but |
2 Flying over the Grand Canyon was a |
he was |
|
tournament. |
3 I'm just going to go |
6 Good chess clubs in this area are |
check my e-mail. |
|
4 My grandfather taught me the |
7 Leaving your King in the middle of the |
|
board in
chess can be |
boy, |
![]() |
![]() |
do it!
5 1'm a bit disappointed because my
grades this year have been very
6 1'd love to have a and become a famous singer!
Section 3 Grammar and vocabulary: second task
E Quickly read the second text on page 132 and answer these questions.
1 When was Marlon Brando born?
Section 4 Writing: second task
2
Was he a good student at
school?
3 In which city did he study acting?
4
![]() |
5 Which film made him a star?
F Look at the second task on page 134. Make notes to complete the essay plan, using the questions to help you. Remember to use your own words. When you have finished, work in pairs to compare your plans.
Structure |
Questions |
My essay |
|
Introduction (State the problem). Express your opinion and give reasons for it. Give other people's arguments and explain why they are wrong. Make a conclusion. |
What is the problem? What do some people think? What do other people think? Are you in favour or against? What are the most important two/three reasons for your opinion? What are the two/three most important arguments against your opinion? IV71Y is each one wrong? IV7zat is the gist ofyour argument? Hou can you summarise it? |
|
|
|
|||
Section 5 Speaking: warm up
G Make notes to answer these questions, then work in pairs to interview your partner. Make a note of their answers.
|
You |
Your partner |
What's your favourite food? Is there anything you can cook? Do you like going out to eat? Why? |
|
|
|
Pa3neJ1 AYAHl)0BaHne
Bbl ycalblluume 5 6b1cxa.3b1t;anuñ. YcmaH061tme coomgemcmt311e .&teycðy t3b1CRU3blŒaHlfflJt11 KLIYCÒO?O ?060pmueeo I — 5 u ymeepycòeH11f1.uu, ()aHHbLUU 6 cnucxe A — F. Mcno,1b3Yùme Kaycòyo õYK6Y, oõ03Haqa10t«yo ymgepycòeHtte, moat'KO OÒ"H pa.3. B aaðmtuu ecnlb oÒH0 auuutee ymaepoeðeuue. Bbl VCJ1b11uume aanuct, Ò6aYÒbl. 3Œecume ('6011 on16en1b1 6 maõnutgy.
A. I like this writer because he she has unusual ideas. B. I have read all this writer's books more than once. C. I think this writer understands how young people feel. D. I like this writer because his/her books are very funny.
Test 11 |
|
![]() |
roßopquutli |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 5 |
||
YTBepx;ueHne |
||||||
|
Bbl ycabltuume pauoaop X03HÙKU c)0Ata c npuexa6tulL$t 6 eocmu c)pypo.vt ceMb11. OnpeÒeaume, KCIKUe 113 npugeÒëHHblX ymeepycòeH11ù Al-A6 coomeemcnwv,tom coòepyct1H11'0 moccma (1 ), ,tccncue He coomaemcmeyom (2) u o tiëM 6 mt'Kcme He cycaaaHO, mo ecnlb Ha OCH06CIHU11 meyccma c)amb HI' nonoycumeJ1bH0?0, Hil |
|
||||
Al The man is staying for less than a week.
l) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B •rewre He CKtt3aHO
A2 The man has been to this house before.
l) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B •reKc•re He cw13t1H0
A3 They decide to go sightseeing together the next day. I) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B TeKc rre He CKa3,2HO A4 The theatre is near the museum.
I) BepHO 2) HeBepH0 3) B TeKCTe He CKa3t1H0
A5 The bookshop is in the centre of town.
l) BepH0 2) HeBepHO 3) B 'rewre He cKa3•aH0
A6 They arrange to meet at the Railway Café.
l) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B •rewc•re He CKtt3ttHO
Bbl ycatblluume unmep6bJ0 c cyòbeù no meHHucy. B A7-A13 oõaeòume 111tcþpy 1, 2 uau 3, coomeemcmayougyo BblõpaHH0.uy 6Œuu 6apuaHžny omeema. Bbl ycalblluume aanucb òeaycòbl.
Patricia became an umpire because she 1) was fired from her last job.
2) got hurt playing tennis.
3) couldn't find another job.
The part of training Patricia found the most difficult was I) dealing with the players.
2) remembering the rules.
3) being the centre of attention.
Patricia's mistake at her first game as an umpire didn't matter much because
l) she managed to put it right quickly.
2) it was an unimportant match.
3)
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
AIO |
Patricia's most embarrassing moment came when she I) was careless in writing down the score. 2) started an argument with one of the players. 3) forgot to keep a written score of the game. |
All |
Patricia says it's most important that an umpire can 1) get on well with the players. 2) keep the crowd informed. 3) perform well when he/she is tired. |
A12 |
According to Patricia, one disadvantage of being an umpire is 1) the low pay. 2) the travelling. 3) the working hours. |
A13 |
Patricia says that if you want to be an umpire, you should |
1) play a lot of tennis.
2) read about umpiring. 3) watch a lot of sport.
qacnlftr õaamca. BI pacnoaoyceuo g HUYChteÚ uacmu Õaawca. 111711 nepenoce omeemoe 6 aar)auuu BI õYK6b1 aanucb16ŒomcH õea npoõe.Q06 u ,3HaKOß npeY111HaHllfl. |
Pa3neJ1 LITeHwe
|
Ycmcmoaume coomeemcmeue mewl' A — G mexcma.M I — 6. 3aHecume ('6011 01116011b' 6 matluugy. Mcnoab3Y1ime Kaycòyo õYKßY mo.QbK0 oð11H pa.3. B .3aòanuu oòlta me-Ita atilU1fflH. |
A. EASILY LEARNED
B. EXTREMELY DANGEROUS
C. SADLY DISAPPEARING
D. REALLY VALUABLE
E. RARELY BEATEN
F. SURPRISINGLY SUCCESSFUL G. QUICKLY GROWING
I Draughts (or 'checkers' as the Americans call it) is one of the most popular games around the world. The rules are simple. Even young children have no problem working out how to play. The top players study moves in the same way that chess players do but anyone can pick it up and have a go. Getting to a high standard takes a lot of hard work and practice but the basics are not particularly difficult.
TeKc-ra Tesla |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
2
![]() |
![]() |
3 It has been called the greatest phenomenon in the history of games, but when Trivial Pursuit was created by two friends in 1981, few people had any idea what a hit it would be. It was a quiz game and none of the games companies expected it to do well, until an American company became interested in it. Many millions ofTrivial Pursuit games have been sold since then in 19 languages and 33 different countries.
4 Tigran Vartanovich Petrosian was chess world champion from 1963 to 1969. He dominated the game during those years and almost never lost. He was known as a player who was strong in defence and very few players got the better of him. In fact, his defensive play was so good that he was known as 'Iron Tigran'. When he did lose, it was big news in Moscow chess circles.
5
It seems that there have been some big changes in the
British playground. Twenty years ago,
traditional children's games were
played in every school across the country during the break. These days, they
are quickly being replaced by hand-held games consoles and other electronic
games. Before long, there is a danger that traditional games could die out.
Once they are forgotten, it may be impossible to bring these enjoyable pastimes
back to the playground.
6 In 1831, a farmer on the Isle of Lewis, north of mainland Scotland, discovered sets of chess pieces that dated from the middle of the 12th century. Carved from walrus tusk, it is almost impossible to put a price on these pieces because they are a unique find. There are 78 pieces in total, 67 in the British Museum and the rest in the Edinburgh National Museum. Whatever they are worth, you can be sure it's a lot more than the average chess set.
Tlpoqumañme gonpocbl I — 6 u
peKaaatHbte |
|
|
A Redwood Sports Complex We offer a full range of sports and exercise sessions with
trained members of staff. Whether you're looking for a new hobby or just want
to get in shape, Redwood Sports Complex has something for _.oupg and B Crooksworth Sports Centre Crooksworth Sports Centre has been serving the local community for over
three decades. It's the largest recreation centre in the region. Membership
costs just £40 per year (children and seniors 20) and for that you get
training and use of all equipment. C Dentington Sports Centre Dentington Sports Centre is
a great place to work out. You can now fit your exercise session into your
lunch break with our Worktime programme. Younger members will also enjoy our
after-school club, Kicks for Kids. One month's membership costs £5,
while a year's membership is £50 |
|
D Sir Peter Walker Sports Centre
E West Norton Recreation Centre Although the West Norton Recreation Centre is offering a reduced service until the new gymnasium is completed, there's still lots to do. If you're thinking of taking up a new hobby, why not try our Newcomers Scheme, where you pay half-price to try a new sport? Please note that there is no wheelchair access until the building work is completed. F Inborough Sports Centre (ISC)
G Herne Sports and Leisure Complex We are offering a full year for just £20 (OAPs and children £16), although that does not include the use of equipment such as rackets, for which a small charge is made. However, feel free to bring your own equipment and take advantage of the lessons we run at no extra cost. |
|
4 charges extra for the use of
equipment?
1 |
2 |
|
4 |
5 |
6 |
|
|
5
![]() |
6
organises special
events for children?
[Ipoqumaùme me,tccm u 6b1110AHume .3aòaHLIH A14-Ä20, OÕBOÒH 1411Cþpy 1, 2, 3 coomeemcmcsyoucwo H0Mep_v 6btt5paHHO?O 6apuawna omcema. |
4, |
plane circled and the pilot pointed down into the Australian desert below. the runway there,' he said, 'next to the store.' Nancy looked. There was a strip of level next to a few wooden buildings. It looked small and unimportant in the middle of the stretches of red earth and small bushes that stretched as far as the eye could see, but knew that it was a vital link to the outside world for the farmers in the area. As she a figure appeared at the door of one of the buildings and waved up at them. The pilot the plane expertly and thev soon touched down on the line of hard sand. They came to stop by the largest building and Nancy stepped out. A woman of perhaps forty held out her Welcome to Carter's Cross. I'm Shelley.' Nancy looked at her. She was not unattractive, although long hours in the sun were beginning to take their toll and she had a number of lines wrinkles. Nancy was surprised to see that her clothes were quite fashionable, despite a bit dust. Something in Nancy's expression must have communicated itself to Shelley because laughed and said, 'We're not quite as backward as you might think, This is the 21st century. on into the store.' went inside while the pilot checked his plane. The store was well stocked with farming equipment, tinned food and clothes. An old man was cleaning the counter. He looked up when entered and then carried on with his task without catching Nancy's eye. come on, Dad,' Shelley said. 'We all know how you feel about them finding oil outside Carter's Cross, but that's no reason to be rude. This is Nancy Edwards, from the university.' turned to Nancy. 'He's stuck in his ways. Thinks it'll mean the end of farming round here. such a bad thing, if you ask me.' nobody did ask you.' It was the old man. 'My granddad farmed this land, and so will my grandson. I'm not having this land turned into a great big ugly oil refinery.' He looked at 'And I won't be bought off, either.' had heard from her colleagues that this kind of resistance just disappeared when people quite what the find was worth and they happily packed up and headed for the comforts of the nearest city. She hoped this time would be no exception, here to assess the environmental impact, Mt-Williamson,' Nancy said. 'I have no intention building anything.' The old man looked at her and then walked to the door. He pointed out the land. 'Environmental impact?' He shook his head. 'What environment? It's a baking desert and a person's got to work hard to make a living off sheep in a land like this. You aren't going to find endangered species out there, and so you'll go back and write your report and the oil companies will move in. But there's one thing that I bet you don't mention in your report. The He looked out into the sun again. Nancy was a little confused. There had been no mention of a village in any of the information she had read. village?' she asked. are ten farms that rely on this store. Together, they cover an area of nearly 400 square kilometres. And they're our neighbours. We never miss a birthday, or a wedding, or any other You're going to destroy our village.' Nancy could think of nothing to say. Shelley shrugged her shoulders. Nancy wandered back to the plane to get her equipment. |
The 'That's ground empty Nancy looked, turned a hand. 'Hi.
and of she Come They
they 'Now,
TestA1 |
|
![]() |
Not 'Well,
Nancy. Nancy realised
'I'm of at
any
village.'
'What 'There event.
'A14 The buildings Nancy sees from the plane are
1) smaller than she expected.
2) very important to the local people.
3) left empty most of the time.
4) used to store farming equipment.
EA15 The phrase 'take their toll' in paragraph 2 means that I) the sun has improved Shelley's appearance.
2) Shelley enjoys spending time in the sun.
3) Nancy and Shelley both find the sun too hot. 4) the sun has damaged Shelley's skin.
EA16 Shelley laughs when she realises that Nancy
I) wasn't expecting her to be wearing new clothes.
2) didn't know that there would be so
much dust.
3) is using strange expressions.
4) wants to be invited into the building.
;317 The man ignores Nancy at first because he doesn't I) like meeting new people.
no ObPATMTE
BHMMAHME, qmo omaentbl Ha B2, B3 u A14-A20 pacnoaapwomcn 6 pa.3Hb1X
qacmnx õacmyca. B2, B3 pacnoao.yceHb1 6 Hil.YCHeð1 qacmu
ÕaaHKCl. Ilpu nepeHoce omeemoe 6 aaòaHlffl-r B2, B3
õYKßb1 |
2)
![]() |
3) see her behind Shelley.
4) want her to see how upset he is.
5318 Nancy hopes that the old man will change his mind when I) he learns how comfortable the city is.
2) he sees there is no point hiding his true feelings.
3) he is offered enough money. 4) she explains how important the find is.
jA19 Mr Williamson believes that
I) Nancy has no intention of doing her job properly.
2) the discovery of oil threatens the local wildlife.
3) the oil companies will ignore what Nancy tells them. 4) there is no
wildlife worth saving in the area.
A20 Nancy doesn't understand Mr Williamson's reference to 'the village' because I) it covers a large area and is never marked on maps.
2) the oil company didn't give her all the relevant information.
3) he's talking about relationships and not a physical place. 4) it's a long way from where they are.
Pa3aeJ1 rpaMMaTHKa aeKCHKa
Tlpoqumuùme mexc•m
3an0JIHume nponycKll 6 |
Books tell stories, films tell stories and we tell one another stories. Telling stories important since people first sat around a camp fire. BE Back then, hundreds of thousands of years ago, people TELL stories about things they had done earlier that day while hunting.
TestA11 |
B6 A hunter could make sound very brave in his own story. HE They also made up mythical stories, the world around EXPLAIN them and where they came from.
B8 Many of stories became part of their culture because they THAT were told many times.
Long before writing , people learnt stories from their APPEAR parents and passed them on to their own children.
BIO Stories to babies by their mothers. SING
Bil This to be an important form of education in many parts CONTINUE of the world, even today.
|
Tlpoqumaùme npuøeÒeHllbtñl
nu.yce macc•m Tlpeoõpaayùme cJ106a, HaneqamaHHbte |
||||
|
B12 B13 B14 BIS B16 B17 B18 |
Marlon Brando was
perhaps the greatest film
The critics liked him and he slowly
became better known. His first major He became world famous and a star was born. |
ACT TALENT EDUCATE STUDY REAL SUCCEED |
||
Tlpoqumaùme mcwcm c nponycwa.uu, |
|
||||
'Come on. I'll help you.' The voice came from the left and Jenny turned
her head in that direction. She was blind, and had been from birth, but even
without the sense of A21 'Please,'
she said, struggling to keep her anger A22 'Oh,' the man said, and Jenny could imagine the look of confusion on his face. 'I'm sorry,' he said finally, and crossed the road. People just didn't seem to realise that there was a huge difference between offering help and trying to take control of somebody else's life. Sometimes she A23 A24 She waited until the
signal from her dog told her that it was safe and she A25 They got there and she stopped. She patted her dog on the head. 'Well, boy, this is
it,' she said. She knew there would be many challenges ahead. There always
were. But at least she had overcome the first one: A28 |
|
A21 l) view 2)
100k 3) sight 4) observation
A22 1) in 2) on 3) behind 4) under
A23 l) took 2) found 3)
kept 4) caught
![]() |
![]() |
A26 1) remember 2) recall 3) remind 4) recollect
A27 1) locate 2)
estimate 3) discover 4) reveal
A28 l) being 2) getting 3) making 4) bringing
no B4-B18, A21-A28 HE 3AbYUbTE IIEPEHECTM CBC)" OTBETb1 B WIAHK OTBETOB ! ObPATMTE BHMMAHME,
Limo omeembl Ha aar)t1H1ffl B4-B18 u A21-Ä28 pacnoaaanomca 6 paallbl.x
qacmax t;aamca. B4-B18 |
171211 ßbtnoaueuuu aaòauuù CI u C2
ocoõoe 6HU..}taHUC oõpamume Ha "10, qmo eatuu omaembl
t;yòym "pu aan0JIHeHld1d WIAHKA OTBETOB N2 yxa.wume cwaqaaa HO.uep aaòt1H1/51 CI, C2 aame.u aanutuume C601i omuenu Ecau oc)H0ù cmop0Hbt õaamca ueòocmamowto, atoyeme ucnom»aooantb òpyeyo cmop0H.v õ.aamca. |
You have 20 minutes to do this task.
This is part of a letter from Georgia, your English pen friend.
„.Doyourparents don't wellat school? seem toput me so muchpressure. what can / do? think / shouate(/them that it's making me unhappy? Hew can / explain tv myparents how (feel? / try my best at but /just toget top marks. should/ speak to a teacher? Write back soon withyour advice. Love, Georgia |
|
Write back to Georgia answering her questions.
Write 100-140 words.
![]() |
You have 40 minutes to do this task.
Comment on the following statement.
Some people think that pupils at school should learn practical skills that will help them in later life, such as cooking or car mechanics. Others argue that pupils are at school to learn traditional academic subjects and that those who want to can learn other skills in their oun time.
Do you think that there is a place in schools for practical subjects such as cooking and car mechanics?
Write 200-250 words.
Use the following plan
1. Introduction (State the problem).
2. Express your opinion and give reasons for it.
3. Give other people's arguments and explain why they are wrong.
4. Make a conclusion.
Pa3aeJ1 IòBopeHvte
3aaaH1151 3K3ayreHVOtoro |
STUDENT CARD
Task I (3—3.5 minutes)
Give a 2-minute talk on the weather.
Remember to say:
• what types of weather you get where you live
• how the weather changes during the year
• what type of weather is your favourite, and why
• what types of weather you dislike, and why
You have to talk for 1.5—2 minutes. The teacher will listen until you have finished. Then he/she will ask you some questions.
STUDENT CARD
Task 2 (1.5—2 minutes)
You have seen an advertisement for helpers at your local zoo. You are onlv available at the weekend and you have no transport of your own to get to the zoo.
Before making a decision, ask the zoo-keeper about:
• when they need helpers
• what helpers have to do
• any experience needed
• how to get to the zoo
![]() |
Remember to:
• be active and polite
• get all the information you need
• decide whether you want to become a helper
STUDENT CARD
Task 3 (3—4 minutes)
You and a friend are thinking of creating a website together. You are discussing what you want your website to be about. Here is the list of possible subjects:
• your favourite singer/group
• your favourite sport/team
• your family
• your school
• your town/city
The teacher will play the part of your friend.
Remember to:
•
discuss all the
options take an active part in the conversation and
be polite
come up with ideas
give good reasons
find out your friend's attitudes and
take them into account
invite your friend to come up with suggestions
come to an agreement
Section 1 Listening: first task
A Look at the first task on page 138. Match each word in the box to a statement A-F. Some words will be used more than once.
allowed • angry • beds • clean • dad her • key • larger • mess • out • relaxed she • size • smaller • toys • warm
c
B In pairs or as a group, discuss which other words and phrases you might hear. Add them to your lists in Exercise A.
Section 2 Reading: second task
![]() |
D Read the text with questions B12-B18 on page 144. Look at the words on the right which you have to change and decide what part of speech is needed to fill each gap.
I (B12) positive adjective / negative adjective / positive adverb / negative adverb
2 (B13) positive adjective / negative adjective / positive adverb / negative adverb
3 (B14) singular noun / plural noun / -ing form / verb
4 (B15) noun / verb / adjective / adverb
5 (B16) noun / verb / adjective / adverb
6 (B17) noun / verb / adjective / adverb
7 (B18) positive adjective / negative adjective / positive adverb / negative adverb
c Quickly read the text on page 141. Find words and phrases in the text that fit in the categories below.
|
|
E Complete the table.
noun |
verb |
positive adjective |
negative adjective |
positive adverb |
negative adverb |
|
solve complete |
|
|
|
|
origin |
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
luck |
![]() |
F Read the first task on page 146.
Imagine that you are Melanie's pen friend and that you have lots of advice to give her
because you recently organised a successful party at your house. Make notes to
complete the information.
Your party |
||
What did you offer the guests? (food, drinks, etc) |
|
|
What would you do the same way again if you had another party? |
||
What would you do differently if you had another party? |
|
|
Did you decorate the place? |
|
|
If yes, how? |
||
Did you provide music? If yes, did you have a DJ? What else did you do to make the party a success? |
|
|
Section 5 Speaking: first task
G Look at the Student Card for Task I on page 147. Make notes to complete the table.
|
name of famous person their appearance |
|
|
|
|
||
|
what they are famous for why you like them |
|
|
|
|
||
Melanie's party |
|||
What should she offer the guests? (food, drinks, etc) |
|
||
Should she decorate the place? If yes, how? |
|||
How should she arrange the music? What else should she do to make the party a success? |
|||
What other advice can you give her? |
|||
H In pairs or as a group, discuss the question below. Use the phrases to help you.
What are the good and bad things about being famous? |
There are lots of good bad things about being famous, such as ... Famous people usuallv / often sometimes ... One good bad thing is that you can can't ... If you're famous, you can can't . If you're famous, you have to don't have to . |
Test 12 |
Pa3aeJ1 AYAMI)0BaHne
Bbl ycau.uuume 5
6blCKa3b16aHUå. YcmaH06ume coonwemcmøue MeycÒy
6blCKC13b16CZHUfLUt1 KCIYCÒoeo zoeopnugeeo 1 — 5 u
ymoepycòeH11f1.uu, ÒaHHbLUU 6 cnuœce A — F.
Ifcnoabayùme Kaycòyo õVK6Y, |
A. It's important for me to feel comfortable in my bedroom.
B. I share a bedroom with my sister.
C.
![]() |
roBopqruHÏ1 |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
YTBepxneHvte |
|
|
|
|
|
Bbl ycablžuume llHžnep6b}0 cne«uaaucma omðeaa .uapcenlllhtpa co cayqaùH0ù npoxo.yceñ. Onpeðenume, 'CtlKUe 11.3 YIPUßeÒëHHbLX ymaepycòeH11ñ Al-A6 coomeemcmgyom coðepycamuo meRtma (1), KCZICUe He coomaemcmeyom (2) u o që.u 6 mewcme He CKaaaHO, mo ecmb Ha OCH06aHUU meyccma He-lb.3fl ()antb Hil nono.ycume-lb,qoeo, HI' ompu«amevQbH020 omaema (3). Oõgeòume HO.uep 6b1ÕpaHHO?0 6Œuu gapuawna omeema. Bbl ycvlblžuume aanucb Òea.ycÒb1.
Al The woman buys a new toothbrush every month.
1) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B Tewre He CKt13aHO
A2 In the woman's family, each person has their own tube of toothpaste.
1) BepHO 2) HeBepH0 3) B TeKCTe He CKa3ilHO
A3 The woman visits her local supermarket once a week.
1) BepHO 2) HeBepH0 3) B •rewre He CKa3tiHO
A4 The woman buys a new tube of toothpaste approximately every three weeks.
l) BepHO 2) HeBePHO 3) B •rewre He CKagaHO
A5 The woman believes the mouthwash she uses is healthy and tastes nice.
I) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B •reKcq•e He cxagaH0
A6 The woman thinks that 'Freshrinse' is a good name for a mouthwash.
1) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3)
B •reKcrre He CKtt3ttHO
|
Test 12 |
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
||
Bbl ycablžuume 6btCRU.3bteaHUfl moðeú 6 ce-uu paaa11LIHbLr cumya1'11fLt. Omeemwne Ha eonpocbl no A7-A/3 oõeeòume I'll(þpy I, 2 ILIU 3, oõ03Haqayoug_yyo omeem, Komopblå 6Œu Ka.ycemc•fl Hauóoaee 6'?PHblJt. Bbl ycabtluume KaycÒoe 6blCKa.3b16ClHUe ()ßWICÒbt. |
|||
|
You will hear a woman talking
about her son. How does she feel?
1) proud
2) surprised
3) disappointed
You will hear a man talking about an activity he does regularly. Why
does he
particularly enjoy it?
1) It helps to get him out of the house.
2) It makes him feel fit and healthy.
3)
![]() |
![]() |
|
You will hear an advertisement for a new product. Who is the product aimed at? 1) people who are wealthy 2) people who are unfit 3) people with a lot of free time |
|
You will hear a radio announcer. What is on next? 1) a comedy 2) jazz music 3) the news |
Al I |
You will hear a teacher talking to a class of students. What is she doing? 1) encouraging the students 2) congratulating the students 3) criticising the students |
|
You will hear a writer talking about his new novel. What is the novel about? 1) power 2) revenge 3) jealousy |
A13 |
You will hear a man talking about the economy. What worries him? |
1) that the price of petrol might increase
2) that house prices might fall
3) that unemployment might rise
no Bl u Al-A13 HE 3AbYAbTE IIEPEHECTM CBOM OTBETb1 B OTBETOB El,' ObPATMTE BHMMAHUE, qmo m, Al-A13 pacnoaaea,omcH 6 pa.3HbLV qacmsa ÕaaHKa. BI pacnoaoyceH0 6 HUYCHeÙ qacmu õaamca. [Ipu nepeHoce omeemoe 6 aaðaHuu BI õYK6b1 aanucblßcuomcfl t5e3 npoõe.106 u .3HaK06 npemŒaHlŒ. |
Pa3aeJ1 11TeHne
![]() |
A. GOING ABROAD B. BECOMING RICH
c. LIVING WITHOUT MONEY
D. BUYING PROPERTY
E. EARNING MONEY
F. USING PLASTIC
G. HELPING THE POOR
|
I The World Bank is officially part of the United Nations. Its aim is to fight poverty around the world and, to do that, it lends money to governments and countries which need financial help. Since it was created in 1945, after the end of the Second World War, the World Bank has helped improve the lives of millions of poor people in many different countries. 2 Credit cards have made shopping much easier for millions of people. With a credit card, you don't have to carry lots of cash with you when you go shopping. You just need to take one plastic card with you. With credit cards, you get a bill at the end of each month. If you pay the bill immediately, you don't have to pay the credit card company any money. If you delay paying some or all of the bill, however, the credit card company charges you extra. 3 In America it's the dollar and in Russia it's the rouble. Many countries have their own 'currency' their own money. This means that when you travel from, say, Russia to the USA you have to exchange your roubles for dollars, as shops in America don't accept roubles. Many countries in Europe, such as France, Germany and Italy, now have the same currency, called the euro. This means that Italians travelling to Germanv don't have to worry about exchanging money when they travel. 4 In Britain, people who work receive either a 'salary' or a 'wage'. They are both money that workers receive, but there are small differences between them. If you get a salary, you are paid at the end of each month. A job with a salary of £20,000 means that you get that amount over a year, not each month. A wage is usually paid at the end of each week. A factory worker in Britain might get a weekly wage of about £300. 5 Most people do not have enough money to pay in cash if they want to buy a house or a flat. Because of this, they have to borrow money from a bank. The name for the loan that most people get when they buy property is a 'mortgage'. In Britain, it's common to get a mortgage for up to twenty-five years. In other countries, it's more common to get a mortgage that lasts for onlv ten or fifteen years. Xhen you've finished paying your mortgage, the building is yours! 6 What would the world be like if we didn't have money? It would be a very different place! We would probably have to exchange different things to get what we needed. For example, imagine that you needed some bread. You would go to a baker, but you couldn't buy the bread with money. You would have to give the baker something that the baker needed. If you were a farmer, perhaps you could offer the baker some fresh vegetables. It would be very difficult to get everything we needed, wouldn't it? |
||||||
|
|||||||
|
|||||||
|
|||||||
|
|||||||
Ne •reKcrra TeMa |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
||
|
Ilpoqumaùme gonpocbl I — 6 u peK•aa-uy meampŒ1bHbtx cneKHl(lKaeù A — G. YcmaH06ume coomaemcm€ue -ueycòy aonpoca.uu u pewqa.MH01"1 cnocmavaeðl. B RayÒOM meyccme Bbl naúòeme omaem ntOJ1bKO Ita oÒt11t eonpoc. B npuaeòeHH0ú Hit.yce matîautge nor) HO.',tepO.M aonpoca enutuume auumuÙ. |
|
|
Which production 1 has only two actors performing? 2 involves a police officer? 3 partly concerns young people's fashion? |
4 5 6 |
includes songs written for the show?
involves someone talking about their work?
is based on a well-known book?
What's On At The Theatre Fe |
|
A Let The Good Times Roll • Shaftsbury Theatre - Plymouth Let The Good Times Roll is a comedy for all the family. Set in the late 1950s, the play is a look at the relationships between two teenagers and their parents. The kids are mad about roll and the parents are mad with their kids for what they wear and the music they like! B Working For A Living • Angel Theatre - Exeter A new musical written
specifically for the Angel Theatre Company by John Chappell, Living shows us
office life as we've never seen it before! With secretaries singing their C The Doonray Affair • Torbay Theatre - Torquay When strange messages start appearing on the notice board of a sleepy Yorkshire village, inhabitants are confused. When a horrifying murder terrifies them, it's time for Chief Carlton to try and discover what's going on. Will he find the murderer before another person is killed? D Richard and Liz • Theatre Royal - Topsham Corin Davers stars as Richard Burton and Wendy Davis is Elizabeth Tavlor in this two-person production exploring the relationship between two of the most famous film stars of the century. Their love for each other was powerful, but so was their jealousy and ambition. a dull moment when Richard and Liz get together! E Talent Contest • Lydford Theatre - Lydford On Friday 17th February, the 1 3th Annual
Lydford Talent Contest gives you the chance F Alice In Wonderland • Tavistock Theatre - Tavistock This new adaptation of Lewis Carroll's
famous children's book has been especially designed younger children (aged
3-10). The show's only one hour long, the costumes are fantastic G Roger Linbuck - Live! • Harvest Festival Theatre - Exmouth For one night only (Tuesday 14th February), successful local poet Roger Linbuck will be poems from his latest collection and answering questions about the life of a poet. His latest Devon Dumplings will also be on sale, and Roger will be happy to sign copies after the event. |
|
|
ar |
humorous rock 'n'
Working For A out at fabulous and
![]() |
twentieth
There's never
show off contact
for and there's
reading book
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
|
|||
|
Test 12 |
|
||||||
|
flpoqumaùme
mŒcm u |
|||||||
Whether you call it a 'gap year', a 'year out' or a 'year off', the decision to delay going to university for a year after leaving school is a difficult, but important, one.
Becky Roberts, now studying history at the University of Warwick, doesn't regret her decision to take a year off. 'I'd worked so hard for my A levels,' she says. 'I knew it would do me good to do something totally unrelated to studying before embarking on a three-year degree course. My year off working for my dad's company wasn't a holiday by any means, but it was a break from the world of education, and that's just what I needed.'
Carl Sanchez agrees. Now halfway through a biology degree at Cardiff University, Carl spent much of his gap year travelling. 'I worked for about three months to save up enough money, then went to stay with some friends who live in France. I ended up travelling round most of Europe, and even got over to Russia for a few weeks, which was fantastic.'
Both Becky and Carl enjoyed their year off, but do they feel it's benefited them in terms of their university life now? 'Definitely,' says Carl. 'When I left school, I was a normal, fairly irresponsible eighteen year-old. I hadn't been anywhere, I hadn't done anything. A year later, when I went to university, I felt much more like an adult than a child.'
'I know a few people at Warwick who took a year off,' says Becky. 'Generally, we're more dedicated to our studies than those students who came straight from school. We've got different priorities. We want to have fun, of course, but we realise we're here to get our degrees. I don't think some of the others have quite realised why they're at university yet.'
![]() |
There's also the financial consideration. If you do decide to take a year off, and you don't want to work the whole time as Becky did, you have to be able to pay for it. Susan Jenkins, a Careers Officer, points out that parents are now less likely to fund their child's year off. 'Twenty years ago, it was fairly common for parents to say to their son or daughter, 'Here's two thousand pounds, go and have fun abroad for a few months.' Nowadays, because parents have to pay so much more for their child's education while they're at university, they just can't afford to pay for this extra year too.'
One option, of course, is to do what Carl did: work for a few months in order to save up for a trip abroad. Another option is to find casual work while travelling abroad. 'There are now a lot of books and websites with loads of information for people who want to do this,' says Susan. 'It's a great way to see the world, gain experience, and get money for living expenses all at the same time. But don't expect to earn enough to save any money.'
So, should you take a gap year? The answer is: it depends. If you want a break from books and essays, then it's probably a good idea — as long as you, or your parents, can afford it and as long as you're going to do something worthwhile during your time off. Sitting at home watching TV doesn't count! If you want to get your degree and start regular employment as quickly as possible, a gap year may not be so sensible.
Test 12 |
|
DA14 Becky took a year off because she
I) needed to see what working for her father was like.
2) felt she needed a long holiday before university.
3) had done so well in her A level exams at school. 4) wanted to do something different for a while.
:A15 Carl says that a year off helped him
I) learn the importance of saving money.
2) become more mature and experienced.
3) make friends in many different countries.
4) become more knowledgeable about geography.
A16 According to Becky, students who didn't take a year off 1) are less hard-working than those who did.
2) probably won't end up with a degree.
3) don't want to have fun at university.
4) are less intelligent than those who did.
-Ali According to Penny, a year off
1) should be taken when you're about 26 years old.
2)
![]() |
3) merely delays the time when you can get a job.
4) can be enjoyable and useful for your future work.
-A18 In the past, parents were more likely to
1) pay for their child's education at university.
2) encourage their child to go straight to university.
3)
force their child
to take a year off before university. 4) give their child money to help with
their year off.
UA19 Susan issues a warning about
l) information from books and websites, 2) low wages for casual work abroad.
3) paying for everyday expenses abroad. 4) the difficulty of finding casual work.
A20 This article would probably not appear in I) a textbook for university students.
2) a handbook for school-leavers.
3) a magazine for young people.
4) the education section of a newspaper.
no OKOHttaHUU B2, B3 u A14-A20 HE 3AbYUbTE TIEPEHECTII CBOM OTBETW B WIAHK OTBETOB ! ObPATMTE BHMMAHME, gyno omeenlbl Ha .3aòaHllH B2, B3 u A14-A20 pacnoaaecuomcfi e PC13HbLX qacmnr ÕJIZIHICCI. B2, B3 pacnOJtoyeHbl 6 HUYCHeÙ qacmu õaamca. Tlpu nepe,yoce omeemoe B aaðcmuxr B2, B3 õYRBb1 aanucuea,zomcH õea npoõeaoe u .3HaKOd npeh11ŒaHllH. |
Test IZ
![]() |
![]() |
|
flpoqumaùme meyccm
3a110AH11me nponycwu 6 npeÒaoyceH11fLr not) HO.IWPŒUII B4-B11 |
|||
|
B4 B6 138 B9
Bli |
The News on TV Do you watch the news on TV? Before television, people often Of course, newspapers Even today, however, a daily
newspaper gives The introduction of
television In the beginning, people These davs, there are a number of
TV news channels If you want the |
|
|
Ilpoqumaúme
nPU6eÒeHHbtÙ Htl.yce meR•cm Ilpeoõpa.3Yùme caoga,
naneqamaHHbte aauza6HblJt11 |
|
|||
|
Mary Celeste is a
mystery that day. Built in 1861, the ship was SOLVE but its name was
changed to the Mary ORIGIN left New York for Italy on 7th November
professional Mary Celeste had There were no signs of a struggle
or fight. EXCELLENCE were never found. No one has ever those nine |
What happened to the ship the
B12 remains to this
B13
called the Amazon,
Celeste in 1869. The Mary Celeste
B14 1872 with a crew of seven wife and daughter. On 4th December,
B15 the Map:v Celeste drifting in the
B16 discovered that everyone on the disappeared. There was plenty of
B17 was In condition.
The people on the Mary Celeste
B18 discovered what happened to
[Ipoqumaùme moccm c nponycKŒuu, otî03HaqeHHbLM11 HOMepŒuu A21-A28. 3mu H0.uepa coome,emcmeyom aaò01H1dfL$t A21-A28, 6 Komopbl.r npeðcmaœ1"Hbt 60.3.UOYCHbte gaplltl/ffllbl omøemog. Oõeeòume H0.uep 6b1ÕpaHHO?0 6Œuu gapuamna omæma.
Dear Claire,
A24 A26 I'll be coming over to the UK the first week of next
month. I'd love to meet up! Let me know when you're free and we'll arrange
it. I can either come over to your A27 Let me know, and see you soon, I hope! Lots of love, Celine |
|
A21 I) exchange 2) message 3) connection 4) touch
![]() |
![]() |
A23 I) brought 2) sent 3) came 4) printed
A24 I) issue 2) edition 3) copy 4) reproduction
A25 I) depart 2) vacate 3) abandon 4) quit
A26 |
1) going |
2) making |
3) taking |
4) having |
|
|
l) point |
2) position |
3) location |
4) place |
|
A28 |
1) carry |
2) hold |
3) catch |
4) bring |
|
110 B4-B18, A21-A28 HE 3AbYAbTE IIEPEHECTM CBOM OTBETb1 B FAAHK OTBETOB ObPATJ-1TE BHMMAHUE, HO
B4-B18 u A21-A28 |
Pa3aeJ1 111dCbMO
Tlpu Bbl/lOJl}-teHUU .3aòaH11ù CI u C2 ocoõoe BHIŒuaHue oõpamume Ha mo, Ltmo eatuu omeenlbl õyðym OlßHU6ambCH mo.1bK0 no aanucmt, CC)eaaHHbl.U 6 b.7AHKE OTBETOB .,E2. 1-111KŒcue aanucu gePH06UKU He õyðym yqumb16amt.c•H *Kcnepmo.u. aanuuuune C60ð1 omeem Ecau OÒHOÙ cmop0Hb1 ÕaaHKa Heòocmam0¼H0, 6b1 Moyeme ucnoab.goeamb c)pypyo cmopt)HY õaawca. |
You have 20 minutes to do this task.
![]() |
Write back to Melanie answering her questions.
Write 100-140 words.
Remember the rules of letter writing.
You have 40 minutes to do this task.
Comment on the following statement.
Many countries have 'national service', where young adults must join the army, navy or airforce for a certain period of time after leaving school. Some countries, however, have recently stopped national service.
What can you say for and against national service? Use the following plan
Write 200-250 words. 1. Introduction (State the problem).
2. Arguments "for".
3. Arguments "against".
4. Conclusion.
Test 12 |
Bbl nonyqume Kapmoçy, Ha Komopoù npeòcmaeaeHbl mpu aaòaH11f1 c)'lfl ycmH0?0 omeema: C3 — me-uamuqec,çoe -uomžqozuqecxoe Bblc»caaweamte, C4 — òua.R0? c ot;.ueHa cþaxmuqecwoñ lŒcþop.ua«ueù, C5 — c)uaaoe c oõ-uena OIVHO¼HOÚ 11Htþopeua«ueú. OKOH¼ClHlže KUYCÒO?0 onpeòeaaem 9K.3Œueuamop. Bo npoaeòenuq amoù qacmu .xaa.',tcwa uòem aanucb Ha ayò110Kaccemy. |
3aaaHuq 3K3aMeHveMoro
STUDENT CARD |
Remember to:
|
Task 1 (3—3.5 minutes) |
• get all the information you need • decide on a pizza to order |
Give a 2-minute talk on a famous person you
like.
Remember to say:
• who the famous person is
• what he/she looks like
• what he/she is famous for
• why you like him/her
You have to talk for 1.5—2 minutes. The teacher will listen until you have finished. Then he/she will ask you some questions.
STUDENT CARD
Task 2 (1.5—2 minutes)
You are on the telephone to Jolly's Pizza Company. You want to order a family-size pizza to be delivered. The pizza topping must not contain any chicken. You cannot pay more than £10.
Before making a decision, ask the person who answers the phone about:
• family-size pizzas on the menu today
• the toppings
• the cost
The teacher will play the part of the person answering the telephone and will speak first.
STUDENT CARD
Task 3 (3—4 minutes)
You and a friend want to take up a new hobby together. You are discussing possible hobbies. You can start:
• doing photography
• painting and drawing
• collecting stamps
• making models (of aeroplanes, etc)
• doing magic tricks
The teacher will play the part of your friend. Remember to:
• discuss all the options take an active part in the
conversation and be polite
• come up with ideas give good reasons
find out your friend's attitudes and
take them into account
invite your friend to come up with suggestions
come to an agreement
Section 1 Listening: second task
A Look at the second task on page 150 and read statements Al-A6. For each of the following statements, tick the ones you think you are likely to hear in this dialogue. Put a cross next to the ones you think you are unlikely to hear.
I 'Why don't we go and see what's on at the theatre?'
2 'I'd like to book some tickets, please.'
3 'Now, would you like to be in the centre or on the right or left?'
4 'One Night in Mexico is on until Sunday the 23rd.'
5 'The seats on the sides are slightly cheaper at £7.50, while the ones in the middle are £8.50.'
6 'Okay, I'll take the seats in the middle, please.'
7 'There is something magical about watching a play in the theatre.'
8
'Certainly, madam. Which
performance were you interested in?'
B Look at the statements you have ticked in Exercise A. Decide whether you think they might be said by the woman calling the theatre or by the theatre booking assistant.
The woman
calling the theatre might make statements
The theatre booking
assistant might make statements
![]() |
C Quickly read the text on page 154. Decide if these statements are True (T) or False (F).
I At first, the girls aren't sure what is under the rubbish. TIF
2 The dog has been injured in the past. TIF
3 The dog is generally in bad health. Tl F
4 Sally's father believes you should help all stray animals. TIF
5 The dog spends all day lying on the towel. TIF
6 Verity is happy to leave the dog on the beach. TIF
D Complete each sentence with a word from the text. You are given the first letter of the word to help you.
First paragraph
I Don't drop your I on the floor! Put it in the bin.
2
Everyone fell silent when a UFO started to e from the sea.
Second paragraph
3 Would vou like k with your chips, or mayonnaise?
4 Do you live here p or only in the summer?
Third paragraph
5
Martin h for a few seconds and then dived
into the sea.
6
Some animals have
owners, but s dogs just live on the streets.
Fourth paragraph 7 It seems like a cfight to keep up with all the work we get at school. 8 Do you think any animals s when the forest caught fire? Fifth paragraph 9 From this hill, you can see the sun rise in the morning and sin the evening, 10 I sa dog and it turned round and bit me on the hand! Section 3 Grammar and vocabulary: third task Quickly read the text on page 157, ignoring the gaps. Write a word or short phrase to answer each question. 1 Who calls the woman late at night? 2 Who does she meet and where? 3 What does she buy? 4 Where do they eat? |
5 Whose birthday is the next day?
• Find words and phrases in the text to match these words and phrases.
I stayed in bed longer than you
intended to
2 wasn't upset
3 slow walk
4 money you get to live on when you
stop work
5 sweater, pullover
6 very unpleasant
Section 4 Writing: second task
G
![]() |
arguments for: |
arguments against: |
H Put a tick next to the points in the list above which you will mention in your composition. Put a cross next to the points you will not mention.
Section 5 Speaking: third task
Look at the Student Card for Task 3 on page 159 and choose 'Do' or 'Don't' for each of the following statements:
1 Remember to ask your friend for their opinion of each choice. Do I Don't
2 Just give vour opinion without any explanation why. Do (Don't
3 Wait for your friend to ask questions and never ask them any. Do I Don't
4
Agree or disagree with your friend's suggestions and
say why. Do I Don't
5
Try to say as
much about each option as you can. Do I Don't
Complete these questions in as many different ways as you can. Compare
your ideas to your partner's.
Why don't we ... |
|
Bbl ycat'ltuume 5 6b1CKa3btcaHUð1. Ycmanoaume coomaemcmaue Ate.ycðy ßbtCKC13b16CIH1fflJft1 Kaycc)oeo poaopmgeeo 1 — 5 u ymaepycòeuumtu, ÒaHHbLUU 6 cnucxe A — F. Mcno.lbayùme Kaycòyo tîYR6Y, ot;oauaqcuougyo ymeep.wòeuue, moat,K0 oðuu paa. B aaÒauuu ecmb autuuee ymoepoeòeuue. Bbl ycabltuume aanucb ()aa.ycÒbt. 3anecume ('6011 omaenlbl matîautgy.
A. She likes this subject because it helps her in life outside school.
B. This subject helps her understand other school subjects. C. Her feelings towards this subject have changed over time.
![]() |
![]() |
YTBepxneH11e |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|
Bbl ycabltuume meaecþ0HHb1ù paaeoeop c 'CaccilPOM meampa-1bH0ù KClCCbl. Onpeòeaume, KCIK11e 11.3 npuaeòëHHbtr yn1ßep.ycòeH11ú Al-A6 coomaemcmayom coòepycamuo muccma (I ), KClKlle He coomeemcmeyom (2) u o tië.u 6 mewme He ocaaano, mo ecmb Ha OCH06aHUU me»ccma He,1b3H ()amb HI/ noao.ycumeJ1bHOPO, omptugame.lbH0?0 omæma (3). Oõaeòume HO.uep 6blÕpaHHO?0 6ŒU11 aapua,qma omeema. Bbl yc,lbltuume aanucb ()eayðbl.
Al The woman has been to this theatre before.
l) BepH0 2) HeBepHO 3) B -reKc•re He CKagaH0
A2 The woman wants to book tickets for all the members of her family.
l) BepH0 2)
HeBepHO 3) B •reKCTe He
A3 The woman wants to see the play at the weekend.
1) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B -reKCTe He CKa3t1HO
A4 The woman decides to book the most expensive tickets.
l) BepH0 2) HeBePHO 3) B -reKCTe He cwa3ttH0
A5 The assistant makes a mistake with the booking.
1) BepH0 2)
HeBepH0 3) B -reKc•re He
A6 There is an extra charge for booking the tickets by phone.
1) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B •reKœre Vie cKt13aH0
Test 13 |
|
Bbl yc„lbauume õeceòy mpeHepa Õacwemõ0J1bH0ù KOMaHðbt c U?POKCLMU. B .3aòctHLtqx A7-Ä13 oõgeðume Igucþpy 1, 2 Will 3, coomeemcmeyoucy}0 6b1t5paHHOMY 6ŒM11 gapuamny omeema. Bbl ycabltuume aanucb c)6ŒycÒbl.
The coach has called this meeting to
I) congratulate the players on their last match.
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
A8 |
Lisa is worried that the team doesn't have I) enough time to prepare. 2) the right facilities to train.
|
|
The coach asks the players to I) tell him who to blame for the loss. 2) give him their opinion of their own performance. 3) suggest new players for the team. |
AIO |
In the previous match, Lisa was most pleased by 1) her level of fitness. 2) the points she scored. 3) not running out of time. |
All |
The coach thinks the players have more energy because they have been I) running long distances. 2) doing weight training. 3) eating different food. |
A12 |
Lisa blames her lack of concentration on 1) the noise in the stadium. 2) her future exams. 3) the other team. |
A13 |
The coach advises Lisa to |
1) forget about her exams.
2) take more exercise in the evening.
3) do something she enjoys before bed.
no ObPATMTE BHMMAHME, omeembl Ha m,
Al-Ä13 |
TeMa |
|
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
|
|
|
|
![]() |
A. FAST HUNTER B. POWERFUL DIGGER
c. PATIENT KILLER
D. TALENTED BUILDER
E. FAITHFUL FOLLOWER
F. STRONG LIFTER
G. CLEVER HELPER
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
You may have seen dolphins performing tricks, but did you know that they are amongst the most intelligent creatures on the Earth? They are so intelligent that they can be trained to assist divers in the sea. They are sometimes used by the US Navy to search harbours for mines. They also seem to know when humans in the sea are in trouble. There have been a number Of reports of dolphins protecting swimmers from sharks until the humans can escape. How do you get a duckling to go everywhere you do? The secret is to take advantage of its powerful instincts. A duckling is programmed by nature to think that the first large moving object it sees is its mother. This is so that it doesn't get lost while very young. If, Instead, the first thing it sees is a human's green wellington boots, the duckling will go wherever the boots go. Imagine carrying a huge leaf or an enormous piece of food on your back that weighs 50 times more than you do. It sounds impossible, but that's exactly what millions of ants do every day. Different ants might have different jobs in the colony and for some of them that means going out and about, searching for things to eat. Once they find a small piece of fruit or a grain of sugar, they have to bring it back home — and the only way to do that is on their backs. One of the most unusual spiders in Australia is the trapdoor spider. This spider doesn't spin a web in a bush or tree but creates a trap on the ground. It digs a hole and covers the entrance. It then waits, sometimes for hours, for its prey to walk into the trap. When it finally senses an insect such as a beetle or a moth outside, the trapdoor spider comes out and takes its meal back into its hole to enjoy in private. Most birds collect twigs and leaves to create a nest, and you've probably seen them in trees. However, most birds look like beginners next to the weaver birds of Africa. The weaver birds put together an enormous nest I Oft high and 15ft across. The nest is more like a block of flats! It consists of up to 300 separate 'rooms', each with a nesting pair of birds inside, which get into their private nest through a tunnel at the bottom. The cheetah is perfectly suited to a life where speed is all-important. It spends its time on the wide open plains of Africa, searching for food and caring for its young. A cheetah can reach speeds of up to 70 miles per hour for short periods, and it needs every bit of that speed to catch its prey. Gazelles and other similar animals are quick and the cheetah has to be quick to catch them. Despite their ability to run so well, the cheetah is still only successful in catching its prey about fifty per cent of the time. |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Test 13 |
|
![]() |
[Ipouumañme ymcepycòeH11H 1 — 6 u caeòyougue aa HILUU mexcnlbl. YcmaH06ume coomeemcnwue .ueycòy yn16ep.ycðeH1[f1.uu u coc)epyŒueu moccmoe. Hamuuume l!lltþpy 1 — ecau ymeepycðeuue |
||
I Birmingham grew because it was easy to get coal and iron there. 2 The Birmingham Carnival lasts for a month. 3 People from lots of different cultures live in Birmingham. 4 Every year, actors perform at Aston Hal. 5 Ships from Glasgow took rum and tobacco to America. 6 Glasgow recently became zeell known for its sport. |
Birmingham is England's second city. It has always had a good supply of water and the easy access to coal and iron meant that it became an important industrial centre. Today, heavy industry is less important to Birmingham. Other parts of the local economy, such as shopping and tourism, now provide jobs and an income for many people. One of the highlights of the year is the Birmingham Carnival. This takes place one day in August and includes music, dancing, food and arts and crafts. It is a great opportunity to find out about the many different cultures that make up modern-day Birmingham. The city has Chinese, Muslim, Hindu and Sikh communities, all with their own cultural traditions. A great place to visit in the local area is Aston Hall. Completed in 1635, the hall contains examples of furniture and paintings from different historical periods. Every two years, you can attend 'Aston Hall by Candlelight', when the house is lit by candles and actors recreate a 17th-century Christmas, Glasgow is a modern, multicultural city in Scotland with a long history. Starting as a fishing village, by the end of the 18th century it had become a centre for shipbuilding. Being on the west of Scotland meant that it was in an excellent position for sending ships full of cloth and iron to America and the West Indies. These ships brought back sugar, rum and tobacco and Glasgow grew. Many local merchants became rich through trade. Glasgow has long been famous for its sport. The two biggest teams in Scottish football, Celtic and Rangers, are both based in Glasgow and it was the European Capital of Sport in 2003. There are three world-class football stadiums in Glasgow and the Glaswegians (as people from Glasgow are called) are very proud of their sporting history. |
|
17poqumaùme merccm u Bbtnoamume .3aÒaHUH A14-A20, OÕ60ÒR gucþpy I, 2, 3 unu 4, coomeemcmøyoucwo HŒuepy 6b1t5PaHHO?O ea.uu eapuawna omeema.
When they first saw the dog, they weren't sure, in fact, that it was a dog. A small pile of rubbish by the side of the litter bin began to move. Verity and Sally, walking past on their way to the beach, both jumped back, expecting a rat to emerge from the litter. \That they saw instead was the back end of a small brown dog, which seemed to be connected to a plastic bag. They both let out shrieks of delight.
'Oh, it's a puppy!' cried Verity, and bent down to release the dog's head from the plastic bag. The dog looked up at them with ketchup on its face. Now that they could see the whole animal, it was clear that it was not quite as young as Verity had thought at first sight. It carried one or two scars of life on the streets — it had a cut below one eye and one ear seemed to be permanently at an angle — but on the whole it was not in bad health for a stray dog. Its coat was shiny and you couldn't see its ribs under the skin, like you could with many dogs in a similar position. Judging by the litter bin, visitors to the beach were a good source of chips, hot dogs and hamburgers without knowing it. The dog sat, looking up at the girls with its tongue hanging out as it panted.
![]() |
They spread their towels on the beach and got sun cream out of their bags. When they turned round, the dog had settled on one of the towels as if he owned the place. He seemed glad of the opportunity to rest and Verity could imagine the constant battle he faced each day to survive. Apart from the search for food and shelter, which perhaps were less of a problem here than they would have been in the city centre, there was the competition from other dogs. This dog must be pretty smart, she decided, to survive against the others because he certainly wouldn't win too many fights, even if his injuries showed that he didn't give up easily.
They spent the day lazing in the sun, swimming and plaving beach tennis. The dog joined in after resting for a while. To the casual observer, it would have looked like two girls and their dog playing together. Sally knew, however, that that wasn't the case and she was dreading the moment when they would have to leave. Eventually, the sun began to set and it got cooler. Verity stared at the sun, as if willing it to stay in the sky for another hour. She avoided looking at Sally and didn't seem to notice Sally looking at her watch. Veritv stroked the dog, which was lying on the towel next to her. Sally knew that they couldn't put it off any longer.
'It's probably time we were getting back,' she said at last. Verity turned round and Sallv saw tears running down her face. The dog looked from one of them to the other and waited.
Test 13 |
Verity and Sally's first reaction is
1) amusement at the dog's appearance.
2) worry about the dog's condition.
A15 |
The dog seems to be I) in good condition despite its injuries. 2) in a worse state than most stray dogs. 3) rather overweight for its size. 4) in urgent need of medical attention. |
A16 |
It seems that people who go to this beach 1) enjoy feeding the stray dogs. 2) are careless with their rubbish. 3) throw a lot of food away. 4) don't know they are harming the dogs. |
Al 7 |
Sally doesn't immediately agree to take the dog to the beach because 1) they don't have a lead to put on the dog to control it. 2) her father stops her from doing what she wants to do. 3) she thinks the dog might be dangerous, in spite of his appearance. 4) she doesn't want to form a relationship with the dog. |
AIS |
Verity thinks that the dog l) needs their help to avoid the other dogs. 2) is a coward when it comes to fighting other dogs. 3) is more attractive than the other dogs. 4) uses his brains to beat the other dogs. |
A19 |
The girls don't want to
leave the beach because 2) they want to sunbathe for another hour. 3) they want people to think it's their dog. 4) they are trying to delay leaving the dog. |
A20 |
Sally feels uncomfortable because 1) she and Verity have argued about the dog. |
3)
![]() |
2) she thinks that someone is watching them.
3) she knows that leaving the dog will be hard.
4) she wants to get rid of the dog without Verity knowing.
no B2, B3 u A14-A20 HE 3AbYAbTE TIEPEHECTM CBOM OTBETb1 B FAÄHK OTBETOB ObPATMTE BHMMAHME, qmo omaernbl Ha B2, B3 u A14-A20 pacnoaapa,tomca 6 pa.3HbLr qacmnx ÕaaHKa. B2, B3 6 Hid.YCHeå yacmu õaawca. Ilpu nepeHoce omaemoe aaòamžqx B2, B3 õYK6bl aanucbtacuomcn õea npoõeaog u 3}fflK06 npetlllhta,qua. |
|
|
|
B4 B6 B8 B9 BIO Bll |
Paper We use paper today in many different ways — in books
and in newspapers, for example. Although The
ancient Egyptians The plants,
which This liquid
This 'papyrus' gave us the word 'paper', but paper In that year, a Chinese man called Ts'ai Lun created
paper By 1,000
AD, the secret of paper-making still Since the technology
finally arrived in Spain and Italy in the twelfth |
MORE CUT NEED LEAVE IT USE NOT REACH GROW |
|
Tlpoqumaúme meK•cm 3anoaHume
nponycK11 6 npeòaoycenuax nor) no-uepaatu B4-BI I |
||||||||
|
Ilpoqumaùme ÕYKUŒUU nocae H0Atep06 BI 2-1318 ma,tc, qmoõbl OHU epa.uatamuqeucu u JWRC11qeCKU coomaemcn1606Œlll coòepycamuo mewma. 3an0JIHume nponycyu ,'10AVqeHHbLUU c.i06Œuu. Kaycòblü nponycK coomeemcmeyem omðeJ1bH0MY aaðaHll}0 epynnbl B12-B 18. |
|
|||||||
|
B12 B13 B14 B15 1316 B17 B18 |
It is |
POSSIBLE POWER INFORM DIE HARD LIVE APPEAR |
|
|||||
|
Test 13 |
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||||
|
|
||||||||
Ilpoqumaùme meyçcm c npon_vcyca.M1d, OÕ03HaqeHHb1AtU H0AtepŒ',t11 A21-A28. 3mu Hoeuepa
|
|
||||||||
Monday, 14th March I overslept
this morning. I don't know how it happened. I'm sure I A21 A22
we had A26 Tomorrow is
my eldest son Darren's birthday and we're planmng to have a nice picnic in
the countryside. I can't believe that he's about to A28 |
|
||||||||
|
|||||||||
|
|||||||||
|
|||||||||
|
A21 l) set 2) put 3) did 4) timed
A22 I) appearing 2) playing 3) standing 4) dramatising
A23 1) reject 2) repent 3) resent 4) regret
no B4-B18, A21-A28 HE 3AbYUbTE [TEPEHECTM CBOM OTBETb1 B WIAHK OTBETOB ObPATÞfTE BHMMAHME, qmo omaenlbl Ha B4-B18 u A21-A28 pacnoaaecuomcfi 6 pa.3LlbLr qacnmx õaamca. B4-B18 pacnoaoyceHbl 6 HUYCHeÙ qacmu atamca. Ilpu nepenoce omaemoe 6 .3aÒClHURV B4-B18 õYK6b1 .3anucb16a,tomcf1 õe.3 npoõeaoa u ,3HOK06 npenll/tcmu.q. |
![]() |
A25 l) ceased 2) retired 3) retreated 4) fired
A26 I) lost 2) dropped 3) missed 4) failed
l) round 2) down 3) off 4)
out
A28 1) get 2)
turn 3) make 4) have
Ilpu 6btYlOJ1}WHuu aaðcmuù CI u C2 ocoõoe 6HlLUClHUe oõpamume Ha mo, Limo eatuu omeenlbl t;yòym ogeHlŒan1bO'H mo.1bK0 no aanucfl.u, cÒeaaHHblJ1 B K'IAHKE OTBETOB .½2. Htm•axue aanucu etePH06UKa He tîvðym yqurnb16ambc•fl .9KcnepmoM. 17pu |
You have 20 minutes to do this task.
Test 13 |
![]() |
![]() |
.Doyourparents annoyedwithyou bedroom's untidy? Mine do. My says I'm really lazy because / never tidy my room. How tia'yyour room? Do keep it althe tinte?/ think it's my so / what / (ike it! what think? What deyou whenyou argue withyourparents about things like that? Write back soon, Love, Tracy |
|
Write back to Tracy answering her questions.
Write 100-140 words.
Remember the rules of letter writing.
You have 40 minutes to do this task.
Comment on the following statement.
Most people believe that it's important to look nice. However, some people say that we place too much importance on appearance and fashion.
What can you say for and against caring about Use the following plan appearance and fashion? I. Introduction (State the problem). Write 200-250 words. 2. Arguments "for".
3. Arguments "against".
4. Conclusion.
Bbl noayqume ,tcapmowcy, Ha Komopoù npeòcmawwHb1 mpu aaÒaH1df1 ycnmo¿o omeema: C3 — me.uamuqecycoe .M0Hono¿uqecvcoe BblCKa3b1BaHUe, C4 — ()uaaoe c tgevlb10 ot5.ueHa cþcwmuqecwoú uncþop.ua«ueù, C5 — ÒuŒ10Z c 1101b10 oõMeHC1 OIVHOLIHOÙ UHCþOPMCl"Ueðl. OKOHqaHUe 6b1PIOJIHeH11.q Kaycðozo .3aÒaH11fl onpeðeutflem 3K3Œuenamop. Bo upeJffl npoeeÒeHlffl omoð1 qacmu .9K.3aateHC1 uòem nocn10HHHafl .3anucb Ha ayòu0Kaccemy. |
3aaaHv1S1 3K'3aMeHyeMoro
STUDENT CARD
Task I (3—3.5 minutes)
Give a 2-minute talk on public holidays. Remember to say:
• what public holidays there are during the year
• what people do on different public holidays
• which public holiday is your favourite, and why
• what you enjoy about other public holidays, and why
You have to talk for 1.5—2 minutes. The teacher will listen until you have finished. Then heishe will ask you some questions.
STUDENT CARD
Task 2 (1.5—2 minutes)
![]() |
Before making a decision, ask the shop assistant about:
• Italian courses available
• how long the courses take
• any special offers
You begin the conversation. The teacher will play the part of the shop assistant.
Remember to:
• be active and polite
• get all the information you need
• decide on which course to buy
STUDENT CARD
Task 3 (3—4 minutes)
You are at an airport and your flight has been delayed by two hours. You and your friend are discussing how to spend this time. You can:
• play video games
• do some shopping
• watch the planes
• have a meal
• find somewhere to sleep
The teacher will play the part of your friend.
Remember to:
• discuss all the options take an active part in the
conversation and be polite
come up with ideas
• give good reasons find out your friend's attitudes and
take them into account
• invite vour friend to come up with
suggestions come to an agreement
Section 1 Listening: third task Section 2 Reading: first task A Listen and circle. B Match the words to their definitions. |
the speaker did not like about the
Speaker 1 the acting / the special effects / the story
Speaker 2 the acting / the special effects the story Speaker 3 the acting / the special effects the story
3
Listen to three speakers talking about a game. For each speaker, decide what
the speaker found difficult. Speaker 1 understanding the rules / moving the
pieces / setting up the board Speaker 2 understanding the rules / moving the
pieces / setting up the board Speaker 3 understanding the rules / moving the pieces / setting up the
board
1 Listen to three speakers talking about |
|
|
a the clothes which actors |
a restaurant. For each speaker, |
I |
rehearsal — |
wear |
decide what the speaker did not like |
|
|
b the small book or leaflet |
about the restaurant. |
2 |
stage _ |
with information about |
Speaker 1 |
|
|
the play |
the prices / the service the food |
3 |
costumes |
c the things actors use in |
Speaker 2 |
|
|
a play |
the prices / the service / the food |
4 |
director |
d a time for the actors to |
SPeaker 3 |
5 |
|
practise |
programme |
|||
the prices / the service / the food |
|
e |
|
2 Listen to three speakers talking
about |
6 |
actors what to do part _ |
f the character that an actor
7 props — is playing g the people watching a
8
![]() |
C Quickly read the headings and six texts in the task on page 164. Underline all the words and phrases connected to the theatre and acting.
Section 3 Grammar and vocabulary:
third task
D Write a word from the box in each gap to complete the sentences.
burgled • mugged • robbed stolen
1
I hope you
weren't in the bank when it was being
2 Oh no! I think my wallet's been
3
Our
neighbours' house was again last night.
4
Alan was in the street last night; he was hurt
but his attackers ran off before they could steal anything.
5
At I thought you were guilty, but now
I'm not so sure.
6
There were five
people in the room at ; probably fewer, in fact.
7 The exam was very difficult but at
I managed to answer every question.
8
I've heard so
much about you; it's so nice to meet you at
disaster • destruction • damage • ruin
9
The house was
almost a when we bought it; the walls had fallen down!
10
The of the rainforests is a very serious
problem.
11
The storm only
caused a small amount of to the building.
12
The meal would
have been a if you hadn't helped me.
E Read the first task on page 170. Rewrite each of the following statements in a more informal way. There may be more than one possibility.
1 Dear Jenny Williams,
2 1 would like to thank you for your recent letter.
3 1 had a similar experience and I found it unpleasant.
4 Would you mind telling me whether you know the girl well?
5
![]() |
6 I look forward to hearing from you in the
7
F Match each response to a question.
1 When's your birthday?
2 What do you usually do on your
birthday?
3
What's the best birthday
present you've ever been given?
f
G Work in pairs or as a group to discuss which answer for each question is better, and why.
Test 14 |
Pa3neJ1 AYAMI)0BaHÞfe
Bbl ycalbltuume 5 6btcyca3b16CIHuÙ. YcmaH06ume
coomæmcmaue Me.ycÒy 6b1CKa3b16CIHURMU KCIYCÒOZO
zoeopaugeeo I — 5 u ymeepYÒeH11HJtu, |
A. She reads more now than she used to.
B. She doesn't buy books very often. C. She reads on the way to work every day.
![]() |
Bbl ycabltuume
õeceðy apaqa c naguewno.u. Onpeòenume, }-ccucue 11.3
nPUeeÒëHHblX ymeepYòeH11ù Al-A6 coomæmcmeyom
coòepyamuo meR•cma (1 ), KŒcue He coomuemcmeyom (2) u o qëM
6 mexcme He CKa.3tlHO, mo ecmb Ha ocH06tmuu mexcma Healb3f1 c)amb HI/
noaoycume.lb,qozo, Hil |
Al Mr Briggs often gets ill.
l) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B •reKcTe He CKa-gaHO
A2 Another name for Mr Briggs' illness is the 'kissing disease'.
1) BepH0 2) HeBepHO 3) B •rewre He CKtuaHO
A3 Mr Briggs must start taking some medicine immediately.
l) BepHO 2) HeBepHO 3) B •reKCTe He cK',13t1H0
A4 Mr Briggs usually drinks some wine or beer in the evening.
1) BepH0 2) HeBepHO 3) B •reKc•re He cwa•gaH0
A5 Everyone with this illness recovers within three weeks.
1) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B -reKc-re He CK[13aHO
A6 Mr Briggs will see the doctor again next Friday.
l) BepH0 2) HeBepHO 3) B •rewre He CKt13t1HO
Test 14
Bbl ycablluume dblCKa3b16t1H11S1 aR)ðeù1 6 ce.uu paœ11d¼Hb1X cumva«unv. (_)maemwne Ha aonpocbt no coòepY(lHll/0 6b1cxa.3btuaH11ù, 6b1õpaa oòt1H 11.3 npeòaoyceHHb1.r aapuaumot$ ome,ema. B aaòaHll$1X A7-A13 oõaeòume 1/11Cþpy 1, 2 IL?LI 3, oõoanaqŒ0110'10 omaem, Komopblù e,Œu Kaycemcfl naut;oaee
Bbl yc.lbltuume Kaycòoe 6b1CKa.3btacmue Òaa.ycÒb1.
You will hear a man talking about a restaurant called Luigi's. What
was the problem?
I) The food was too expensive.
2) His meal was cold.
A8 |
You will hear a woman talking to her doctor. Why has she come to see the doctor? I) She has got spots all over her face. 2) She has a problem with her stomach. 3) She has been getting backache recently. You will hear a boy talking to his parents. What does he want? l) to watch a film on TV 2) to go to bed later than usual 3) a new computer game |
AIO |
You will hear an athlete talking about her training. What does she find difficult? 1) getting up early 2) running in the rain 3) running on her own |
All |
You will hear a news report about a man. What did the man do? 1) He bought stolen property. 2) He committed some burglaries. 3) He failed to appear in court. |
A12 |
You will hear a woman talking about a film. What does she think about the film? 1) It is funny. 2) It is boring. 3) It has a good ending. |
A13 |
You will hear an advertisement. What makes the company different? |
3)
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
l) They offer free design. 2) They offer free delivery.
3) They offer free installation.
no Bl u Al-A13 HE 3AbYAbTE IIEPEHECTLI CBOM OTBETb1 B WIAHK OTBETOB ! ObPATMTE BHHMAHME, gyno omoenlbl HO' aaÒaH11f1 BI, Al-A13 pacnoaaea,zomctH 6 pae3HbLV qacmnr õaamca. BI pacnonoyceH0 e HUYCHeñ qacmu Õaamca. Ilpu nepeHoce on16em06 6 .3aðaHt111 BI õYKßb1 aanucbte,cnomcfl t5ea npoõeJ10ß u ,3HCIK06 npen11HaH11.q. |
rest 14
YcmaH0Bume
coomæmcmaue me.}' A — G |
A. FINAL PRACTICE B. PERFORMANCE PROBLEMS
c. UNSEEN PEOPLE
D. ACTORS' CLOTHES
E. REMEMBERING WORDS
F. INFORMATION BOOKLET G. WRONG WORDS
Ng "RKCTa Testa |
1 |
2 |
3 |
|
2 The last rehearsal almost never go well. performance in front whole play has been costumes have been 3 Costumes are an create the wrong to feel comfortable |
|
director's just called and you've got the part you wanted in the play. Now comes learning your lines. If it's a main part, that's a lot of speech to memorise. So how script? Firstly, don't panic. You don't have to be word perfect in the first rehearsal actually rehearse on stage, the easier memorising your lines becomes. But there is a home too.
of a play before the
first performance is called the 'dress rehearsal'. Dress rehearsals Indeed,
many actors believe that if the dress rehearsal goes well, the first of the
public will be a disaster! The dress rehearsal is probably the first time the
performed from start to finish in one go. It's also probably the first time all
the worn, the lighting plan has been followed, and all the props have been
used. extremely important part of any production. If you get the costumes
wrong, you atmosphere, and that can be disastrous for a play. It's also very
important for an actor in what they're wearing. There are practical
considerations here. A costume may be lovely to look at, but if it stops an
actor from moving in the way that he or she wants to, then it's getting in the
way of the performance and should be changed.
4
One of the worst things you can do to an actor before a performance is wish him
or her 'Good luck!' In the theatre in Britain, saying 'Good luck!' is
considered very bad luck, and should be avoided at all costs. If you want to
express the meaning without actuallv using those words, you should say 'Break a
leg!'. This doesn't mean, of course, that you want the actor to break a leg. It
means you hope that their performance is a success.
5 The programme is the audience's first contact with the play on the night, and it's important to make a good impression. A good programme should give background information about the play if necessary, short biographies of the playwright, the cast, and director and the full cast list, including the names of the characters they are plaving. The names of all the backstage crew should be listed in the programme too. If there are different scenes and acts in the play, these should be mentioned. If there's an interval, that should be indicated as well.
6 A play cannot be put on without a number of people who the audience never get to see. The director is one such person. There's also the backstage crew, and they do an extremely important job. The director has responsibility for the play during rehearsals, but it's a member of the backstage crew, the stage manager, who's in charge during performances. Lighting technicians, costume designers and sound engineers are all also part of the backstage crew.
Test 14 |
|
Ilpoqumaùme ymoepYòeH11H 1 — 6 u caeòyouguðl aa HILUII maccm Ycmanoaume coomaemcmaue vueyòy ymeepycòeH11f1vuu u coòep.ycanue.&t mexcma. Hamuuume uucþpy 1 — ecau ymaepyòenue aepttoe, u I'll(þpy O — ec,lld ymaepycòenue Heeepnoe. 30Hecume ('6011 omaenlbl 6 maõau«y.
I 2 3 4 5 6 it |
|
The ancient
Egyptians made use of the sun to help tell the time.
The ancient Chinese were unable to measure time.
The first mechanical clocks had bells rather than hands.
The hand on a table clock moved every fifteen minutes.
Most people say that Galileo invented the pendulum clock.
Clocks nowadays are used for more than just showing us what time is.
![]() |
For thousands of years, people have wanted a more accurate way of telling the time than merelv looking at the position of the sun in the sky to see how close to dawn or nightfall it is. We know that the ancient Egyptians had sundials, which required sunlight to work, and it is thought they also had a way of measuring time using running water. The ancient Chinese also developed non-mechanical ways to measure the passing of time. The first mechanical clock appeared around the 9th century. This did not have hands as modern clocks do. Early mechanical clocks 'told' the time by ringing bells, although they were not very accurate.
The first reasonably accurate clocks were developed in Italy in the 13th century. Unlike modern clocks, they did not tell the time to the nearest minute; rather, they announced when an hour had passed.
Table clocks became popular in the 1500s. They usually only had one hand, which had four possible positions each hour, allowing someone to tell the time to the nearest fifteen minutes.
1 |
2 |
|
4 |
5 |
6 |
In 1657 the pendulum clock was invented. Although Galileo came up with a similar idea first, it is Christiaan Huygens who is generally considered to be the inventor. Since then, clocks have become more and more accurate. Today, clocks are not just used to tell us the time. They are also used to control other devices. The clock on a video cassette recorder, for example, can be programmed to start and stop recording at a certain time.
![]() |
![]() |
A14 |
Carrie had chosen to join the Debating Club because it was 1) at the bottom of the list of possible activities. 2) the only activity which didn't take place outdoors. 3) the activity on the list she disliked least of all. 4) a chance to give speeches in front of strangers. |
A15 |
The following Thursday, Carrie realised for the first time that 1) she would actually have to speak in public. 2) she didn't believe in capital punishment at all. 3) Miss Forbes would always decide the speakers. 4) she was allowed to volunteer to be a speaker. |
|
Miss Forbes told Carrie that Carrie's main responsibility would be to 1) help Alison come up with a list of points to make. 2) write Alison's speech for her before the debate. 3) answer the opposition's questions during the debate. 4) disagree with arguments made by the opposing team. |
|
Carrie was glad the debate had been arranged at another school because 1) she would be able to use a microphone there. 2) her friends wouldn't be able to see her fail. 3) the atmosphere would help her succeed. 4) she had never taken part in a debate there. |
(AIS |
In the Main Hall before the debate, Carrie felt that everyone in the room 1) could hear her heart beating. 2) was looking at her hands shaking. 3) expected her to do badly. 4) knew she would drop her things. |
|
Carrie was particularly impressed that Alison l) had written her speech on several pieces of paper. 2) had made so many clear, forceful arguments. 3) didn't look at the papers in front of her at all. 4) had memorised her speech before the debate. |
A20 |
During Clare's speech, Carrie was surprised that she I) had found a point to make in her own speech. |
2) was able to remember Clare's exact words.
3)
![]() |
4) could make notes on the piece of paper so quickly.
[10 OKOHWHUU 132, 133 u A14-A20 HE 3AbYAbTE [IEPEHECTM CBOII OTBETb1 B WIAHK OTBETOB ! ObPATMTE BHMMAHME, Limo omeembt Ha aaðaH11H B2, B3 u A14-Ä20
pacnoaazŒomcH 6 |
Test 14 |
|
[Ipoqumaúme mel€cm 3ano.QHume nponycK11 6 npeòaoyceHllfLr noð H0.uepa.uu B4-BI I coome,emcmeyouguatu cþOPMŒuu c-106, '-taneqamaHHbLr saua6HbLMU ÕYK6CLUll cnpa6a om rcaycÒo¿o npeòJ10yeHllH.
npoqumaùyne
npueeðeHHblù Hil.yce me}ccm Ilpeoõpaayùme
caoøa, HaneqamaHHbte aa¿aaBHbLML1 |
Since the days of Christopher Columbus it has been a tradition for a ship
B12 to fly a flag showing what it is.
B13 More recently,
this has become a legal
B14 Almost every
country in the world has its own flag, called
an 'ensign', which is flown at sea. Some countries have two ensigns:
B15 one for private boats and one for ships carrying a cargo of products. A boat in the waters of a
foreign country should always fly two flags: its own ensign and the flag of the
foreign country. To not fly the
B16 other country's flag meant you had not come in peace.
B17 Even today, the rules the flying of flags on boats and
ships are often strictly enforced.
Ensigns should not be confused with flags used for signalling. With these flags, there is one flag for every number and letter of the alphabet and B18 each flag has an additional when used on its own.
[Ipoqumaùme
moccm c nponycpca.uu, OÕ03HaqeHHbL8tll Ho-uepa.uu A21-A28. 3mu H0.uepa
coomgemcmøyom aaÒCIHUfLVt A21-Ä28, 6 |
|
Tonya didn't know whether to laugh or cry. She certainly
knew she'd never been in a situation like this before, and hoped she never
would again. She also knew that the worst A21 She decided to go to the police first, Maybe, just maybe, someone had A23 in her bag or the thief had been caught. But how would she find the nearest police station? She'd have to ask someone. The man in the newsagent's was helpful and polite, which put a slight
smile back on Tonya's face, and she soon found herself talking to a police
officer in Marylebone Police Station. 'Thank goodness my English isn't bad.
At A24 The officer took down
her A25 When the officer returned, she saw from the expression on his face that
her worst fears had been realised. Now she really was in A26 'Please don't get upset,' he said
kindly. 'Every problem's got a solution. I'm not quite sure what yours is in
this A27 Three hours later, Tonya was sitting in a small room in the embassy.
From what she'd been told by the embassy staff, if the bag didn't turn up by
tonight, they'd have no choice but to put her on a plane back home. 'What a
complete A28 |
|
A21 1) result 2) reply 3) response 4) report
A22 1) robbed 2) stolen 3) burgled 4) mugged
A23 ) delivered 2) passed 3) found 4)
handed
A24 l) least 2) most 3) last 4) first
A25 1) facts 2) details 3) truth 4) reality
A26 l) problem 2) trouble 3) mess 4) crisis
A27 l) state 2) order 3) condition 4) case
A28 1) disaster 2)
destruction 3) damage 4) ruin
no B4-B18, A21-A28 HE 3AbYAbTE [IEPEHECTM CBOM OTBETb1 B WIAHK OTBETOB ! ObPATWTE BHMMÄHME, gyno omeenlbl Ha aaòaH1ffi B4-B18 u Ä21-Ä28 pacnoaauuomca 6 pa.3HbLr qacmŒl-r ÕJICIHKa. B4-B18 pacnoaoyceHb1 a HUYCHCÙ yacmu ÕaaH}€a. npu nepew»ce omewmot$ 6 3aÒaHUfLV B4-BI 8 õYK6bl aanucb16cuomc,q õea npoõev106 u BHCIKOB npenunaHlffl. |
169
omcemoe Ha CI, C2 ucnoabavúme WIAHK OTBETOB Ilpu .3aòcmuù CI u C2 ocoóoe anu.uanue oõpamume Ha mo, qmo eatUU omeembl õyòym 014é'HueambcF1 moJ1bKO no aanucnu, CðenaHHbLU e bJIAHKE OTBETOB v'V2. Htuca»cue aanucu qepH061Œa He õyðym yqumb16an1bcf1.9Kcnepmo.u.
|
You have 20 minutes to do this task.
This is part of a letter from Jenny, your English pen friend.
ever-forgotten to tv a party? / thiMk that's what's happendtv me.
Test 14 |
|
been invited. should/ say something to her? /just ignore it andnot invite her to my nextparty? Doyou think / shouldyo the pay" awway.2 Help!
Write back to Jenny answering her questions.
Write 100-140 words.
Remember the rules of letter writing.
You have 40 minutes to do this task.
Comment on the following statement.
A number ofpeople believe that pocket money teaches teenagers to be responsible with money. Others say that teenagers are too young to deal with money and that their parents should just buy them what they need.
Do you think that being given pocket money teaches teenagers anything? Write 200-250 words.
Use the following plan
1 Introduction (State the problem).
2 Express your opinion and give reasons for it.
3 Give other people's arguments and explain why they are wrong. 4 Conclusion.
Bbl nonyqume KapmotlKY, Ha R•omopoù npeòcmaaaeHb1 mpu .3aðaH11fi ðaa ycmHoeo omaema.• C3 — me.uamuqecycoe Jtonoaoeugecwoe Bblcwaabteauue, C4 — òuaaoe c lge.1b10 otIueHa cþcucmuqecK0ù tmcþop.ua«ueù, C5 — òua.aoe c lge.1b'0 oãut'Ha OIVHO¼HOÙ 11Hcþop.ua«ueú. OKOH¼CIHIW 6btž10.QHeHUH Kaycðo¿o aaðaHlffl onpeòeaaem 3K.3Œuenamop. Bo epe.u.q npoeeòeH11f1 .•moù qacmu 9K.3aateJ--ta uòem nocmom-lHafl aanucb Ha ayð110Kaccemy. |
3aaaHV151
3K3aMeHveMoro
STUDENT CARD
Task 1 (3—3.5 minutes) Give a 2-minute talk on mobile phones. Remember to say:
•
if you have a
mobile phone
•
what people use
mobile phones for when mobile phones are useful
• if mobile phones are ever annoying
You have to talk for 1.5—2 minutes. The teacher will listen until you have
finished. Then he/she will ask you some questions.
STUDENT CARD
Task 2 (1.5—2 minutes)
You are at a
pop concert. You want to buy an item of clothing as a souvenir. You want
something in bright colours, and the size must be medium.
Before making a decision, ask the sales assistant about:
• the clothing available
• what is printed on the clothing
• colours
• size
The teacher will play the part of the sales assistant and will speak first.
Remember to:
• be active and polite
• get all the information you need
• decide on which item of clothing to buy
STUDENT CARD
Task 3 (3—4 minutes)
You and a friend are planning to spend a week's holiday in a city about 1,000 kilometres away from where you live. You are deciding how to get there. Your friend has a driving licence but you do not. You can go by:
• hitchhiking
• bus • train
• plane
The teacher will play the part of your friend.
Remember to:
discuss all the options
take an active part in the conversation and be polite
• come up with ideas give good reasons
find out your friend's attitudes and take them into account
invite your friend to come up with
suggestions
come to an agreement
A Look at the first task on page 174. Match each of the statements A-F to one of the holidays below.
1 a holiday visiting a remote
Chinese village Statement
2 a holiday in a place that has
informative websites Statement
3 a climbing holiday in
4 a
driving holiday with a very detailed schedule Statement
5 a holiday in a country where
English is spoken Statemen
t
6 a
holiday relaxing by a swimming pool Statement
B Read the statements again and decide which, if any, are true for you. Explain why.
1 Yellowstone |
a a peninsula in Russia |
2 Wyoming — |
b an American state |
3 John Colter |
c a geyser |
4 Old Faithful — |
d a national park |
5 Kamchatka — |
e an explorer |
C Read the text on page 177 and
match.
3 There are hotels in the park.
4 In the , the wolf became extinct in the area.
5
![]() |
6
Yellowstone
National Park has visitors a vear.
E Read the text with questions B12-B18 on page ISO. For each gap, decide what kind of word (noun, adjective, etc) fills each gap.
B12
B13
B14
B15 B16
B17
BIS
F Complete the table. Include negative adjectives where appropriate.
verb |
noun |
adjective |
|
discover help appear |
friend nature taste |
capable |
|
|
2 Yellowstone became a national park in
D Read the text again and complete the sentences using some of the numbers in the box. You will not use all the numbers.
50 • 1806 • 60 • 1872 • 1930s • 3,000,000
9 • 3,470 • 311 • 1990s
1 You can see different kinds of bird in the park.
Section 4 Writing: second task
G Circle the correct word or phrase
to complete the composition. - Almost everyone these days has a mobilephone
andmany ofus be unable to (ire
without one. (I) However, there arepeople who argue that we not be awe to use mobile
phones whenever we like.
![]() |
extreme/' useful This is particular/' true when you need to contact svmevne analno ordinary phone is available. (3) For/ By example, ifyour car has broken down needassistance, having a mobilephone might mean thatyou Ho not have to (eave the car and walk a long way tv help. On the other (4) side / hand there are many situations when mobiles can causeproblems for otherpeople. //you are the cinema, (S) with / for instance, a mobile ringing can be extremely annoyiM¶. There are (6) also /as welltimes, sach (7) (ike /as in class at school, when it wouldbe disrespectful tv have a mobile switchedon. A (8) mere /further argument that is made against mobilephones is that they damage our health. Most scientists, (q) however/although, believe that this is not the case. To (10) conclusion /conc/ude, mobilephones make oar lives easier iM many ways. In my (Il) opinion / mind, there are occasions when using mobile is not appropriate and we always consider otherpeople before deciding whether to have ourphone switcheden vr Mat. (12) However /Although somepeople believe that mobiles are badfor our health, / (13) / personally de not accept that argument, (14) because /so / dc.' not think that be a reason for restricting their use. |
|
a
H Look at the Student Card for Task 2 on page 183. Write a word from the box in the correct form in each gap to complete these questions.
arrive be • cost • get • reach • take
I
What time
does the plane to Plymouth?
2
How much does the coach
3
Are there any
trains that
Plymouth before eleven o'clock?
4
Does the
trainin Plymouth before eleven o'clock? 5 How much
the plane fare?
6 Can I a coach to Plymouth from here?
I Rewrite sentences 1-3 in Exercise H beginning with
the words given. I Could you tell me
2 1 wonder if you could tell me
3 Do you know if
Bbl ycylbauume 5 6btCKC13bwaHUÙ. YcmaH06ume coom6emcn16ue Meycòy 6blCKa3b16ClHUfLUU KCIYCÒO?O eoeopauge¿o I — 5 u ymeepYòeHldH.uu, ÒaHHbLUU 6 cnucyce A — F. Mcnoabayùme Kaycðvyo õYK6V, oõ03Haqwougyo ymeepyðemte, moabK0 oÒt1'1 pa.3. B aaÒanuu ecmb auuutee ymaepycòenue. Bbl yc.lblluume .3anucb Ò6CIYCÒb1. 3Œecume ('6011 omgembl 6 maãauuy.
A. He likes to visit places that other tourists don't normally go to.
B. He prefers holidays that have been carefully planned. C. He finds it difficult to communicate when he is abroad.
Test 15 |
|
D. He likes holidays where he doesn't have to make many arrangements. E. He prefers to spend his holidays doing something active. F. He enjoys visiting places he knows something about.
FOBOP¶IIUIÏI |
1 2 |
3 |
4 5 |
|
|
YTBepxneHVte |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bbl ycablžuume paaeoeop
penopmepa c òupeycmopo.u .uyae.q. Onpeòeaume, KCIKtte 11.3
npueeÒëHHb1X ym€epycòeH11ù Al-A6
coomeemcnlßyom coòepycamuo meKcma (1), He coomgemcmayom (2) U O |
||||
Al Somebody has stolen a painting from the museum. I) BepHO 2) HeBepHO 3) B -reKCTe He CKt13aHO
A2 This is the first time something has been stolen from the museum. 1) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B •rewre He CKt13aHO
A3 The crime happened during the night.
1) BepH0 2) HeBePHO 3) B -reKCTe He CKa3aH0
A4 Two people were working at the museum when the crime happened.
l) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B •reKc•re He cKagaH0
A5 The museum is closed at the moment.
l) BepHO 2) HeBepHO 3) B TeKCTe He cKt13'dH0
A6 The police think they will probably catch the criminals.
I) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B •reKc•re He CKUŽIHO
Test 15
Bbl yc.lbltuurne unmep6bJ0 c me-aeou.3110HHbLM npomocepo.M. B 3aÒaH1dHX A7-A13 oõoeòume gucþpy I, 2 11.11/ 3, coonwemcmeyougyo 6b1t5paHH0.uy 6Œuu eapuawny omeema. Bbl yc./tbtluume aanucb
c)uaycòbl.
Liz says that she
1) works at a national TV channel.
2) runs her own video production business.
3) is employed to find production companies.
Liz explains that her main role is
to I) buy and sell TV programmes.
2) appear in and present TV programmes. 3) organise and plan TV programmes.
A9 Liz is involved in making I) game shows.
2) comedy shows.
3) a range of different shows.
AIO According to Liz, most TV producers
I) work their way up from other positions.
2) take training courses to learn the job.
3) start doing the job with very little
experience.
I) predicting what programmes will be popular.
2) dealing with difficult people on the shows,
3) working out the cost of a new programme.
A12 Liz believes that she knows what viewers want because she I) talks to
a lot of other TV producers, 2) conducts a lot of research. 3) watches a lot of television.
A13 Liz says that most people who watch her programmes 1) like learning new facts.
2) dream of appearing on them. 3) want to work in television.
110 Bl u Al-A13 HE 3AbYAbTE IIEPEHECTM CBOM OTBETb1 B Fv7AHK OTBETOB ! ObPATMTE BHMMAHME,
Limo Ha B], Al-A13 |
175
Test 15
YcmaHoaume
coomoemcmaue meM .4 — G mewma.u I — 6. 3Œecume caou omeenlbl B
maõau«y. Ifcno,lbavùme Kaycðyo õYK6Y moabK0
oÒun pa.3. B aaðanuu oðl-ta me.ua |
A. HOUSING SOLUTION B. TRANSPORT IMPROVEMENTS
c. SAFE AREAS
D. NATURAL REGIONS
E. MODERN ARCHITECTURE
F. PROTECTED HISTORY G. GENEROUS BUILDERS
1946 and 1970, 21 new towns were built in Britain. Town planners knew that the number Britain was going to increase and those people would need somewhere to live. Eight Of towns were built in the areas surrounding London and were designed to provide homes for population of the city. The others were built to provide accommodation in other areas numbers of people worked. More than two million people now live in new towns. of traffic on Britain's roads increased quickly after the Second World War. People knew system was not good enough for the increase, so motorways were built. These are large are designed to take a lot of heavy traffic, with three lanes in each direction. The first which today is part of the M6, opened in 1958. It was an immediate success and since have continued to make travelling by road faster. protect areas of countryside, a number of English towns have created what are known as Building within a green belt is very tightly controlled and the area is protected from developments. This helps to prevent towns from growing so much that they destroy the the surrounding areas. Since 1 955, 14 different green belts have been set up, covering of England. century Britain, many factory owners and other businessmen made large amounts of some cases, they decided to give something back to their community by providing money schools, libraries or hospitals. Many wealthy Victorians (as the people who lived under are called) felt it was their responsibility to provide places where the poor could learn their chances, or where they could get healthcare. A number of these buildings still 1960s, many British towns have created 'pedestrianised areas'. Cars are not allowed in and they are sometimes known as 'auto-free areas'. They enable people to shop on foot of being in an accident. Visitors to the town centre feel more comfortable and don't have traffic or worry about their children, as they would if cars were permitted. in Britain that are important might be added to a government list. These listed buildings special for archaeological reasons or they may be of historic interest. There are many on changing listed buildings in order to preserve their character. A number of churches, houses, castles and museums are listed so that future generations can enjoy them and can only change them after getting special permission. |
I Between of people these new the grcȊng where large 2
The amount that
the roads that motorway, then 3 In order to 'green belts'. housing beauty of about 12% 4 In nineteenth |
|
![]() |
road
money. In to build Queen Victoria and improve stand today.
5 Since the these areas without fear to avoid
6 Buildings may be restrictions large country the owners
No •reKcera |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
|
||
|
Test 15 |
|
||||||
[Ipoqumaùme ymeep.ycðeH14f1 1 — 6 u caeðyouguù aa HUMU moccm Ycmanoeume coomgemcmeue .ueycòy ymaepycðt'H11fLM11 u coc)epyccmueu me,tccma. Hanutuume Igucþpy I — ymeepycÒeHue eepHoe, u I'll(þpy O — ecau ymeepyòemue neeepHoe. 3Œtecume ceou omeembl 6 maõau«y.
I Yellowstone is named after the man who discovered it. 2 American Indians first heard about the area in 1806. 3 Another name for Yellowstone National Park is Old Faithful. 4 Yellowstone National Park is the only place on Earth where geysers exist. 5 It is possible to stay in a tent inside the park. 6 IVb/ves can be seen today in Yellowstone National Park. |
Yellowstone National Park is in the north-west corner of the American state of Wyoming. This national park covers an area of 3,470 square miles and its name comes from certain rocks that have a yellow colour because of the chemicals in them. It was explored by a man named John Colter in 1806, although native American Indians had known about the area for thousands of years. Yellowstone is famous for its geysers. These are hot springs that explode and send water and steam into the air. They occur when underground water meets hot rock far beneath the surface of the earth. The water boils and is forced back to the surface, where it explodes upwards. The most famous is called Old Faithful and it sends thousands of litres of boiling water into the air approximately once an hour. Gevsers are quite rare but can also be found in places such as the Kamchatka peninsula, Russia. About three million people visit the park each year, most either camping or staying in one of the park's nine hotels. Many of them enjoy picnics or walks through the park, where they might spot some of the 50 or so species of mammals and 311 species of birds. The park advises visitors to be verv careful and to remember that many of the larger wild animals, including bears, can be dangerous. Another potentially dangerous animal, the wolf, disappeared from the park in the 1930s. However, it was reintroduced in the 1990s in order to control the population of large animals, such as bison and elk, and is doing well. Since Yellowstone was made into a national park in 1872, many other national parks have been created to protect areas of natural beauty. |
|||||
1 2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Ipoqumaùme maccm u ßblnoamune ,3aÒaHllH A 14420, OÕ60ÒH gucþpy I, 2, 3 unu 4, coomaemcnlßyyougyo H0Mepy 6blÕpaHHO?O ea.uu gapuawna omgema.
Terry stood on deck as the ferry slowly arrived at the island. He watched the sailors throw ropes to their colleagues on shore and then looked up at the villages of small white houses that dotted the mountainside above the small town. He was planning a six-month stay, much longer than the few days or weeks that the noisy crowds of tourists around him were planning. He had given himself that long to write a novel and he was determined to succeed, whatever the temptations to enjoy himself might be. Leaving his life behind was just the thing he needed, he thought, and the island seemed to him to be the ideal place for it. He collected his things and made his way onto the concrete quay. He was immediately surrounded by local people, all rudely pushing each other out of the way to offer him a room that was guaranteed to be 'the cheapest in town', although he knew that they couldn't all be the cheapest. Terry politely shook his head and peered around for the Paradise Hotel and one 'Mrs Magda'. She had sounded quite intimidating on the phone, so when a young woman approached him and quietly asked in perfect English if he was Terry Snow, he wasn't sure how to respond. The woman smiled and said: 'Perhaps you were expecting my mother? I hope you are not disappointed.' 'N ... No, no. Not at all,' stammered Terry. She picked up one of his bags and they set off into the small town. She asked him about his stay and he told her that his plan was to stay a week at the hotel while he found more permanent accommodation. 'Six months is a long time to be on the island,' she said. 'You'll find it different in winter. Once, there was farming and fishing on the island but they've practically disappeared. Tourism is the only source of income and so few of the locals fancy sitting and watching winter come when the tourists leave. Almost all of them have second jobs on the mainland and the heart has been ripped out of the place.' 'And you?' Terry asked. 'I went away to the mainland for my education. Since I came back, I stay here all year round.' They stopped outside a hotel. It reminded Terry of an old woman who still managed to keep a certain air of dignity. It could do with a bit of paint and one of the letters in the name was missing, but it must have once been one of the most impressive buildings on the island. Terry began to wonder about its decline and what caused it but realised that the young woman was waiting for him to say something. 'I'm sorry,' he said. 'What did you say?' 'I asked you what you thought of the hotel.' She looked at it. 'Since Dad died, it hasn't been the same. Mum gets a few of the local men in to help out every now and then, but you never do as good a job when you're being paid as when it's an act of love, do you? And Dad loved that hotel. It was his gift to his grandchildren, he used to say.' Terry looked at the hotel again. He felt that he had come somewhere where buildings were much more than shelter. Each brick held a story ready to be unlocked and he felt inspired just by touching them. If he felt like that after such a short time, imagine what he might achieve in six months. 'Well, maybe I could help out a bit, while I'm here,' he said, excitedly. The young woman nodded and said, 'Maybe,' before leading the way into the cool interior of the hotel. |
Test 15 |
A14 Terry thinks the island looks
1) like it will be too noisy for him.
2) suitable for what he wants to do.
3) too far from the mainland for him.
4) so relaxing that he will never do any work.
A15 Terry rejects the offers of rooms because I) he has heard that it is easy to be cheated.
2) no one asks him politely to look at a room.
3) he has already booked somewhere.
4) he would rather find a hotel himself.
A16 Terry is surprised when the young woman speaks to him because 1) she was much less attractive than he had hoped.
2) her English is better in real life than on the phone.
3) he was expecting to meet someone different.
4) he thought he would have to find the hotel on his own.
A17 The young woman tells Terry that
I) traditional sources of money have become less important.
no ObPATMTE BHMMAHME,
qmo Ha B2, m u A14-A20 |
2) most local people are relieved when
the tourists finally go.
3) people complain about the effects of tourism on local industry. 4) sometimes tourists find work and decide to stay longer.
AIS It seems to Terry that the hotel
I) has never been an attractive building.
2) has had work done on it recently.
3) makes an impression on everyone who sees it. 4) used to be nicer than it is now.
A19 The young woman says that one problem is that
1) her mother can no longer afford to pay people to work on the hotel.
2) nobody in the area is willing to do this sort of work.
3) workmen are less careful when they don't own the building.
4) some people pretend to enjoy the work and then do it badly.
A20 Terry is excited by the idea of
I) finally doing some physical work instead of just writing.
2) getting ideas for his work from the things around him.
3) spending six months researching the history of the island. 4) building a house of his own on the island one day.
Test 15 |
|
![]() |
|
Tlpoqumaùme
moccm 3anoaHume nponycrcu 6 npeðaoyceHunx nor) HOJtepŒUU B4-B11
coomaemcmtgyotgu.&tu |
||||
|
|
||||
flpoqumaùme npu€eÒeHHb1Ú HilŽyce mewnz Ilpeoõpaayùme cnoea, HaneqamaHHb1e .3a?M6Hb1.M11 ÕYRBCLUU nocae HOMep06 B12-B18 maK, qmoÕbl OHU epŒuatamuqecKll u aeKC11tWCKU coomaemcmaoeaau coòepycamuo mcwcma. 361110JIHume nponycK11 PIOAVLIC'HHbLM11 CJ106Œuu. Ka.ycòblli nponyt'K coomaemcmeyem omðClbH0Jty aaòamuo 11.3 epynm,l B12-B18.
B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 1318 |
The This was because it had always
lived on an island where it had no The people
on the island didn't find the dodo |
DISCOVER CAPABLE FRIEND NATURE TASTE HELP APPEAR |
|||
|
Test 15 |
|
|||
|
|
||||
|
[Ipoqumaùme meKt•m c nponycKœ,tu, OÕO.3HaqeHHbL}tU H0Jtepa.uu A21-A28. 3mu 110Mepa coom6emcn16yom 3aÒaH11fLM A21-A28, 6 Kon10Pb1X npeòcma6aeHbl 60.3MOYCHble 6apuaHnlb1 omeemoa. Oõeeòume H0Mep 6blÕpaHHoeo eauu eapuawna omeema.
We take it for A21 In some languages, such as Russian and Greek, most
of the days of the week are named after their numerical position (first,
second, etc). However, in English the days A26 Saturday after the planet Saturn), but named others after their own gods. Tuesday is named after Tiw, the god of war, while Wednesday is the day of Odin (or Woden as he was also known), who was the A27 |
|
A21 1) granted 2) given 3) assumed 4) presumed
A22 1) obsessed 2) eager 3) keen 4) enthusiastic
![]() |
A24 1) up 2) out 3) off 4) on
A25 l) repeated 2) broadcast 3) shared 4)
spread
A26 l) give 2) have 3) make 4) take
A27 I) lead 2) chief 3) front 4) advance A28 I) condition 2) set 3) state 4) shape
170 B4-B18, Å21-A28 HE 3AbYAbTE TIEPEHECTU CBC)" OTBETb1 B IMAI-IK OTBETOB ! ObPATÞ[TE BHMMAHME, Ha B4-B18 U A21-A28 |
omeem06 Ha aaòaH11.q C], C2 ucnoabayùyne WIAHK OTBETOB ,hê2. Tlpu 6bl,'lOJtHeHUU aaòaHt1ù CI u C2 ocoõoe BHUJtaHUe ot;pamume Ha mo, Limo gaunt omaentbt õyòym OlßH116ambCH moa1bK0 no aanucf1.M, CÒœ1í1HHbLM e WIAHKE OTBETOB JE2. Huycaycue aanucu LtepH061uca He õvðym vqumbtganlbcg .9Kcnepm0JL .ganutuume ceoù omeem Ecau OÒHOÙ cmop0Hb1 Õaayuca Heòocmamot1H0, 6bl .uoyceme ucno.m,aoeantb c)pyeyo cmopo,yy atamca. |
You have 20 minutes to do this task.
![]() |
![]() |
Write back seen! Love, Jason |
|
Write back to Jason answering his questions.
Write 100-140 words.
Remember the rules of letter writing.
You have 40 minutes to do this task.
Comment on the following statement.
Many teenagers enjoy playing computer games. Some people, however, believe that teenagers should spend their free time doing more physical activities.
What can you say for and against teenagers Use the following plan playing computer games? I. Introduction (State the problem).
Write 200-250 words. 2. Arguments "for".
3.
Arguments
"against"
4. Conclusion.
Test 15 |
Bbl noayqume Kapmoçy, Ha Komopoú npeòcma6aeHb1 mpu aaÒaH11f1 ycmHo¿o omeema.• C3 — meatamuqeucoe MOHOaoeuqeCKOe 6b1CKa3blßanue, C4 — ()uaaoe c oÕ.ueHa (þwonutlecwoðl lŒcþOPMa«ueÙ, C5 — òuaaoe c oÕMeHa OlßHO¼HOÙ
UHØOP.MCII(IWÙI. OKOHqaH11e |
3aaaH11fl 3K3aMeHyeMoro
STUDENT CARD
Task 1 (3—3.5 minutes)
Give a 2-minute talk on your favourite place.
Remember to say:
• where your favourite place is
• how often you go there
• what you like to do there
• why it is your favourite
You have to talk for 1.5—2 minutes. The teacher will listen until you have finished. Then he/she will ask you some questions.
STUDENT CARD
Task 2 (1.5—2 minutes)
You are in a travel agent's in London. You want to travel to Plymouth tomorrow morning, arriving before Il am. You can pay £35 only.
![]() |
• the different means of transport available
The teacher will play the part of the travel agent and will speak first. Remember to:
• be active and polite
• get all the information you need
• decide on the best means of transport
STUDENT CARD
Task 3 (3—4 minutes)
It is your grandparents' wedding anniversary soon. You would like to organise a special event to celebrate. You and your cousin are discussing what you could do. You could:
• organise a party at home
• cook a special meal for them at home
• arrange a family barbecue
• arrange a weekend trip for them The teacher will play the part of your cousin.
Remember to:
• discuss all the options take an active part in the
conversation and be polite
come up with ideas
give good reasons
find out your friend's attitudes and take them into account
invite your friend to come up with
suggestions
come to an agreement
A Work in pairs or as a group to discuss the differences between living in a big city and living in the countryside.
B Make notes to complete the table.
life in the city |
life in the countryside |
noisy |
quiet |
C
Quickly
read the six short texts in the task on page 188. Write the name of the main
building each text is about. 1
4
2
5
3
![]() |
D Look at the headings A-G on page 188. Write a word from six of the headings in the correct form to complete the sentences.
1 is a place where something happens.
2 Bad weather can sometimes do a lot of
to buildings.
3 If something is , it is amazing.
4 The place where you are staying, such
as a hotel, is your
5 If something is small, you are surprised by how
small it is.
Section 3 Grammar and vocabulary: second task E Complete the table.
|
6 Something we don't understand is
F Quickly read the text with questions B12-B18 on page 192. Decide what kind of word fills each gap. I (B12) noun / adjective / adverb
2 (B13) noun / adjective / adverb
3 (B14) noun / adjective / adverb
4 (B15) noun / adjective / adverb
5 (B16) noun / adjective / adverb
6 (B17) noun / adjective / adverb
7 (B18) noun / adjective / adverb
G
![]() |
What kind of things do you argue with your best friend about? |
|
|
What did you argue about when you stopped talking to each other? |
||
What did you do about this problem? Was it successful? What should Christine do? |
|
|
H In pairs or as a group, discuss what
Christine should do.
Look at the Student Card for Task 2 on page 195. Tick the things you could say when the restaurant manager answers the phone. Put a cross next to the ones you should not say.
1 'Hello. I'm phoning to see if you have any tables available on Saturday night.'
2 'Hello. I call a restaurant to book a table for eight people on Saturday night, not after 8.30 pm.'
3 'Hello. I'm organising a birthday celebration for a friend of mine on Saturday night and I was wondering if you had any tables free.'
4 'Hello. I'd like to book a table for
Saturday night, if that's possible.'
5
'Hello. Eight
people, Saturday night, not after 8.30 pm, please.'
6 'Hello. Could you tell me if you have any tables available for this Saturday night?'
Decide if these statements are True (T) or False (F). If the manager offers you a table
1 for six to nine people, that is an acceptable size.
2 for four to six people, that is an acceptable size.
3 for 9 pm, that is an acceptable time.
4 for 8 pm, that is an acceptable time,
Bbl yc./tbauume 5 BblCKa3b1eaHUð1. YcmaH0611žne coomeemcmeue .ueyòy 6blCKa.3b16aHUEUll Kaycðoeo poaopmgeao 1 — 5 u ymcepycòeHunuu, ÒaHHbLUt1 6 cnucvce A — F. Mcnoa1b3Yùme 'caycòyo õycgy, oõ03Haqa1014Y'h0 ymeepycc)euue, mo.1bK0 oÒ11H pa.3. B aaòauuu ecmb oðHO auumee ym€sepowðeuue. Bbl yc.lbltuume aanucb ÒgaycÒbl. .3aHecume C60U omeembt 6 maâuugy.
Test 16 |
|
![]() |
FOBOPHLUVIJI |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 5 |
||
YTBepxaeH1te |
|
|
|
|
||
|
Bbl
ycJ1b11uume, õpam u cecmpa oõcyycðcuon4 qmo noðapumb
onugy Ha ðeHb powðeHIU1. Onpeòeaume, KCZKUe 11.3
npuaeòëHHb1wr ymgepycòenuù Al-A6 coomgemcmeyom
coòepycamuo mewcma (1 ), Kcucue He coomeemcmeyom (2) u o 6 mexcme He
cycaaaHO, mo ecnlb Ha OCH06CIHUU maccma neu1b.3fl òantb Hid
nonoycumeJ1bH020, HI/ Oõeeòume H0.uep BblÓPaHHO?O ea.uu gapuamna omeema. Bbl ycalbltuume aanucb ()6ClYCÒbl. |
|
||||
Al Last year, Paula and Greg bought their father a CD.
l) BepHO 2) HeBepHO 3) B •rewre He cwagaH0
A2 Paula and Greg can afford to spend £30 in total.
1) BepHO 2) HeBepH0 3) B -reKCTe He CKa3aH0
A3 Their dad's watch was given to him by his wife.
1) BepHO 2) HeBepH0 3) B rewre He cKtuaH0
A4 Greg and Paula think their father could look more fashionable.
1) BepH0 2)
HeBepH0 3) B •reKcere He CKa3'dH0
A5 They have enough money to buy something suitable for their father's computer.
1) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B •rewre He cwa3t1H0
A6 Greg and Paula will end up spending £20 in total.
1) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B •rewre He cwa3'dH0
Test 16 |
Bbl yc.lb'tuutne umnepßbžo c 1136ecn1H0ù nucameJ1bHlllßú. B 3aÒaH11fLr Ä7-Ä/3 oõceðume I'll(þpy I, 2 11.7113, coomeemcmeyougyo 6b1ÕpaHHOMY e,a.uu eapuawny omeema. Bbl yculbttuume aanUCb ÒaaycÒbl.
Catherine mainly gets inspiration for
her novels from 1) things that happen in her personal life.
2) unimportant news stories.
3) major events in the local area.
A8 The example of the shopping centre shows that, before writing, Catherine 1) interviews a lot of people.
2) does a lot of background research. 3) imagines a complete story.
Catherine says her characters
l) can be identified by the people they're based on.
2) are exact copies of people she has known. 3) are only loosely based on real people.
AIO Catherine is most likely to create a character based on a real person's 1) history.
2) appearance.
3) view of the world.
All There is a chance that
1) Catherine will give a talk about making films.
2) a company will buy the film rights to Fire At Dawn. 3) there will be a film version of Fire At Dawn.
A12 Catherine does not want
1) to be involved in making the film.
2) someone else to write the screenplay. 3) the plot to be altered in a major way.
A13 Catherine believes that
1) the stories in the book and film should be the same.
2) film and literature are extremely different media. 3) films based on books are usually annoying.
no Bl u Al-A13 HE 3AbYAbTE IIEPEHECTM CBOM OTBETb1 B WIÄHK OTBETOB ! ObPATMTE BHMMAHJIE, timo omeembl Ha 3aÒaH11H B], Å1-Å13 pacnoaa2ŒomcH B pa.3HbLt qacmax ÕaaHKa. Bl pacnoaoyceH0 6 HUYCHeÚ Ltacmu ÕaaHKa. Ilpu nepenoce omaem06 B aaòaH111d BI ÕVKßbl .3anucblucuomcn õe.3 npoõeaoa u npe'111HaHllH. |
Pa3aeJ1 Ilrrerme
YcmaH061tme coomeemcmaue meM A — G
meKcma.M 1 — 6. 3aHecume ('6011 omeembl e maõautgy.
Mcno.1b3Yùme Kaycòyo õYK6Y moabK0 oÒzut paa. B
.3aÒanuu omta me.ua |
A. INCREDIBLE COLLECTION
B. SERIOUSLY DAMAGED
c. MYSTERIOUS GIAMS
D. ENTERTAINMENT CENTRE
E. EXPENSIVE ACCOMMODATION
F. ANIMAL HELP
G. SURPRISINGLY LARGE
The (marble, in those is that Originally gallery in Mona paintings, together with we still agree on built. for many built the 1600s, bombs destroyed. of this appears. The 10 Prime in the music, but musicals and 2,700 |
I The Taj Mahal, the beautiful and impressive building in Agra, India, was built by Shah Jahan. building work started in 1630, and took 23 years to complete. It was built using materials crystal and other precious stones) from all over India and Asia. There were no cars or trains days, Of course, so how did they manage to carry the materials to the building site? The answer they used elephants - over a thousand of them.
|
Test 16 |
2
![]() |
3
The Great Pyramid is one of the largest buildings ever
constructed by humans. Although, the other pyramids at Giza, in Egypt, it is
one of the world's most popular tourist destinations, have an enormous amount
to learn about Egyptian pyramids. Scientists and academics cannot when the
pyramids were built, who built them, why they were built or indeed how they
were
4 Although there have been buildings on
the rock known as the Acropolis, in Athens, Greece, thousands of years, it is
the Parthenon which is the most famous building. The Parthenon was
between
447 and 438 BC. The building still exists today, but it is not in a good
condition. In the Parthenon was used to store explosives. During a war between
the Turks and the Venetians, fell on the building, causing it to explode.
Unfortunately, a large part of the building was
5 The
British Prime Minister lives and works at No. 10 Downing Street, in London.
Pictures building make it look rather narrow and small. In fact, the building
is much bigger than it reason for this is that there is a street behind Downing
Street called Horseguards Parade. No. Downing Street is joined to the big
building behind it on Horseguards Parade, giving the Minister plenty of space
for offices and an apartment.
6 The Sydney Opera House, in Sydney, Australia, is one of the most famous modern buildings world. It is a popular tourist attraction for people with no interest in opera or other forms of it is also highly respected for its artistic productions, which include plays, ballets, operas, concerts. Opened in 1973, the building has five theatres, the biggest of which seats approximately people.
Ne •reKCTa |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
||
|
Test 16 |
|
||||||
T7poqumaùme eonpocbl I — 6 u pacaaary yqetîHbtr ,rcypcoe A — G, OPUiHU.306ClHHbLr C)õugecmeeHHbtJt K.ayÕOJt eopoòa beòyopma. YcmaH0ßume coomaemcmeue .ue.ycòy eonpoca.uu u PC'KaŒUHblMll macc.•ma-ltu. B KCIYCÒO.U meKcme Bbl Haùðeme omeem moabK0 Ita oðllH aonpoc. B npugeòeHHoðl Hilo-re maõauue not) H0Jtepo.u eonpoca anutuume õYK6Y, coomæmcmeyoucy'ff) mcwcmy, 6 Komopoat ('tutu HaùòeH omaem B .3aòauuu oÒ11H meyccm atilUHUÚ.
1 is not held at Bedworth Community Centre? 2 requires that participants bring their own equipment? 3 gives participants the chance to take part in a competition? |
4 involves frequent trips away from the Community Centre? 5 limits the number of participants on the course? 6 is not for beginners? |
Bedworth Community Centre — Evening Classes
A Flower arranging
If you thought flower arranging was just putting flowers in a vase, think again! Come along and learn the many secrets of successful floral designs, Over this six-month course, we'll be working towards your entering the Bedworth and Chatam Flower Show. Who knows? Maybe you'll be a winner!
B French for holidaymakers
1 |
2 |
3 |
|
|
Have vou forgotten all the French you did at school? Here's your chance to start again, beginning with the absolute basics. By the end of the course, you should be able to read, write and speak enough French to have a successful holiday in France. Please note: classes are held at Bedworth Community College, next door to the Community Centre.
C French literature
This advanced course looks at some of the classics of French literature in their original language, including works by Flaubert, Dumas and Victor Hugo. A knowledge of French is required. Some written homework will be given.
D Digital photography
On this course, we start at the basics and work our way through to advanced digital photography. Areas covered include: getting to know your camera, taking great digital photos, saving photos on your PC and using software to edit and transform photographs. Please note: we assume you will be bringing your own digital camera with you. Digital cameras are not provided by the Community Centre.
Do you want to know more about the history of the Bedworth area? Now's your chance. Although we'll start every class at the Community Centre, we'll spend a lot of our time out and about in the local area, looking at some of the key landmarks and buildings, and learning more about the fascinating history that surrounds us.
F Pottery
Would you like to make your own vases, plates, mugs and bowls? We'll show you how. For beginners and experts alike, this course makes the most of Bedworth Community Centre's wonderful Ceramics Centre. All equipment is provided, but there is a small charge for all clay used.
G Making the most of the Internet
Have you never surfed the Internet before? Are you fed up with looking at the same few websites? Together, we'll explore many of the exciting things there are to find on the web. Please note: There are only ten PCs at the Community Centre. For this reason, the maximum number of people who can take part in this course is twentv.
Ilpoqumaùme mel-ccm u
6bt110JIHume aaðaHtlfl |
Ask a hundred comedians what the secret of good comedy is, and you're guaranteed that at least ninety-nine of them will come up with the same response: timing. Although this is undoubtedly true, it is not the complete answer, as what exactly good comedy is should, surely, involve the concept of making people laugh. Successful politicians also have to have good timing, but most of them would soon face an empty audience if they ever chose to perform at a comedy club.
So what is the secret of good comedy? There clearly isn't one straight answer, but there's no doubt that much of modern British humour relies on comedy through language, comedians like Charlie Chaplin and Benny Hill and present-day characters like Mr Bean being part of a different tradition of 'slapstick' comedy that relies on the physical rather than the verbal.
The joke is the most obvious example of 'language comedy'. With language comedy, how you phrase what you're saying — particularly the 'punchline', the final line of a joke that draws the laugh — is more important than what you're saying. Take this traditional double-act joke:
First man: I say, I say, I say. My wife's gone to the Caribbean.
Second man: Jamaica?
First man: No, she went of her own accord.
Ignoring the fact that it's not particularly funny to modern ears (if it ever was funny), at first sight it appears that the humour rests in the fact that 'Jamaica' is confused for 'D'you make her?', i.e. 'Did you make her go to the Caribbean?'. Try putting a different final line on the joke, though. 'No, she chose to go.' contains exactly the same meaning but, well, it's just not as funny, is it? It's all in the phrasing.
Test 16 |
![]() |
The second secret of comedy to my mind is characterisation. By this, I mean the creation of a character, or characters, by the comedian through which the jokes or stories are told. Comedy is acting and, like any play, a great script in the wrong hands can be a disaster and a terrible script in an expert's hands can be made into something quite special.
I remember as a child watching the comedian Peter Sellers being interviewed on the Parkinson show. Michael Parkinson, the studio audience, and my parents watching with me at home were crying with laughter at everything that Sellers did or said. I sat there thinking: 'He's just waving a handkerchief around. Nobody laughs when I do that. Why are they laughing at him?' I now know what I didn't know then — that he was a comic genius, and I'm not. And by that, I mean that he had the ability to create characters that people found genuinely funny, whatever they did. He could have sat there in silence and people would still have been laughing. And — let's be clear — even though Sellers was appearing on a chat show supposedly as himself, he was in character. As anyone who's read the biography of Peter Sellers by Roger Lewis knows, Sellers off-stage was an incredibly violent and difficult man.
So is it possible to learn to be a comedian, or is it just a natural talent? There may well be people who will never, ever succeed at being professional comedians however hard they try.
Very few of us will ever be an Einstein, Mozart or Shakespeare in our respective fields. However, all comedians will tell you that the more experience you get, the more experienced, and therefore the better, you become. And they're not joking.
A14 In the first paragraph, the writer suggests that politicians 1) often attempt humour in their speeches.
2) are only successful if they are funny.
3) are used to facing empty audiences.
4) are no good at making people laugh.
A15 According to the text, 'slapstick' comedy 1) does not make use of language to be funny.
2) is different to the comedy of Benny Hill.
3) is only found in modern British humour. 4) does not exist in Britain anymore.
A16 The writer tells the joke about Jamaica to
I)
demonstrate how many old jokes are not funny today. 2) explain why many jokes
need two people to tell them.
3) show how the actual words used in a joke are important. 4) point out that some jokes contain confusing phrases.
A17 Whether a comedy act is 'a disaster' or 'something quite special' depends on I) the quality of the script being performed.
2)
![]() |
3) how much the act is like a play.
4) which character tells which joke.
AIS Watching the Parkinson show, the writer did not understand why
l) Peter Sellers was doing the things he was doing.
2) nobody was laughing at him at that moment.
3) Peter Sellers was a comic genius and he wasn't.
4) everyone laughed at Sellers doing ordinary things.
A19 The writer mentions a book by Roger Lewis to
1) enable people to find out more information about Peter Sellers.
2) prove that he hadn't made up the story about Peter Sellers.
3) make it clear that Peter Sellers often played unpleasant characters. 4) emphasize that Peter Sellers was acting during the chat show.
A20 In the final paragraph, the writer makes the point that 1) none of us can learn to be good comedians.
2) all comedians' skills improve through practice.
3) it's not worth trying to become a professional comedian.
4) Einstein, Mozart and Shakespeare weren't comedians.
OTBETb1 B ObPATMTE BHMMAHME, utmo omeembt Ha aaðt1Hllfl B2, B3 u A14-A20 pacnoaazcnomcfi 6 pa.3Hbtr qacmfl-r ÕaaHKa. B2, B3 pacnoaoyceHb1 6 HUYHeÚ qacmu ÕaaH1€a. 17pu nepeHoce omeemoa g aaòaHum- 132, B3 õYKBb1 aanucblecuomcfl õea npoõeaoe u .3HC11COB npemmaH1iH. |
[7poqumaùme mexcm 3ano.mume nponycwu 6 npeòaoyeH11+Lr not) Ho-uepŒuu B4-BI I coomæmcmeyougu.uu cþopata.uu caoe, HaneqamaHHbtx .3aeaa6HblMU õYR6Œwu cnpaøa om KaycÒO?O npeòao.yceHlffi.
Test 16 |
B4 B5 The film first B6 It was an immediate success, B8 Titanic B9 In fact, the film BIO Most people who watch the film Bli I think it's the |
|
![]() |
[Ipoqumaùme npuaeòeHHblðl Hil.yce meyccm 17peoõpaayùme c.qoga, HaneqamaHHbte aaua6Hb1.uu ÕA'KBŒuu nocae H0.uepoß B 12-BI 8 maK, qmoõbl OHU epaM.uamuqecžcu u AC'KCULWCKU coont6emcmeoeaau coòepyaH11}0 meKcma. 3anoaHume nponycwu LIOayt1C'HHbLUU caogaatu. KaycÒbtÙ nponycK coomæmcmgyem omòeabH0MY' aaòamuo 14.3 ppynnbl B 12-1318.
17poqumaùme meKc•m c nponycxa.uu, OÕo.3HaqeHHb1At11 HOMepŒ1tU A21-A28. 3mu 110Mepa coomeemcmgv,tom .3aÒaHlfflJt A21-A28, 6 ,zcomopbLr npeòcma6JWHb1 60.3MO.YCHble Bapuaunlbl 0171601106. Oõaeòume Ho-uep 6b1ÕPaHHO?0 6Œuu gapuamna omeema.
Adam was struggling. It was his very first day at
school the next day, and his mother had bought him some new shoes for the A21
'I can't do it!' he shouted in desperation. 'Everyone at school's going to laugh at me.' 'No, they're not, Adam. Don't worry. A23 lots of them |
I don't know how to tie up their
shoelaces properly yet. Just A24 trying. Do you want me to show you again?'
Adam nodded.
![]() |
Adam picked up a lace in each hand. He crossed them, with the right lace going over the left, and pulled the right lace under the left and through.
'Excellent, Adam! That's the first A26
'Quiet, Mummy! You said you wouldn't say anything.' 'Sorry.'
He pulled the laces tight, and slowly A27 a loop with the left lace. Carefully, but slowly, he managed to make a perfect bow.
'You've done it!' shouted his mother. 'Now do the other shoe.' Adam did the other shoe perfectly.
In the next twenty minutes, Adam tied his laces another six times.
Finally he said: 'Mummy, now I know how to tie my shoes, why do I have to go to school tomorrow?
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
no B4-B18, Ä21-A28 HE 3AbY4bTE [IEPEHECT1f CBOM OTBETb1 B Fx7AHK OTBETOB ! ObPATMTE BHMMAHME, Ha
B4-B18 u A21-A28 |
Pa3aeJ1 TIUCbMO
omeernoe Ha aaÒaHlffl CI, C2 ucnoalbayùme E'7AHK OTBETOB õyòym otge"llßanlbcfl mo./1bK0 no aanucnu, CC)CQCIHHbLM e WIAHKE OTBETOB E2. Hillc•axtte aanucu qepH0ß11Ka He õyòym yqunlbleanlbc•fl .9KcnepmoM. aamuuume C60ù omeem Ecau OÒHOÙ cmop0Hbt tîqamca Heòocmamowto, 6b' .uoyceme ucnov7b30øamb òpyeyo cmopoHY õaamca. |
You have 20 minutes to do this task.
|
Test 16 |
![]() |
...be with Linda, ana'w/re each other. I'm really ever argue what argue about? What doyou thiMk / do tv become friends with Linda again? Haveyou ever been bf a similar situation ? What do? Write soon, Love, Christine |
|
Write back to Christine answering her questions.
Write 100-140 words.
Remember the rules of letter writing.
You have 40 minutes to do this task.
Comment on the following statement.
Some people believe that 'travel broadens the mind'. They believe that when you travel to other places, you experience new things and learn from
Other people, however, argue that most people who go on holiday to other countries just lie on a beach for two weeks and don 't experience the local culture at all.
Write 200-250 words.
Use the following plan
1. Introduction (State the problem).
2. Express your opinion and give reasons for it.
3. Give other people's arguments and explain why they are wrong.
4. Conclusion.
Pa3neJ1 IòBopežme
3aaamaq
|
STUDENT CARD
Task I (3—3.5 minutes)
Give a 2-minute talk on pets. Remember to say:
• whether you have a pet
• why people have pets
• which animals make good pets, and why
• which animals make bad pets, and why
You have to talk for 1.5—2 minutes. The teacher will listen until you have finished. Then he/she will ask you some questions.
STUDENT CARD
Task 2 (1.5—2 minutes)
You are organising a birthday celebration for a friend. You call a restaurant to book a table for eight people on Saturday night, before 8.30
pm.
Before making a decision, ask the restaurant manager about:
• availability of tables
• size of tables
•
time they are
available
•
location in the
restaurant
•
![]() |
Remember to:
• be active and polite
•
get all the
information you need decide on which table to book
STUDENT CARD
Task 3 (3—4 minutes)
You and a friend haven't done much exercise recently. You're both feeling unhealthy and want to get fit. You're discussing what to do. You can:
•
join a gym exercise at home
• go jogging/running
• take up tennis
• go swimming
The teacher will play the part of your friend.
Remember to:
discuss all the options
take an active part in the conversation and be polite
come up with ideas
give good reasons
find out your friend's attitudes and
take them into account
invite vour friend to come up with suggestions
come to an agreement
A Look at the task on page 199. Find words or phrases in the questions and answers that mean something similar to these words and phrases.
1 respects
2
TV programme
about real events or people
3
included as part
of a situation or event
4
general situation
something happens in
5
boring
6
equal owners of a
business
7
people who
provide products to a business
8
given a more
responsible job
B Complete these sentences using the words and phrases from Exercise A in the correct form.
I You have to look at what I said in and you'll see that I meant
something else.
2 After ten years as an assistant manager,
Simon was finally to manager.
3
Alice and Wendy
decided to become and set up their own clothing business,
4
1 saw a last night about the ancient
Egvptians and it was very interesting.
5
1 have alwavs my father for everything he's
achieved in his life. 6 Don't invite Michael to the party — he's so
7
![]() |
8 The head teacher called all the boys in the fight to his office, one by
one.
C Look at the task on page 200. Match each of the headings A-G to a description below.
The text with this heading will probably talk about ...
1
how doing
something wrong can cost a lot of money. Heading:
2
something that people don't like, but which is needed. Heading:
3
judging how
dangerous a situation is. Heading:
4
the latest things
that people think about. Heading:
5
someone who knows
a lot about their own area. Heading:
6
information about
future events. Heading:
7
accurate changes
from one language to another. Heading:
D Quickly read texts 1-6 and decide which one refers to each of the following things.
a earthquakes
b communication difficulties c danger in coal mines d where cars park e creating adverts f guiding a
means of transport
E Quickly read the first text on page 204 and answer these questions.
I In
which country is cricket sometimes called the national sport?
2
How many people
are there in a cricket team?
3
WIIich other
sport is a little like cricket?
4
What are Lord's
and Old Trafford?
5
Which country
started playing test cricket in 2000?
F Read the text again. For each gap in the text B4-BI I, decide if these statements are True (T) or False (F).
1 (B4) we need the plural of 'child'. TIF
2 (B5) We need the present progressive because this is happening now. TIF
3 (B6) We need a finite form, 'scores', to go with 'the side'. TIF
4 (B7) We need a superlative form ending in -est. TIF
5 (B8) We need the present perfect to refer to an action continuing up to now. TI F
6 (B9) We need the present simple because this is a current state. TIF
7 (BIO) We need a finite form, 'gives', to go with 'the name'. TIF
8 (Bll) We need to change the cardinal number into an ordinal number. TI F
G Read the first task on page 206 and look at these suggestions for ways of making new friends. Order them from 1 (best idea) to 6 (worst idea), according to how you feel about them. Then work in pairs to compare your lists. Do you agree?
• introduce yourself to everyone you meet
• invite people to play a game with you
•
talk to as many
people as you can
• try to find people with similar interests to you
• make sure you appear friendly and smile
• find people doing something and ask to join them
H Look at the Student Card for Task I on page 207. Make notes to complete the table.
members of my family what they do |
|
|
what we do together who I am close to and why |
||
Bbl yctJtb1tuume 5 BblCICC13b16cmuÙ. YcmaH06ume coomaemcmaue -Me.ycÒy 6b1CRí13b16a,tlUfLMU eowpmgeeo I — 5 u ymeepyc)thlffl.uu, ÒaHHbLUU 6 ChillCKe 14 — F. Ifcnoat.ayúme KaycÒy»o õYK6Y, ot503aaqaroucvro ytnaep.ycòcwue, moat'K0 oðurt paa. B Jaðartuu ecntb oðrto Jtuturtee yntøep.ycðertue. |
A. I feel more afraid of crime now than in the past. B. Crime in my area isn't as bad as the newspapers say.
C. I understand why some people commit crimes. D. My
neighbours work together to help prevent crime.
Test 17 |
![]() |
|
1 |
2 |
3 4 5 |
YTBepxaewe |
Bbl ycabltuume pageoeop c)eyx òpyaeù o npueomoenenu.qx K npaaòuut1H0MY eeqepy. Onpeòeaume,
KCIK11e 14.3 np11BeòëHHbLr ymgepycòeH11ñ Al-A6 coomaemcmgyw»m coòepycaHtoo moccma (1), KCIKUe He coomeemcmeyom (2) u o e meKcme He c,tcaacmo, mo ecntb Ha ocnoeanuu maccma He-Qb3H
c)anlb Hid nonoycume.QbH0?0, Hid ompuuamea1bH020 omaema (3). Oõaeòume HO.uep 6b1ÕpaHHO?0 6tv,tu aapuamna omeema. Bbl yc-Qb1žuume aanucb ðeaycÒb1.
Al The party is taking place at a friend's house.
I) BepHO 2) HeBepH0 3) B •rewre He cKt13'dH0
A2 All the invitations to the party have been sent out.
1) BCPHO 2) HeBepH0 3) B •rewre He CKa3aH0
A3 A restaurant is providing the food for the party. I) BepHO 2) HeBepHO 3) B TeKCTe He CKa3,iHO
A4 Ben is going to provide the music for the party.
1) BepHO 2) HeBepHO 3) B Tewre He cKa3•aH0
A5 Their friend, Helen, often reads fashion magazines.
l) BepH0 2)
HeBepH0 3) B •reKCTe He C'K',uaH0
A6 Ben and Nadine arrange to meet before the party.
l) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B TeKCTe He cKagaH0
Test 17 |
|
Bbl ycat,uuume ßblCR•a3bloaHUfl Jl*0òeù 6 ce.uu pa.3A11LIHb1.r cumya«uqx. On16emwne Ha gonpocbl no coc)epycamuo 6btCKU3b16aHUÙ, 6btõpa6 oÒllH 11.3 npeÒaoyceHHbLE gapuawnoe omeema. B aaÒaHllHX A7-Ä13 otî6eòume «ucþpy I, 2 ILIU 3, oõo.3HatlŒot«yo omeenu KomopblÙ ,tcaycemcn nauÕoaee eePHbtM. Bbl yc.lbltuume Ka.ycðoe BblCKa3blßaHue c)eayðbl.
A7 You will hear a woman talking about her job. How does she feel about her boss?
1) She admires him.
2) She is jealous of him. 3) She feels sorry for him.
A8 You will hear a man talking about a TV documentary. What did he think was missing from the programme? I) the opposite point of view
2) interviews with people involved
3) the historical context of the problem
A9 You will hear a boy talking about his favourite football team. What does he say about them?
I) They have achieved a lot recently.
2) They were a better team in the past.
3)
![]() |
AIO You will hear a woman describing an art gallery she visited. How did she feel about the gallery? I) She found it dull.
2) She found it interesting. 3) She found it tiring.
All You will hear a man talking about his business. Who does he have problems with?
l) his business partners 2) his suppliers
3) his customers
A12 You will hear an advertisement for a language course. Who is the course for?
1) people who don't know any of the language 2) people who already know some of the language
3) people who already know a lot of the language
A13 You will hear a woman talking about her home town. Why did she leave the town?
I) She went away to university.
2) She got bored with it.
3) She got promoted at work.
no ObPATMTE BHMMAHME, Limo omeenlbl Ha BI, Al-A13
pacnoaa¿Œomcn 6 paaHbLX qacmax (îqamca. BI pacnoaoyceH0 6
HilYCHeÙ qacmu ãaawca. Tlpu nepenoce omgemot3 6
3aòaHL111 BI õYKBb1 aanucbleayomcq t5ea npoõeaoa u
.3HŒC06 |
Ycmauoeume coomæmcmcue me.}t A — G meKc:ma.u 1 — 6. 3anecume
c6011 omaenlbl 6 |
A. CALCULATED RISKS B. NECESSARY ANNOYANCE
c. FASHIONABLE IDEAS
D. EXACT TRANSLATION
E. USEFUL PREDICTIONS
F. EXPENSIVE MISTAKES G. LOCAL KNOWLEDGE
I 2 3 4 |
If you are qualities. have to lead Although being they gather is people that an |
considering a career in advertising, you should ask vourself whether you have the necessary Advertisements tell people what is cool and what isn't. To be successful in advertising, you way and create advertisements with that in mind. Advertisers are the ones who come latest concepts and unless you can do that, then it might not be the career for you.
Ne Tewra TeMa |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
![]() |
stop and think about it, even drivers who find traffic wardens annoying usually need them to prevent the traffic system becoming chaotic.
think of a pilot as a person who flies a plane, but ships can also have pilots. Ships might the world and the captain cannot possibly know the details of every harbour or that they go to. A ship's pilot is a person who is very familiar with the local waters guide a ship to safety. They are aware of all the dangers in the area and advise the
a seismologist can involve long hours in an office or a laboratory, the information far from boring. Seismologists study earthquakes and they are sometimes able to warn earthquake is about to happen. Although it is not an exact science, these warnings can sometimes help people prepare. Even giving people a few minutes before the earthquake hits may well save lives.
5 Although the job of a coal miner can still be dangerous, it is much safer than it used to be. Today, the chances Of something going wrong are worked out very carefully and safety is extremely important. Mining companies will never be able to completely remove the element of danger, but the industry does everything it can to make sure that miners are as safe as possible. Miners are trained to judge how dangerous a situation might be and to take appropriate action to protect themselves and their colleagues.
6 When politicians from different countries get together, there is often another figure by their sides. If the politicians don't speak the same language, an interpreter makes sure that they are able to communicate. In such important meetings, it is essential that the message does not get changed along the way. Interpreters need to be extremely careful that what they say to one politician in one language is precisely what the other politician intended to say in their own language.
Tlpoqumaùme gonpocbl I — 6 u npoepaw,ty A — G paòuonepeòaq. YcmaHoeume coomeemcmcue Meycðy eonpoca.uu u
npoepa.&LM0ú paðuonepeðaq. B KCIYÒOM meKcme 6b/
Haùòeme onwem mŒ/1bK0 Ha oÒllH eonpoc. B
npueeòeHH0ù Huyce maõJtuge not) eonpoca entuuume
õ.VK6V, |
I gives its listeners the chance to win prizes? 4 never broadcasts advertisements?
2 broadcasts drama as well as music? 5 specialises in one kind of music? 3 is the most popular in the local area? 6 has recently won something?
A It could be the celebrity interviews or it could be the listener phone-in shows. Whatever it is that has made Cool FM the station with the most listeners in the region, star DJ Zoe Connors is determined to continue the tradition. Join her every weekday morning from 8 till 12.
B Radio Jukebox is the station where the listeners get to choose all the tracks. Simplv phone in with vour request and it's sure to be played that dav. From unknown singers to award-winning bands, Radio jukebox will plav any song you ask them to. If there's nothing particular you want to hear, then just sit back and enjoy other listeners' choices.
been received you all your music |
|
C
![]() |
D If you're interested in classical music, Lvric Radio has it all. From Beethoven to Tchaikovsky, favourite composers can be heard on Lyric. Lyric only plavs classical music, although it also broadcasts interesting interviews with conductors and musicians. For dramatic symphonies or to relax to, vou can count on Lyric.
E Majestic FM has a very simple philosophy: give the listeners what they want. And they're sure that you want great music. There are no commercials at all and no DJs between the songs, so it's music all the way. The only interruption is traffic news, so Majestic FM might be the ideal station for musicloving drivers.
F
Whether you're looking for a good radio play or the latest
chart hits, Radio Paradise is a station you're sure to enjoy. During the day,
all the latest music will keep you tapping your feet, while in the evenings the
station switches to talk shows and original plays. It might just be the only
radio station you need.
G With reports on the hour every hour, Rocket Radio will keep you informed about what's happening, but the station is much more than just a great source of news. The music selection has something for everyone and you can enter fantastic competitions every day. With an excellent team of DJs, Rocket is the favourite station of thousands of local people.
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Test 17 |
![]() |
|
Tlpoqumaùme meKcm u Bbl'10JIHume .3aÒClHllfl A14-A20, Igucþpy 1, 2, 3 coorneemcmgyougyo H0Jtepy 6blÕPaHHO?0 6Œuu 6apua,Ltma omoema. |
4, |
|
It was the day the exam results were to be published. I tried to put off going to school and joining the excited crowd of students for as long as possible, but eventually my mum's glances at the clock became too much and I reluctantly picked my coat up and set off. As I slowly walked, my stomach turning over with anxiety, I could picture the others, gathering around the noticeboard that announced the passes that would make such a difference to their lives. It had all seemed quite different six months before. I had never been exactly a model student, but I had always managed to more or less keep up through a combination of quick thinking and last-minute work. Then Davina had come into my life and academically things had definitely started to get worse. Suddenly, there was an interesting, confident, funny friend to spend my time with and my books just gathered dust on my desk. Essays and projects got later and later, while my social life improved to the point where my mum felt that she had to take action. Realising that a direct command was unlikely to work, she tried to reason with me. The problem was that arguments about future careers and opportunities were much less persuasive than the next party or the next evening out. Although we never had a row about it, I could see that she was disappointed and concerned. The exams themselves had come and gone. All I remembered about them now as I went through the school gates was a feeling that half the questions were about things that we hadn't done in class. The way the people around me in the exam room filled page after page with answers proved, though, that they didn't share that feeling. While they excitedly left the room asking each other what answer they had put for each question, I quickly disappeared before anyone could ask me. Some of those same faces crowded around the noticeboard as I approached, most of them with an expression of relief. 'Rose!' It was Mrs Black, our English teacher. In spite of all the missed work, Mrs Black had supported me and done her best to prepare me for the exam, even offering to have extra lessons with me and a few of the others. Although I hadn't taken her up on the offer, I was thankful that she hadn't given up on me like some of the other teachers had. I smiled at her. 'Have you seen the results yet?' she asked and I shook my head. She glanced at the noticeboard. 'Well, when you have, if you want to talk about your options, or anything else, then you know where to find me.' She smiled and walked off in the direction of the staff room. I stepped up to the noticeboard. I scanned the list of names and almost called Mrs Black back when I couldn't find my own amongst them. It wasn't long before I realised that there was more than one list and I was soon looking at my own name, followed by a short list of subjects and grades. My heart sank as I read and realised that it was even more extreme than I had expected. I was conscious of the people around me looking at me and I put on a mask of indifference, even though inside I was desperate to shout out that there must have been a mistake. I was just about to turn away from the noticeboard when I realised I hadn't checked Davina's grades. At least I wouldn't be alone in my misery, I thought, I found her name quickly. My jaw dropped as I read along a string of As and Bs. |
|
||
A14 Before visiting the school to get her results, Rose 1) waits to build up the excitement.
2) delays going until she has to.
3) worries that she might be late.
4) feels that she might be getting ill.
A15 Rose says that before meeting Davina she had 1) never realised how important schoolwork was.
2) considered trying to become a model.
3) done better at school than she did afterwards. 4) put a lot of effort into her studies.
Rose's mum became worried about her and
1) pointed out the advantages of doing well at school.
2) prevented Rose from seeing Davina so often. 3) offered to help Rose finish her work on time. 4) told her to leave school and get a job.
A17 Rose suggests that the others taking the exams
1) didn't realise that there was a problem with the exam paper.
2)
![]() |
3) wanted to copy her answers to the exam questions. 4) were better prepared for the exam than she was.
AIS Rose is grateful to Mrs Black because
I) the extra lessons made a big difference.
2) she continued to believe that Rose could do well.
3) she never insisted on Rose doing her homework. 4) the work in her
lessons was quite easy.
A19 When Rose looks at the noticeboard, she
I) realises that her name is in the wrong place.
2) can't believe how good her results are.
3) tries to hide her feelings from
those around her.
4) realises spending time with Davina was a mistake.
A20 Rose expects Davina's results to be I) similar to hers.
2) much worse than hers.
3) slightly better than hers.
4) much better than hers.
no B2, m u A14-Ä20 HE .3AbYAbTE 17EPEHECTM CBOM OTBETb1 B WIAHK OTBETOB ! ObPATMTE BHMMAHME,
Ha B2, 133 u A14-A20 |
17poqumaùme meR•cm 3anamume nponycK11
npeòao.yceHum• noò H0JtepŒuu B4-BI I coomeemcmayougu.}tu
cþop.ua.$tu 0106, HaneqamaHHb1.v |
Ilpoqumaùme
npueeòeHHb1ù Hitye meccm [Ipeoõpaavùme c:aoaa,
naneqamaHHble atl?aa6HbL1t11 t5VKaaJt11 nocae H0Jtepoa B 12-1318 ma,ç,
qmoõbl OHU apa.u.»tamuqecKll u |
In Britain, the AA (or Automobile Association) has been providing
B12 to drivers for over 100 years. ASSIST
Test 17 |
![]() |
BIS helping drivers who have had an accident or whose cars FORTUNE
B16 have broken down. They also try to persuade the to GOVERN introduce new laws to help drivers and which they think will improve
B17 road For example, the AA were in favour of the 1983 SAFE
BIS law which made it to drive without a seatbelt. LEGAL
Test 17 |
|
Tlpoqumaåme mexcm c nponycwa.M11, oõo,3HaqeHHbLVtu HOJtepa.'.ttt A21-A28. 3mu H0Jtepa coomaemcmeyom aaòt1H11fLM A21-A28, B Komopbl.r npeðcma6aeHb1 603.MOYCHblC eapuanmbl 0/11607106. Oõaeòume Ho-uep 6b1ÕpaHH0?0 6Œuu aapuawna omøema.
inside. She was writing for to go and see remembering the |
A moment after Ruth knocked on the door, Dr Johansson opened it and led her excitedly had called him the day before to A21 a few facts for an article she the newspaper — Dr Johansson was a leading expert in physics — and he had invited her his latest experiment. At first, she had tried to A22 out of it, hours of physics lessons she had sat through at school. However, he had insisted
A23 seeing her, saying that she wouldn't
regret it. As they walked into the laboratory, Ruth wondered exactly what she
was letting herself in for. A cat sat on a workbench. It opened one eye lazily
and looked at her. There was a black box connected to a computer and another
black box on the other side of the room.
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
Ruth smiled politely. It sounded like a bad film script and she was quickly A25 to the conclusion that he was slightly mad. Dr Johansson must have sensed her disbelief.
'Ah, I see you are not sure. That is natural. However, A26 you have seen my invention, you will have no doubts.' He pushed a couple of buttons and a low hum filled the room. 'I have been A27 experiments on this for three years, and finally I have succeeded.' 'Experiments on what?' asked Ruth. Dr Johansson picked up the cat and placed it in the black box, closing the lid gently. He stood Ruth next to the other black box.
'The transportation of a living creature!' Dr Johansson said triumphantly, and he pressed a final button. There was a spark of electricity in the air. He opened the box and the cat had disappeared,
'You ... you've killed it!' Ruth shouted. Dr Johansson smiled and pointed to the black box next to her. He A28 her to look inside. She slowly lifted the lid. The cat looked up at her as if it was used to this kind of treatment, then closed its eyes and settled down for a nap.
A21 |
1) control |
2) check |
3) try |
4) measure |
|
A22 |
I) come |
2) do |
3) get |
4)
put |
|
A23 |
1) on |
2) with |
3) for |
4) in |
|
A24 |
l) talk |
2) speech |
3) tongue |
4) accent |
|
A25 |
1) arriving |
2) reaching |
3) finding |
4) coming |
|
A26 |
1) while |
2) whenever |
3) once |
4) then |
|
A27 |
1) conducting |
2) carrying |
3) acting |
4) making |
|
A28 |
1) spoke |
2) told |
3) said |
4) talked |
|
no B4-B18, A21-A28 HE 3AbYUbTE TIEPEHECTM CBOM OTBETb1 B OTBETOB Ml ! pa.3Hb1-r qacmn.r tîQt1HKa. B4-B18 pacnoao.yeHb1 6 HUYCHC'Ú qacmu (llamca. Ilpu omaemoa 6 3CIÒt1H11fLr B4-B18 tîVKßb1 Janucb1ߌomc,q õe.3 npoõeat)ß 11 .3HUKOB |
TIPI/ BbÜIOJIH"HUU aaðamtù CI u C2 ocoõoe BHUJta,t1Ue oõpamume Ha mo, timo aatuu omaenlbl õyòvm ogenuaantbcft movQbK0 no aanucRM, CÒeaaHHbLM B WIAHKE OTBETOB M2. 1-111KaK11e aanucu qePH0611Ka He õyÒym yqumb16amt-,c5t .9Kcnepmo.u. aamuuume cooù omeem ECJlld OÒHOÙ cm0P0Hbl õaan,tca HeðocmamottH0, 6bl Atoyceme ucnoabaouantb ()pyeyo cmopony ã'tamca. |
You have 20 minutes to do this task.
Test 17 |
![]() |
Write 100-140 words.
Remember the rules of letter writing.
You have 40 minutes to do this task.
Comment on the following statement.
Many people believe that producing a school magazine allows pupils to be creative and teaches them many skills. Others disagree and say that producing a school magazine is a waste of time when pupils
have important schoolwork to do.
What can you say for and against pupils producing a school magazine? Write 200-250 words.
Use the following plan I. Introduction (State the problem).
2. Arguments "for".
3. Arguments "against".
4. Conclusion.
Pa3AeJ1 roBoperute
3anaH11¶
|
STUDENT CARD
Task I (3—3.5 minutes)
Give a 2-minute talk on your family.
Remember to say:
who is in your family
• what they do
• what things you like to do together
• who you are close to in your family, and why
You have to talk for 1.5—2 minutes. The teacher will listen until you have finished. Then he/she will ask you some questions.
STUDENT CARD
Task 2 (1.5—2 minutes)
You are visiting a town. You are In the tourist information centre in the centre of town and you have two hours to visit a local attraction. You are interested in local history but you do not want to spend more than £10.
Before making a decision, ask the tourist information guide about:
• time to visit them
• the cost
![]() |
Remember to:
be active and polite
• get all the information you need
• decide on which attraction to visit
STUDENT CARD
Task 3 (3—4 minutes)
It is the
final weekend of the summer holiday. You and your friend want to do something
with your other friends and you are discussing what you can do. You can:
•
have a picnic go cycling
• watch TV
• organise a party
The teacher will play the part of your friend.
Remember to:
discuss all the
options
take an active part in the
conversation and be polite
come up with ideas
give good reasons
find out your friend's attitudes and
take them into account
invite your friend to come up with suggestions
come to an agreement
Test 18 |
A Listen to these extracts from the second task on page 210. As you listen, circle the phrase or number you hear. 1 £15 / £50
2 £10 / lop
3 10 am/ 10 pm
4 6 am / 6 pm
5 3 km/h / 3 mph
7 2.4 / 24
8 20 / 22 9 £75 / £0.75p
10 £14 £15
B Choose one of the numbers or phrases from Exercise A. Say it to the class. Everyone else must write down the number or phrase you said.
c Quickly read the text on page 214 and make notes to answer the questions.
1
Which new word
does the writer mention?
2
What do the
letters of this word stand for?
3
What might be
built in the writer's village?
4
Does the writer
want it to be built?
5
Do most of the
villagers agree with the writer?
D Find words and phrases in the text
which have a similar meaning to these words and phrases.
I unable to be stopped (paragraph I)
2 welcomed (paragraph 2)
3 affect in a bad way (paragraph 3)
4 worth mentioning (paragraph 4)
6 supported (paragraph 6)
7 very important (paragraph 7)
Section 3 Grammar and vocabulary:
E Read the task with questions B4-B11 on page 216 and answer the questions.
1 (B4) Who did the developing?
people I mobile phones
2 (B5) When are we talking about?
now I the past
3 (B6) Which tense do we use for general truths, and regular habits, in the past? past simple I past progressive
4 (B7) Which word or phrase helps us decide which tense we need?
Since I were introduced
5 (B8) When is this talking about?
note and generally I the past
6 (B9) Do any of these fit the gap: 'be',
08 |
'was', 'to be', 'are', 'been'? yes I no
7
(BIO) When is this talking
about? now I the past
8 (Bl 1) Which of these do we often use to talk about the future? bare infinitive I will + bare infinitive
F Note down as many different types of housework that you can think of.
H Look at the Student Card for Task 3 on page 219. Make notes to complete the table. Try to think of at least one point for each box.
G Read the first task on page 218. Work in pairs or as a group to discuss these questions.
1 How much housework do you have to do each day?
2 What kind of things do you have to do?
3 Is it fair that Martin has to do a lot of housework?
4 What should Martin do about his situation?
|
reasons why it's a good idea |
reasons why it's bad idea |
more swimming more sunbathing beach volleyball ice cream at a café hire small boat |
|
|
I Work in pairs or as a group to
discuss your reasons. If other people have come up with reasons you hadn't thought
of, add them to your notes in Exercise H.
09
Test 18
Раздел Аудирование
Вы услышите 5 высказываний. Установите соответствие межДу высказываниями кажДого говорящего 1 — 5 и утвержДенижищ Данными в списке А — Е Используйте калсДую букву, обозначающую утверждение, только один раз. В заДании есть одно лишнее утвержДение. Вы услышите запись Дважды. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу.
А. I couldn't survive without ту саг. В. try to use ту car as little as possible.
С. Parking а саг isn't as easy as people think.
1). occasionally decide not to use ту car.
Е. I'm thinking of buying а new саг. Е I've never had ту 0'vvn саг.
Вы услышите разговор двух друзей об организации благотворительного вечера. Определите, какие из привеДённьп• утвержДений А1-А6 соответствуют содержанию текста (1), какие не соответствуют (2) и о чём в тексте не сказано, то есть на основании текста нельзя Дать ни положительного, ни отрицательного ответа (З). ОбвеДите номер выбранного вами варианта ответа. Вы услышите запись ДВа.ЖДЫ.
ВоЬ has had а number of medical
problems.
1) верно 2) неверно З) в тексте не сказано
А2 ВоЬ ofTers to give Angela $0 to help her charity.
1) верно 2) неверно З) в тексте не сказано
АЗ Ange1a wants ВоЬ to give her some топеу for each hour she walks. 1) верно 2) неверно З) в тексте не сказано
А4 ВоЬ thinks that Angela will walk 24 miles.
1) верно 2) неверно З) в тексте не сказано
А5 ВоЬ тау have to give Angela more
топеу than he imagines. 1) верно 2) неверно З) в тексте не сказано
Аб ВоЬ often goes to the town centre оп Sunday.
1) верно 2) неверно З) в тексте не сказано
Test 18 |
|
Bbl ycabttuume, KUK aoõõu paccnpatuuaaem onnga o paõome. B 3aðaH1141-r A7-A/3 oÕoeòume I'll(þpy I, 2 3, coomoemcmayougyo 6b1tîPCIHHOMY acv,tu gapua,qmy omoema. Bbl ycabltuume aanucb òeaycðbt.
When Debbie's father tells her to 'Fire away!' , he means she
1) should not disturb him at that time.
2) must put something away first. 3) can ask him lots of questions.
AS Debbie's father suggests that
I) he has no control over what his job is called.
2) his job title changes every time he is promoted. 3) he is allowed to create his own job title.
Debbie's father runs a team of people who
l) manufacture a certain product. 2) promote the company's products. 3) build various public buildings.
AIO According to Debbie's father, marketing at his company involves I) past, current and future products.
2) current and future products only. 3) future products only.
All Debbie's father spends most of a typical day I) driving around the country.
2) sitting down in an office. 3) visiting customers.
A12 He feels that the meetings he has 1) often create problems.
2) are often enjoyable. 3) are often boring.
A13 Debbie's father suggests he's different to other people at work in that he 1) doesn't get angry in meetings.
2) is respected by everyone else.
3) enjoys watching people get annoyed.
no Bl u HE 3AbYJ1bTE IIEPEHECTM OTBETb1 B WIAHK OTBETOB ! ObPATMTE BHMMAHME, qmo on16embl Ha aaÒClHldfl B I, Al-A13 pacnoaazcuomcH 6 pa.3Hb1X qacm.qx Õaamca. BI pacnoaoyceH0 6 HUYHeÙ qacmu ÕaaHKa. Ilpu nepe,qoce omcen106 6 aaòamqu Bl õYK6b1 aanucb1BŒomc51 õe.3 npoõeaoa u .31-taK06 npenllHŒlHlffl. |
211
Ycmcmoeume coon16emcmeue me-M A — G moccma.M 1 — 6. 3aHecume c6011 ome,embt 6 maâuugy. Mcno.ÆbJYùme Kaycòyo õ_VK6Y moabK0 oÒt1H paa. B 3aòa1tuu me.ua attu1H5151.
A. HARD WORK
B. POWERFUL PRODUCTS
c. CHEAPER ALTERNATIVES
D. DIFFERENT STYLES
F. FASHION ADVICE G. SPECIAL SIZES
1 2 3 |
Not that long ago, men were often hair was tidy, or were criticised for quite normal for men to care about even consider men who don't take Do you watch fashion models walking think: 'I'll never be able to afford stores these days stock clothes that shows only a few months ago. The wearing may be ten times more The thing about fashion is that it fashion, and then go out of fashion. |
accused of being
vain when thev looked in a mirror to see if their putting moisturising creams
on their face. Today, however, it's their appearance as much as women do. Some
people would pride in how they dress and look to be old-fashioned!
![]() |
changes. If it didn't, it wouldn't be fashion! Things come into
Take jeans. In the 1970s, people wore jeans which were tight around the waist but became wider and wider towards the foot. This fashion of flared trousers had disappeared completely by the early 1980s and didn't reappear until the 1990s.
4 Go into any supermarket or chemist and you'll see row upon row of gels, creams and mousses for your hair. Some are for women, some are for men and some are for children. What most of them have in common nowadays is that thev claim to be extremely strong. The companies that produce them say in their advertisements that they keep your hair styled in the way that you want it for hours and hours, often even if you get your hair wet.
5 Most clothes shops and shoe shops stock products for the average customer. For most of us, this isn't a big problem. If we buy a pair of jeans that are too long, we can get them taken up. For some people, however, it is difficult to find clothes and shoes in the high street that fit. So what should you do if you have extremely big feet, or are particularly large or small? Thankfully, there are a number Of shops, catalogues and websites that make and sell shoes and clothes specifically for people who do not have average bodies.
6 Although many teenage boys and girls dream of being models, the job isn't as glamorous or easy as it sounds. If you're on a fashion shoot, you may have to get there at five o'clock in the morning. You'll spend several hours getting your make-up put on and being dressed in the right clothes, and then several more hours posing for photographs, It can be tiring and boring and you might not be able to have anything to eat all day. Being a model is also stressful, as you never know whether you'll be offered work the next day, and you always have to look your best.
Ne •reKc-ra Tesla |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
|||
|
Test 18 |
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||||
|
|
||||||||
|
Ilpoqumaúme ym6epYòeH11H I — 6 u caeðyougue aa HII.UU meyccmbl. YcmaH0B1tme coomaemcmeue .ueycðy ym6ep.ycòeHlffiJf11 u coðepyct1Hueat muccmoe. Hanutuume I'll(þpy 1 — ecau ymeep.ycÒeH1te gepnoe, u gucþpy O — ecnu ymuepycòenue neøepnoe. 3aHecume ceou omeenlbl 6 maûuugy.
|
To do a simple calculation, a calculator was better than a microcomputer. People with different home computers could easily share their games, People with home computers spent most of their time playing games on them. Laptops are smaller and lighter than notebook computers. Five years ago, most PCs had less power than most laptops do nowadays. It is still a major problem for the owner if a laptop does not come with a CD-ROM drive. |
PCs, or personal computers, are a part of our lives. In the late 1970s, when computers entered people's homes for the first time, PCs didn't exist. Back then, computers for the home were usually called 'microcomputers'. Initially, many people didn't understand what they were for, because it was more difficult to do a simple calculation on a microcomputer than it was on a calculator! By the early 1980s, computers for the home began to be called 'home computers'. There were manv different models, made by different companies. Software such as games for one home computer rarely worked on a home computer made by a different company. Home computers had far less power and memory than computers today, so what you could do on them was extremely limited. In fact, people spent much more time writing simple programs for their home computer than they did using their computer for the kind of things we use computers for today: writing documents and playing games. Of course, the Internet didn't exist back then, so computers weren't used to send e-mails or look at websites. Laptops, or notebook computers as they are also known, have become smaller and lighter in recent years. This is important, because the main point of laptops is that they are portable. The smaller and lighter they are, the easier they are to carry. However, as PCs have become more powerful in terms of memory, so have laptops. Laptops today are far more powerful than PCs were only five years ago. So what are the disadvantages of laptops? One disadvantage is the kevboard. Because of a laptop's size, its kevboard is often more difficult to type on than a regular keyboard. The screen is often quite small, too. To save weight and space, some laptops do not come with a CD-ROM drive. Although this was a major disadvantage a few years ago, the invention of memory sticks, which serve the same purpose as CD-ROMs, has basically solved that problem. |
|||||
1 |
2 |
3 |
|
5 |
6 |
||
|
|
|
|
||||
Test 18 |
|
||||||
Ilpoqumaùme u 6btnomtume aaòamut A14-A20, Illi(þpy 1, 2, 3 11.711 4, coomcemcmeyougyo Hovuepy Bb16paHH0?0 ea.uu eapucutma omeema.
New words are invented all the time. I know that, and I know it's inevitable. For my part, and perhaps this is because I'm an old man now, I tend to think we've got enough words already and if we only used them properly we wouldn't need to come up with new ones. There is a fairly new word, though, which I heard for the first time only a year or two ago. I believe it's American in origin, which makes it all the more surprising that I've added it to my vocabulary. And, I must point out, it's not unwillingly that I've accepted and embraced it. I honestly cannot imagine how I got through eighty-two years of life without it. Looking back, I can see occasion after occasion where the word would have been useful, where its existence might actually have changed things for the better, because to define something is to understand it, and be able to change it. The word is: nimby. For those of you who are still unaware of this word, let me explain. A nimby is a person who does not want something such as a new building or road built near where they live. It's not that they can't see the value of the building project; often they can. They just want it built somewhere else — somewhere that won't disturb their peace and quiet at home. If you have an interest in language, you may like to know that nimby is an acronym, its letters being formed from the first letters of the words 'Not In My Back Yard'. I have lived in the same small village in Sussex (population: 2,500) for over 30 years. I had always thought I was surrounded by neighbours, friends and fellow lovers of rural life. Now I have discovered I am surrounded — with a few notable exceptions — by nimbys (or 'nimbies', opinion seems to be divided on the plural). The village is at war with itself, and, unfortunately, the nimbys are winning. A few of us are fighting them, though, and I am confident that we shall win eventually. The war is over a proposed new community centre. I see it — as any sensible person should as a much-needed addition to the village. It would be a place for the youth of the village to meet at night and would, frankly, help keep them out of trouble. It would be a place for pensioners like me to go for a coffee and chat in the mornings. It would have meeting rooms, a café, sports facilities, a small stage for performances, even a gym. It would create jobs. How could anyone oppose it? But of course for nimbys, the issue is not that the village doesn't need a community centre. I think I'm right in saying that every single one of them supports the concept in principle. They just don't want it next to their house. There are four possible sites. This means there are four groups of nimbys. Each group wants the centre to be built in one of the three sites that are not near their own houses. While they fight amongst themselves, the centre is not being built. It could have opened six months ago, if the village had united and backed the proposals. The money — all £250,000 of it — is sitting in a bank account waiting to be spent. Some doubt it ever will. For me, the campaign goes on and I have one key strength. One of the proposed sites is almost right next door to my house. Am I terrified that there will be busloads of people arriving in the middle of the night and disturbing my sleep? No, I am not. Am I afraid that all the youths leaving the centre when it closes will smash my windows and burgle my house? No, I am not. Am I worried that a community centre next door will decrease the value of my house? No, I am not. Am I proud that I am not and never will be a nimby? Yes, I am. |
|
A14 |
In the first paragraph, the writer says that he 1) recognises the importance of inventing new words. 2) believes he can stop the invention of new words. 3) thinks the invention of new words is unnecessary. 4) is very careful to always use new words properly. |
A15 |
The word 'nimby' is now used by the writer despite the fact that 1) it originally came from the USA. 2) he was unwilling at first to use it. 3) it would have been more useful in the past. 4) he can't understand exactly what it means. |
A16 |
The writer suggests that a nimby wouldn't oppose 1) worthwhile construction in their neighbourhood. 2) construction in their neighbourhood if it's quiet. 3) construction in other people's neighbourhoods. 4) any construction that adds value to their life. |
Ali |
The writer has recently 1) discovered that he has new neighbours. 2) learnt the truth about his neighbours. 3) realised he is alone in his struggle. 4) become more confident about winning. |
AIS |
The word 'frankly' in paragraph five emphasises that 1) the centre would solve all the problems caused by young people. 2) there are very few young people living in the village anyway. 3) most people do not believe the centre would be used at night. 4) young people in the village do sometimes get into trouble at present. |
Al 9 |
The four groups of nimbys 1) agree that the village doesn't need a new centre. 2) have agreed where the centre should not be built. 3) disagree about where the centre should be built. 4) agree that one of the four sites is acceptable. |
A20 |
The first three questions which the writer asks in the final paragraph I) demonstrate how courageous the writer is. |
2) help show us what nimbys are scared of.
Test 18 |
|
3)
![]() |
4) show that the writer has a very secure house.
OTBETb1 B WIAHK OTBETOB El ! ObPATMTE BHMMAHME, qmo omaembl Ha .3aòí1H11fi B2, B3 u A14-A20 pacnonaecwomcfl pa.3Hb1.r qacnmx ÕMH}CCI. B2, B3 pacnoaoyct'Hb1 B HUYt•neÚ qacmu ÕJUIHKa. [11211 nepeHoce omeemoe 6 aaðaH11Rr B2, B3 õYK6bl aanucb16Œomca õea npoõeaoo u .3HCIK06 npe,'111HaH11fi. |
Ilpoqumaùme
maccm 3ano.QHume nponycycu 6 npeòaoyceH11fLr not) HOAtepa.M11 B4-B11 |
Have you got a mobile phone?
Before mobile phones , you could only call someone DEVELOP with a phone which was connected to a phone line. That problem that it was often difficult to contact people, particularly if you were on a bus or in a car.
Before mobile phones, people text messages to each other. NOT SEND Since they were introduced, text messages the way CHANGE we communicate.
B8 With text messages, you to actually call someone. NOT NEED
139 You simply type a short message and send it, careful, BE of course, to send it to another mobile and not to a home phone.
BIO Mobile phones to be big and heavy. Now, they're USE small and light.
![]() |
![]() |
[Ipoqumaùme npugeòeHHb1ú HU.ye mt'lcc•m flpeoõpaayùme caoea, HaneqamaHHb1e .3aua6Hbl.MU ÕYK6ŒUU nocae HOAtepoe B12-B18 maR, umoõbt OHII epa.u.uamuqecK11 u aeKCUqeCKU coomgemcmeoaaatl coòepyct1H11R) moccma. 3ano.1Hume nponycxu 110JIVqeHHb1.UU CJ106Œuu. KaycÒb1Ù nponycR coomeemcmeyem omÒeJ1bHOMV aaòamoo epy/lllbl B12-B18.
Finding a good job is never easy at the best of times. In times Of high
B12 , with more and more people chasing fewer and fewer EMPLOY jobs, it becomes even more difficult.
B13 and skills can make all the difference. The better yours QUALIFY
B14 are, the less you will have in finding a job. DIFFICULT
B15 If you need to improve your skills, find out about courses TRAIN in your area. If there aren't many jobs in your area, it is worth considering
B16 the of moving. POSSIBLE
You may not want to leave your friends and family, but choosing to live in
B17 where there is work may be the best solution, LOCATE
B18 And remember: the more forms you fill in, the more your APPLY chances of being called for an interview increase.
Tlpoqumaùme moccm c nponvcxa.tu, Ot50,31taqeHHblJtU Ht).uepa.lfll 421-428. 3mu H0Mepa coon16emcn16yom 3CIÒUHUHJt Ä21-A28, 6 KOIÈlOPbLr npeòcmaeaeHb1 60.3.UOYHbte eapuaffllbt omøemog. ()õgeòume 6bttîpaHHO?0 6Œuu gapuanma omaema.
intelligent life elsewhere in the
universe? One quite valid response to that question is: we just know and we
haven't seen any proof that there is so A21 |
Is there don't claims However, source
There are two main reasons for this. The first is that the more scientists learn about how life started here on Earth, the more they realise how easily those conditions could be recreated somewhere else.
Test |
![]() |
![]() |
None of that is to A26 however, that we'll be communicating with aliens any time soon. Firstly, if there is life on other planets, it may not be intelligent in the way that humans are. There are billions of different life forms here on Earth, but it's only humans who have been able to leave the planet. Secondly, A27 if there was an intelligent life form on another planet, it may have evolved and become extinct billions of years before the Earth even formed. Or, it may not come Into existence until billions of years in the future. Thirdly, one of the main reasons why there might be life elsewhere — the sheer size of the universe — is also a reason why we will probably never A28 to see it. It takes so long to travel even short distances in space — the journey from Earth to our close neighbour Mars takes several months — the odds of two intelligent life forms from different planets being in the same place at the same time are incredibly small,
A21 |
1) long |
2) far |
3) much |
4) many |
A22 |
I) forced |
2) influenced |
3) convinced |
4) supported |
A23 |
1) connected |
2) joined |
3) fixed |
4) glued |
A24 |
1) Measuring |
2) Guessing |
3) Taking |
4) Assuming |
A25 |
1) opportunities |
2) chances |
3) possibilities |
4) choices |
A26 |
1) say |
2) tell |
3) speak |
4) mention |
|
A27 |
I) as |
2) even |
3) what |
4) only |
|
A28 |
I) succeed |
2) achieve |
3) get |
4) make |
|
ObPATMTE BHLfMAHIfE, qmo omeembl Ha aat)t1H11f1 B4-B18 u A21-A28 pacnoaauuomctfl 6 PC13Hb1X qacmnx ãqaHKa. B4-B18 paci10A0Yé'Hb1 6 Hil.ycnel"l yacmu ÕaaHKa. Ilpu nepeHoce omeemog 6 aaòcmunx• B4-B18 õYKdbl aanucbteawmcn õea npoõeaoe u 3HClK06 npemmanua. |
omeemoe Ha aaòaHllH CT, C2 ucnoabayùme WIAHK OTBETOB Y22. Ilpu ßbtnoa,qeHUU aaòanuù CI u C2 ocoõoe BHILMCIHue oõpamume Ha mo, qmo Baum omaenlbl õyòym 014t'Huean1bcf1 moatbKO no aanucsw, cðenaHHbt.u e WIAHKE OTBETOB N2. HII}CŒCUE' aanucu 'tepHOBIŒa He õyðvm yqurnbtaantbc•a ,9Kcnepmo.u. [Ipu .3ffl10JtHeH1d11 WIAHKA OTBETOB yycaycume cHaqaaa Ho-step aaÒaH11H Cl. C2 game-u aamuuume ceoðl omeem Ecau oÒHOÙ cmop0Hb1 õaamca Heðocmamot1H0, 6bt Jtoyceme ucnoall,aoaanlb ()pyeyo cmopo,qy ÕJICIHKa. |
You have 20 minutes to do this task.
This is part of a letter from your English pen friend.
Write back to Martin answering his questions.
Test |
|
Write 100-140 words.
Remember the rules of letter writing.
You have 40 minutes to do this task.
Comment on the following statement.
Most schoolteachers give their students homework. However, some teenagers today believe that they are being given too much homework and that they don't have the time to do it all properly.
Do you think that teachers give Use the following plan too much homework? 1. Introduction (State the problem).
Write 200-250 words, 2. Express your opinion and give reasons for it.
3. Give other people's arguments and explain why they are wrong.
4. Conclusion.
Bbl noayqume Kapmot1KY, Ha Icomopoù npeòcmaaaeHbt mpu .3aòaH11f1 ()JIH ycmH0?0 omgema: C3 — me-uamuqeucoe .uonoaoeuqecycoe 6b1CKa3b1eaHUe, C4 —
òuaaoe c lge.Qb'0 oõatena tþcncmuqecvcoù 01ßHot1H0ñ
11Híþop.uauueú. OROH11CIHue 6bUIOJIHeHUfi
,ça.ycòozo aaÒCIH11f1 onpeòeaaem
.9K3ŒueHamop. Bo epeatfl npogeÒeH11$1 amt)ðl Ltacmu
3K3ŒueHa uòem |
3aaaHV1¶ 3K3aMeHyeMoro
STUDENT CARD
Task 1 (3—3.5 minutes)
Give a 2-minute talk on your plans for the future.
Remember to say:
•
what job you want to do in the future, and why
• if you want to visit other countries
in the future
• what other things you want to do when you're older
You have to talk for 1.5—2 minutes. The teacher will listen until you have finished. Then he/she will ask you some questions.
STUDENT CARD
Task 2 (1.5—2 minutes)
Test 18 |
|
![]() |
• how to get there
• where to catch available transport
• the time needed to get there
You begin the conversation. The teacher will play the part of the passer-by,
Remember to:
• be active and polite
• get all the information you need
• decide on the best way to get there
STUDENT CARD
Task 3 (3—4 minutes)
You and a
friend are on the beach. You have half an hour left until you have to leave.
You are discussing how to spend your half hour. You can:
• do some more swimming
• do some more sunbathing
• play beach volleyball
• go to a café for an ice cream
• hire a small boat
The teacher will play the part of your friend.
Remember to:
• discuss all the options take an active part in the
conversation and be polite
come up with ideas
give good reasons
find out your friend's attitudes and take them into account
invite your friend to come up with
suggestions
come to an agreement
A Look at the second task on page
222. 3 Mark was shocked at the sof For each statement, you will hear two his
garden when he got back from extracts (A and B). Circle the extract holiday.
which means that the statement is true.
4 My cat is more than a pet to me. He's
I (Al) The pupils should arrive at the also a friend and c
airport one hour before take-off. A B
2 (A2) The flight will last about four hours.
3 (A3) The pupils will each have their own hotel room in London. A B
4 (A4) The first attraction they are planning
to visit is the Tower of
London. A
5 (AS) The teacher has taken pupils to London before.
6
(A6) Jonathan decides
to go on the trip to Kew Gardens. A B
|
I |
What is Peter Madison's job? |
||
|
2 |
Where does he sell things, |
||
Decide if these statements are True (T) |
|
apart from his shop? |
||
or False (F). |
|
|||
1 |
Roberto and Mario are out |
|
3 |
What is Peter interested |
|
camping. |
TIF |
|
in buying? |
2 |
The trip was Roberto's idea. |
TIF |
4 |
How much is it worth? |
3 |
Roberto enjoyed the first few days |
|
5 |
What is the price on the |
|
of the trip. |
TIF |
|
price tag? |
4 5 |
A noise outside wakes Mario up. Roberto goes to check what the |
TIF |
6 |
How much does Peter pay for it? |
|
noise was. |
TIF |
E Write a word from the box in each gap |
B Quickly read the text on page 226.
5 After two hours of arguing, I had
finally my parents that I was right.
6 I had little difficulty in p
Sally to have a birthday party.
7 Carl never finds it easy to make up
his mind. He's so i
Section 3 Grammar and vocabulary:
third task
6 The noise was made by
a dangerous to complete the sentences. animal. TIF C Complete each sentence with a word or from the text. You
are given the 1 1 watched the greengrocer as he phrase first letter of the
word or phrase to help 1 1 can't sleep because you s |
D Quickly read the text on page 229, ignoring the gaps. Write a word or short phrase to answer each question.
2
Don't worry about
the party tomorrow. I'm sure everything will out fine.
3
Quite a few of
the hotel rooms out over the lake.
4
When does her new
CD out? actual • genuine • honest proper
5 Come on, now. Be Did you take the money?
6
I thought the
painting was by Picasso, but an expert said it wasn't
7
I need a hammer.
I can't do this job without the tools.
8
People often
think Sydney is the capital of Australia, but the capital is Canberra.
9
If anyone finds
Jimmy's money, then please hand it at the school office.
10
There was a man
in the street handing leaflets to everyone walking past.
Il
The shopkeeper looked annoyed when I handed a £50 note.
12 Jane passed the photo to me and I
glanced at it before handing it to her.
F Look at the second task on page 230. Decide whether each of the following is a point for (F) or against (A) performing experiments on animals. Write F or A on the line provided.
1 We can test new medicines on animals
to see if they are harmful to humans.
2
![]() |
3 Animals have rights, just like people do.
4 In most experiments on animals, the animals don't suffer.
5 It's important to gain scientific
knowledge, even if some animals
suffer.
6 The information we gain from testing medicines on animals is very limited.
G Discuss which of the statements above you agree or disagree with. Explain why.
Section 5 Speaking: second task
H Look at the Student Card for Task 2 on page 231. Read this extract from
a dialogue and find five mistakes. Underline them and write the correct
form above the line.
Shop assistant: Hello. Can 1 help you?
Student: Hello. Yes. I like to buy a present for a friend. What Moscow Dynamo products you have?
Shop assistant: We've got hats and scarves.
Student:
Can you tell how much the hats are?
Shop assistant: They're £19.99 each.
Student: That's enough expensive.
What's the scarves' price?
Shop assistant: They're £16.
Student: Do you have any other
Moscow Dynamo products?
Pa3aeJ1 Aynwpormme
Bbl vcabltuume 5 BblCKCt3b1ßClH11ñ. YcmaH0ßume coomgemcmgue vueycðy 6b1CKC13b1aaHUHMU KCIYÒOZO ?060pnugezo 1 — 5 u ymeepYòeHllHvuu, ÒaHHbLM11 6 cnucwe A — F. Mcno.lbayúme Kaycðyo õYK6V, oõo.3Haqcuougyo ym€epycðemŒ, mœ1bK0 oÒtut pam B aaÒaHuu ecntb oÒH0 autunee ymeepwòeltue. Bbl yc.lbltuume aanucb maycÒb1. 3aHecume coou omaembl 6 maõ.au«y.
A. She listens to music to help her relax.
B.
Listening to the
radio makes her feel less alone. C. She likes to hear other people's opinions
on the radio. D. Music helps her concentrate on her work. E. She used to work as a DJ on local
radio.
![]() |
![]() |
YTBep>KneH1te |
|
2 3 |
4 |
5 |
|
|
|
Bbl |
|||||
Al The pupils should arrive at the airport one hour before take-off.
l) BepH0 2) HeBepHO 3) B •reKc•re He CKa3tiH0
A2 The flight will last about four hours.
l) BepH0 2) HeBepHO 3) B •rewre He CKt13aHO
A3 The pupils will each have their own hotel room in London.
1) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B TeKCTe He CKa3aHO
A4 The first attraction they are planning to visit is the Tower of London.
1) BepH0 2) HeBepH0 3) B TeKcre He CKt13aHO
A5 The teacher has taken pupils to London before.
1) BepHO 2) HeBepH0 3) B Tek'CTe He cKa'3aH0
A6 Jonathan decides to go on the trip to Kew Gardens.
1)
BepHO 2)
HeBepH0 3) B -reKc-re He
Bbl ycalblluume 6b1CKa.3b1dUHUf1 -Q10òeñ 6 ceuu paaauwtbLt cumva«unx. Omeenužne Ha aonpocbl no coc)epycantoo 6blCKa.3b16aHUÚ, Bblõpaa oðllH 113 npeòaoyceHHbLr gapuaH71106 omæma. Bbl yc.lblluume KaycÒoe BblCKa.3bteaH11é' ðea.ycÒb1. Bo epeMH npocayužugamtfl 6 aaðaH11fLY A7-A13 oõeeòume H0.uep omeema, Komopblù 6ŒU ,rca.ycemcfl Hauõoaee e,ePHbLM.
You will hear a man talking about his
doctor. What does he say about his doctor's advice? 1) He will ignore it.
2) He will check it. 3) He will follow it.
A8 You will hear a woman talking about her shopping experience. What did she think had improved? 1) the service
2) the choice
3) the offers
A9 You will hear a boy talking to his friend. What does he say about his teacher?
1) She helped him.
2) She treated him unfairly.
3)
![]() |
AIO You will hear a woman talking about a painting. How did she feel about it?
1) She was shocked by it.
2) She thought it was clever.
3) She found it uninteresting.
All You will hear a conductor talking to an orchestra. What does he ask
them to do?
1) play more slowly
2) play more quickly
3) play with more feeling
A12 You will hear a woman talking about a newspaper. How does she feel about it?
I) She thinks it ignores the most important news.
2) She thinks it always presents the news fairly.
3) She thinks it always presents its own point of view.
A13 You will hear a commercial for a kitchen product. What does the commercial claim about the product?
l) It will save you effort. 2) It will save you money. 3) It will save you time.
no OKOHtlClHUU ObPATIfTE BHHMAHME, timo omeembl Ha .3aÒaHllf1 BI, Al-Ä13 pacnoaaeŒomcn 6 pat3HbLr BI õYK6b1 aanucb16ŒomcH õea npoõenoa u .3HüK06 npenllHaHllH. |
Pa3AeJ1 I-Irrerme
YcmŒtoeume coomeemcmeue me-u A — G moccma•t 1 — 6. 3anecume omoembl a maõau«y. Mcno,1b3Yùme Kaycòyo õYK6Y moabK0 oò11H pa.3. B 3aÒaHltu oÒHa me.'ta JIUIUHHH.
A. CONFUSING PICTURES E.
FAILED HOPES B. IMPRESSIVE PROGRESS F.
QUESTIONING EXPERT
c. COMPLEX NETWORK G. SOCIALISING PROBLEM D. UNUSED POWER
1 It has been claimed that we only use ten per cent of our brain. This is a myth but it is true that we are probably all capable of doing far more with our brains than we do at present. The brain can be trained to improve performance, rather like a muscle can. There are various techniques for improving
your memory, for example, that do seem to work. Many magicians and stage performers use these methods and there seems no reason why the rest of us couldn't learn to improve our abilities with practice.
2
![]() |
![]() |
3 Our brains are usually very good at analysing the information they receive from our eyes. However, it is possible to fool the brain using certain images. To test this, draw two lines of equal length, one above the other. Now draw two more lines crossing them, going up the page and going in at an angle. The new lines should look like railway tracks disappearing into the distance. When you look now at the original two lines, your brain will think the top line is longer than the bottom line. Images like this are known as 'optical illusions'.
4 Watch science fiction films and you will often see a computer or a robot that is intelligent. In the 70s, researchers in artificial intelligence were generally optimistic that thev would create a thinking computer within a few decades. However, they have not been very successful. Outside a few very specialised tasks, such as playing chess, computers are still a long way from being intelligent in any real sense. Some scientists even question whether it is ultimately possible to create an intelligent computer at all.
5 In the middle of the twentieth century, a new medical condition was identified: autism. A child with autism has problems communicating with other people and finds it difficult to establish relationships with others. Autistic children develop language more slowly than other children and often seem very distant. The condition can be stronger in some people than in others and there is no cure, although
6 |
many autistic people can learn to interact with other people reasonablv well. The brain is composed of about 100 billion neurons or nerve cells, all connected to one another. Information comes into a neuron from other neurons and then the neuron sends out a signal to other neurons it is connected to. Using electrical and chemical signals, this complicated svstem of neurons is behind all the processes of the brain, from looking after the body to higher thoughts and aims. |
||||||
Testa |
1 |
2 3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
||
|
|
|
|||||
|
Ilpoqumaùme vmgepyòehlllfl I — 6 u caeòyougue aa HILMU me,tccmbl. YcmaH06ume coomgemcmaue MeycÒv vn16epycòeHldHvuu u coòepycaHueM meKcn106. Hanuužume Igucþpy 1 — ecau ymeepycòutue |
1 Elvis Presley 's family were quite rich.
2 Elvis's first hit record and first film were made in the same year.
3 Elvis had a brother who lived longer than he did.
4 John Lennon never saw his mother after the age office.
5 'Ohn Lennon and Paul McCartney both played in The Quarry Men.
6 'Ohn Lennon died a fez' years after Elvis Presley did.
Test 19 |
|
![]() |
Despite this enormous success, there was also tragedy in Elvis's life. He had a twin brother who died at birth and his mother died at the young age of 46. He himself suffered a heart attack and died in 1977, aged just 42.
Born in 1940, John Winston Lennon was brought up by his Aunt Mimi. His father left his mother when John was five and his mother, Julia, didn't feel able to look after him. They kept in touch, though, and it was in fact Julia who taught him to play banjo, starting one of the most amazing careers in pop music. Lennon went to art college, although he left before finishing the course to concentrate on his music. He had already formed a group called The Quarry Men and they performed at various places in Liverpool. Lennon was introduced to Paul McCartney, who joined the band. They changed the name of the band a few times, finally settling on The Beatles by 1960.
The band became very famous and had 20 number one hits in America. They introduced a serious, poetic side to pop music and influenced many performers. Various artistic differences led to the group splitting up in 1970.
1 |
2 |
|
4 |
5 6 |
Lennon continued to make music on his own and with his wife, Yoko Ono, until he retired in the mid-70s to spend more time with his family. He started to make music again in 1980 and had released a new album, Double Fantasy, when he was shot and killed by a fan in December of that year. He was 40 years old.
![]() |
![]() |
|
Ilpoqumaùme mel-ccm u Bbl,'10JIHume |
4, |
||
Roberto lay awake, listening to the rain outside the tent and the soft sound of snoring coming from Mario beside him. As usual, Mario had no trouble sleeping through the roaring storm, Roberto thought as he pulled his sleeping bag tighter around himself. Roberto had known him to snore happily in a train station with trains coming and going. He would have thought, though, that even Mario might have had problems with the freezing wind coming through the door of the tent. No amount of clothes piled on top of each other could stop the cold air getting in and Roberto was beginning to get annoyed at the sight of his sleeping companion. The trip had been Mario's idea and Roberto had agreed despite his lack of enthusiasm for the outdoor life and its physical demands. As far as he was concerned, the countryside was a place filled with insects and inconvenience, but Mario had convinced him that they would enjoy it. Roberto had managed to maintain a smile for the first few days of hard work and badlycooked food, but his patience was coming to an end. He wasn't sure why Mario usually succeeded in persuading him to do things that were against his better judgement, but he thought it was probably due to Mario's ability to focus on the positive. He seemed not to hear Roberto's arguments against the idea until it just became easier for Roberto to agree than to try to make him listen. Roberto wished he could be more like Mario. His own ideas usually never got very far. He was too aware of the opposite point of view and often argued himself out of his own suggestions. It made him seem indecisive and weak, while Mario came across to everyone as very confident. The wind seemed to get a little stronger and Mario rolled over and opened his eyes sleepily. 'What time is it?' he asked and Roberto peered at his watch. 'Four,' he replied and yawned. Suddenly there was a noise outside the tent. 'What was that?' asked Mario. They both listened. It had sounded like the grunt of an animal of some kind, a large animal by the sound of it. Neither of them moved. After a moment Roberto offered to check what was outside and Mario nodded his head, nervously. Not that Roberto wasn't afraid — the sweat on his hands and forehead proved that — but he knew that unless he acted Mario would beat him to it and would come out of it looking like a hero. Roberto was determined that when they got back home he was going to have stories to tell, just like Mario normally did. He moved to the entrance to the tent and unzipped the door slowly. The wind blew rain in. He glanced back at Mario before stepping outside and closing the door behind him. Mario blinked in the darkness and listened carefully. He heard the animal noise again, closer this time and then a strange human noise. He felt very alone and insecure. All kinds of images flashed through his mind quickly. What if Roberto didn't come back? He thought of going back to town and having to break the sad news to Roberto's family. That would be bad enough, but his real concern was that he would look like a coward. He quickly pulled his boots on and rushed outside the tent. It was then that he realised what the strange human noise had been. Laughter. Roberto was laughing, even though he was dripping wet from the rain. Mario looked where he was pointing. There was a cow standing by the tent, lazily chewing on some grass. |
|
|||
|
||||
|
||||
|
A14 Roberto is surprised that
I) Mario is able to sleep despite the noise.
2) the cold does not wake Mario up.
3) Mario makes so much noise when he's asleep. 4) he can hear trains in the distance.
AIS Mario begins to annoy Roberto because
I) his snoring prevents Roberto from sleeping.
2) he didn't close the tent door properly.
3) he hadn't put his clothes away tidily.
4) he can sleep at a time when Roberto can't.
A16 Roberto thinks that camping is generally I) an uncomfortable experience.
2) a good chance to study nature.
3) enjoyable despite the hard work.
4) a good way to get some exercise.
A17 Roberto thinks that Mario probably gets him to agree to things by I) listening to his needs.
no ObPATMTE BHMMAHME, qmo omeembl Ha aaÒaHllH B2, 133 u A14-A20 pacno.aazcuomca 6 pa.3Hb1X Õaamca. B2, B3 pacnoao.yceHbl 6 HUYHeÙ qacmu ÕaaHKa. Ilpu nepeHoce omeemoe 6 aaòcmu.qx B2, B3 õYK6bl 3anucblBŒomcH õea npoõeaoe u .3HUKOB npenummu,q. |
2)
![]() |
3) ignoring his objections. 4) starting an argument.
AIS When he has a suggestion to make, Roberto often ends up I) getting into arguments with other people and giving up.
2) persuading people to do things that they later regret.
3) deciding against it because he sees the negative side. 4) pretending that it was originally Mario's idea.
A19 Roberto volunteers to see what is outside because he I) wants to appear brave afterwards.
2) thinks Mario might get violent.
3) isn't frightened of wild animals. 4) knows Mario is very scared.
A20 Mario's biggest worry is that
I) people might think he was too frightened to do anything.
2) Roberto might leave him and go back to town on his own. 3) Roberto's family might blame him
if something happened. 4) the animal outside might attack him inside the tent.
[Ipottumaùme maccm 3anoamume
nponycwu 6 |
B4 Diamonds are a symbol of luxury for many people. People VALUE diamonds as attractive jewellery for around 2,500 years.
The Indians used them to decorate religious icons and it seems the ancient
B5 Chinese their axes a sharp edge using diamonds. GIVE
Diamond is the hardest substance on Earth, that only another diamond can be used to cut a diamond.
B7 Diamonds consist of carbon and usually they deep FIND underground in mines, but you might get lucky and see them on the surface.
B8 Mining in places like Africa make a lot of money COMPANY from diamonds.
However, the miners are often quite poor. THEY
|
|
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
Bll The diamond ever found was the Cullinan diamond, HEAVY which was discovered in 1905 and weighed 621 grammes.
[Ipoqumaùme npueeòeHHb1ù 1--111M? melccm [Ipeoõpaayúme c:aoea, uaneqamam-lbte actua6HblJtu (5VK6ŒMU nocae HO.Jtep06 1312-1318 mow, qmoõbl OHII epavu.uamuqecRll u ae,çcuqecwu coomeemcmeoeaau coòepycautll() mtwcma. 3anoauume nponyc,£ll noviVqeHHb1Jft1 ca10ߌwu. Ka.ycÒblÙ nponycw coomaemcmoyem omðeJ1bH0MY aaòaH11*0 11.3 epyn'lbl B12-B18.
B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 |
Greek These stories describe the Hercules and were well known in ancient Greece. One such story is that of Daedalus, a skilful Icarus were put in
prison on Crete by King Minos. One day, Daedalus had a clever |
melted and he fell into the sea, where he died.
Test 19 |
Tlpoqumaùme me,çcm c nponycxa.uu, oÕ03HaqeHHb1Jtt1 HOAtepŒttt1 A21-Ä28. 3mu H0Jtepa coomaemcmø.yw»n 3aÒaHldHJt Ä21-Ä28, 6 ,çomopbl-v npeÒcmaœ1eHb[ 603.MOYHb1e gapuamžlbl omaemot$. ()õgeòume H0.uep 6b1õpt1HH0?0 ('tutu eapuamna omeema.
which meant that he spent his days either serving customers In antiques at antiques fairs. Today was the day of the Redwood there. He got there early and A21 out on might sell well, like a gold cigarette case and a silver teapot. began to walk around the stalls, occasionally sold a few A23 and it was soon lunchtime. and he asked the dealer next to him to keep an eye on his stall it as he A24 |
|
Peter Madison was an antiques dealer, his small shop or twing to sell his Antiques Fair and Peter had a stall display various objects that he thought Eventually, members of the A22 stopping to examine something. Peter He decided to walk around a little while he was away.
![]() |
![]() |
A25 'I expect it's just an inexpensive copy,' he thought to himself.
However, as soon as he picked it up, he knew that it was A26 His
heart began to race in his chest. The small object in his hand was worth over
twenty thousand pounds. He lifted up the price tag to see how much it was being
sold for. He almost dropped the vase when he read the figure. The price on the
tag was fifty pounds. Clearly the dealer didn't know what it was worth.
Very calmly,
A27 a great effort to keep his voice level, Peter said to the dealer, 'How
much do you want for this?' The dealer looked at him, then at the vase in his
hand, sniffed and said, 'It's fifty pounds.' He paused. 'But you can have it
for forty-five.' Peter reached into his pocket very slowly and pulled out his
wallet. He handed the money A28 and thanked the man. He returned to his stall
and sat down. 'It must be my lucky day,' he thought and smiled.
A21 |
l) set |
|
2) came |
3) looked |
4) turned |
|
A22 |
1) audience |
|
2) nation |
3) public |
4) society |
|
A23 |
I) items |
|
2) individuals |
3) atoms |
4) units |
|
A24 |
1) hopped |
|
2) wandered |
3) marched |
4) stamped |
|
A25 |
1) request |
|
2) order |
3) desire |
4) demand |
|
A26 |
1) actual |
|
2) genuine |
3) proper |
4) honest |
|
A27 |
l) doing |
|
2) giving |
3) making |
4) putting |
|
A28 |
1) in |
|
2) out |
3) back |
4) over |
|
ObPATLfTE BHMMAHME, Limo omeembl Ha aaÒt1H11f1 B4-B18 u A21-A28 pacnoaaauomc•H 6 pa,3Hb1.r qacnlfl.r t11ClHKCl. B4-B18 pacnoao.ycellbl a Htl.ycneñl qacmu tî.aamca. [Ipu nepenoce onwemog 6 .311ÒaHUf1X B4-B18 ÕVK6b1 3anucb16tuomcfl õC'3 npoõe.Q06 u ,3HCIK06 npenunaH11f1. |
omeemog Ha aaòanusž CI, C2 ucno.1b3Yñme WIAHK OTBETOB JE2. TIPI' 6bÜIOJIHé'HUU aac)cmuù CI u C2 ocoÕoe 6HIL,waH1te oÕpamume Ha mo, Limo 6alUU omaenlbl õyðym ogemteamt.cfl mtMbKO no aanucmt, CÒeACIHHbLU B "'TAT-IKE OTBETOB vhè2. Htuccucue aanucu qePH06t1Ka He õyòym .yqunlbtoanlbcfl .9Rt•nepmo.u. aanutuume ct30ù omaem Ecau oòHOù cmop0Hb1 ÕaaHKG' nec)ocmamotlH0, Bbl .$to.yeme ucnoabaoaantb òpyeyo cmopoHY ÕaaHKa. |
You have 20 minutes to do this task.
Test 19 |
|
![]() |
...Haveyvu
thought about what Let me know whatyou think. Love, Jack |
|
Write back to Jack answering his questions.
Write 100-140 words.
Remember the rules of letter writing.
You have 40 minutes to do this task.
Comment on the following statement.
Some scientists perform experiments on animals. However, some people say that this is cruel and unnecessary.
What can you
say for and against performing Use the following plan experiments on animals?
I. Introduction (State the problem). Write 200-250 words. 2. Arguments
"for".
3. Arguments "against".
4. Conclusion.
Bbl nonyqume Kapmotwy, Ha KomopoÚ npeðcmaeaeHbt mpu òJ1fl ycmno¿o omaema: C3 — me-uamuqecxoe .M0Hoaoeuqecyoe 6blCKa3b16aHlže, C4 — C)UŒIO? c lge.1b}O oãueHa cþaŒcmuqecK0ù llHCþop,uatgueù, C5 — òuaaoz c tge.1b}0 oõ.ucwa Otlé'HOt1HOÚ 11H(þop.uažgueú. OKOHqaHUe Raycòopo aaÒaH14H onpeðeäftem 9Kaa.uenarnop. Bo e,peMÆ1 npoaeòeJ111H amoù qacmu aycaa.ueHa uòem gantlCb Ha ayòuoxaccemy. |
3aAaH11¶ 3K3•aMeHyeMoro
STUDENT CARD
Task 1 (3—3.5 minutes) Give a 2-minute talk on your school,
Remember to say:
• how big your school is
• what your school looks like
• what facilities it has
• whether you like your school, and why
You have to talk for 1.5—2 minutes. The
teacher will listen until you have finished. Then he/she will ask you some questions.
STUDENT CARD
Task 2 (1.5—2 minutes)
You are in a sports shop.
You would like to buy a Christmas present for your friend, who is a big fan of
Moscow Dynamo. You only have £15 to spend.
Test 19 |
|
Before making a decision, ask the shop assistant about:
• Moscow Dynamo products available
•
the price special offers
The teacher will play the part of the tourist information guide and will speak first.
Remember to:
• be active and polite
• get all the information you need
• decide on what to buy your friend
STUDENT CARD
Task 3 (3—4 minutes)
You and your friend work for your school magazine. You are planning to invite a local person to speak to the school and to be interviewed for the magazine. You are discussing who to invite. You can invite:
a local politician
•
a local police
officer a local radio DJ
• a local businessman/woman
• a local sportsman/woman
The teacher will play the part of your friend.
Remember to:
discuss all the options
take an active part in the conversation and be polite
come up with ideas
•
give good reasons find out your friend's attitudes and
take them into account
• invite your friend to come up with
suggestions
come to an agreement
ähžüä Extract |
A Look at the third task on page 235. Listen to seven extracts from the task.
Extract I |
Extract 5 |
Extract 2 |
Extract 6 |
Extract 3 |
Extract 7 |
Match each extract with a situation
(M to A13).
Extract 4
A7 You will hear a news report about a fire.
A8 You will hear a politician talking about her career.
A9 You will hear a man talking about his house.
AIO You will hear a nurse talking to a patient,
All You will hear a woman talking about a lot of money.
A12 You will hear a singer talking about his next album.
A13 You will hear a woman talking about moving to another country.
![]() |
![]() |
6
What's the album called?
Extract 7
XX'hat can she quit?
C Look at the task on page 237. Complete the information.
Name of tourist attraction: Location: Number of visitors each year: Facilities in Visitor Centre: Names of biomes: Biomes contain: Future plans: Other events held there: |
The Eden Project (1)
(2)
|
Section 3 Grammar and vocabulary:
third task
What kind of swimming pool will it be? |
|
1 |
|
order this time. |
2 |
It looks as / even / what I only if it |
Extract 1 |
|
might rain. |
How long has she been there? |
3 |
We'll go up the mountain as I even I |
Extract 2 |
|
what I only if the weather forecast says |
What kind of building was it? |
|
it'll be fine. We don't want to take any |
Extract 3 |
|
|
What kind of newspaper was it? |
4 |
The weather's good now but as I even I |
Extract 4 |
|
.w-baj./ n•lyif-iÿ had |
What's the person's name? |
|
the mountain? |
Extract 5 |
5 |
Let's settle down I in I up I on
and leave, |
D Circle the correct word to complete each sentence.
6 Have you settled down I in I up I on what style of material you want for the curtains?
7 How's the new house? Have you settled down I in I up I on yet?
8 It's time I settled down I in I up I on . I want a quieter, more stable life from now on!
Section 4 Writing: second task
![]() |
solar-poweredcars
E
Quickly read the task on page 241. Make notes to answer these questions. 1
Where are Graham and Jane?
2
What does Graham
do just before he repeats his question?
3
What's Jane's
answer to the question he repeats?
4
How long have
they known each other?
G Discuss whether the developments on your list will benefit humans or will create problems for people.
Section 5 Speaking: first task
H Look at the Student Card for Task 1 on page 243. Make notes to complete the information.
name of your best friend what your best friend looks like when you met how you met |
|
what you enjoy doing together |
|
Bbl ycabltuume 5 6b1CKa3b1daHUÙ. Ycmanoeume coomeemcmeue .ue.ycòy BblCKG'3b1BCIHU}LUt1 KOICÒO?O ¿oeopaugeeo I — 5 u ymgep.ycòeHlffiJf11, ÒCIHHbLMU 6 cnucvce A — F. Mcno.lbayúme Ra.ycòyo õYK6Y, otî03Haqarot«yo ymøepycòeHue, mœ1bK0 oÒun paa. B aaðanuu ecntb oðHO auumee ymeep.ycðeHtte. Bbl ycalbltuume aanucb ðaaycðbl. 3anecume c6011 omeenlbl 6 maõau«y.
A. I prefer watching films at the cinema. B. I'm not keen on films with special effects.
C. I have seen several very good films recently. D. Cinemas are too expensive for me these days. E. Watching films at home seems more fun to me.
Test 20 |
![]() |
YTBepxaeH11e |
1 |
2 |
3 |
|
|
Bbl yc„lbltuume õeceðy Y_vpHŒtucma c npeòcmaeumeae.u oõugecmeeHHocmu. Onpeòeaume, RCIKtte 11.3 npugeòëHHbLr
ymaep.ycòeH11ù Al-A6 coomaemcrnayom coòep.ycamuo meyccma
(1), KUKU'? He coomaemcmeyom (2) u O që*f 6 meyccme He CKU3t1HO, mo
ecnlb Ha OCH06ClHUU meyccma Heelb3f1 ()amb nonoycume.1bH0?0, Hil |
Al The Friends of Fisher Park is a group of 25 children.
I) BepHO 2)
HeBePHO 3) B ereKcere He
A2 The local council is planning to build some flats where the park is now.
I) BepHO 2)
HeBepHO 3) B •reKc-re He CK"a3t1H0
A3 The group has just sent a letter to every councillor. 1) BepH0 2) HeBepHO 3) B ereKc•re He CKa3t1H0
A4 There are council elections every two years.
l) BepHO 2) HeBepH0 3) B •rek'c•re He cK'a3aH0
A5 The man has decided that he wants to be on the local council.
l) BepH0 2) HE'BepH0 3) B TeKCTe He CKtuaHO
A6 The council will make its decision about the park next month.
l) BepH0 2) HeBepHO 3) B -reKcrre He CKa3tìH0
Test 20 |
|
Bbl vcelblžuume 6blCKC13bteaHUfi -uoÒeÙ 6 cestu paaau¼HbLt cumyatguax. Omaenužne gonpocbl no coòepycaH1110 6b1CKa.3blßaHllÙ, Bblõpac3 oò11H 11.3 npeò.aoyeHHbLr aapuaHÐ10B omeema. B aac)t1HumA7-A13 oõeeòume IguØpy I, 2 ILIU 3, oõ03HaqŒoucvyo omeežïè Komopbtù Kauycemcfl nauõonee 6"PHbtJt. Bbl yc-lbltuume KaycÒoe ßblCKU3bteaHlže C)aaxàbl.
A7 You will hear a news report about a fire. What was its probable cause?
1) a person
2) lightning
3) faulty electrical wiring
A8 You will hear a politician talking about her career. When did she become interested in politics?
1) at school
2) at university
3) at work
A9 You will hear a man talking about his house. What is he going to build next? 1) an extension to the living room
2) a swimming pool
3)
![]() |
AIO You will hear a nurse talking to a patient. What does he want the patient to do?
1) get out of bed
2) eat her lunch
3) take her tablets
All You will hear a woman talking about a lot of money. How did she get it?
I) She won the national lottery.
2)
She entered a competition in a magazine. 3) She inherited it from a relative.
A12 You will hear a singer talking about his next album. What inspired him to write the songs on the album?
1) his success
2) a relationship
3) his recent tour
Al 3 You will hear a woman talking about moving to another country. What did she find difficult? I) getting a job
2) learning the language
3) meeting new people
OTBETb1 B IMAHK OTBETOB M,' ObPATMTE BHMMAHME,
'-tmo omaembl Ha .3aÒaH11fl BI, A I-A 13 pacnoaaeaŒomcfl |
Pa3neJ1 I-Irrerme
YcmaH06ume
coomaemcmeue me.'yt A — G mexcma.u I — 6. 3aHecume ('6011 0/716en1bl 6
maõau«y. Mcn0J1b3Yùme Kaycòyo õycgy mo.11bK0
OÒIIH paa. B aaðanuu oðna me.ua |
A. UNUSUAL RELATIONSHIPS B. SIMILAR CHARACTERISTICS
C. HOME ALONE D. TWO TYPES
E. IMPORTANT MOMENTS F. MISTAKEN BELIEFS
G. MANY RESPONSIBILITIES
1 In
Britain, most families are 'nuclear families'. This means that the family
consists of the parents and children. Of course, there are uncles and aunts and
grandparents too, but they do not have much to do with raising the children and
often live a long way awav. In many other countries, the 'extended family' is
more common. With the extended family, uncles, aunts and grandparents live much
closer to the parents and children — sometimes even in the same building — and
everyone in the family has a much closer relationship.
2
![]() |
![]() |
3 What does bringing up a child involve? Giving a child love and making a child feel safe in their environment are extremely important. So is providing food and warmth. Parents also have a dutv to teach their children the difference between right and wrong, and to make sure their children get a good education. Some parents believe that their role is also to teach children about the importance of things such as family, religion and society.
4 The English phrases 'a chip off the old block' and 'like father, like son' (or 'like mother, like daughter') are used to show the similarities between a parent and their child. These might be similarities in terms of appearance, behaviour or interests. For example, if a dad loves watching cricket and his son Eric becomes interested in cricket too, you might say, 'Eric's a chip off the old block, isn't he?'
5 'Latchkey kids' are a major problem in many countries, including Britain and the USA. These are children whose parents are still at work when they come home from school, so there is no one at home to look after them. Their parents aren't there to help them with their homework, and some of them spend hours on their own before their parents return.
6 The idea of 'quality time' is based on an understanding that the amount of time a parent spends with their child is not the only important thing. What is also important is what they do together during that time. Ten minutes of discussing problems that a teenager is facing may be much more valuable than two hours of watching a movie together in silence.
|
4 5 |
6 |
I The Eden Project has been a tourist attraction for a long time.
2 Visitors can buy souvenirs in the Visitor Centre.
3 Both biomes are the same size.
4 Visitors can learn about the plants and trees, as well as look at them.
5 There will probably be more for visitors to see in the future.
6 It is often possible to listen to music at the Eden Project.
[Ipoqumaùme .ymeepYòeH11f1 1 — 6 u caeÒyouguÙ aa HU.MU mexcm YcmaH06ume coomaemcmaue u coðepyca}tuevt meyccma. Hanužuume I'll(þpy 1 — ecau |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
Tim Smit was the person responsible for turning the Eden Project from a dream into a reality. Built on the site of an old china clay quarry, the Eden Project currently consists of a Visitor Centre, which includes a café, gift shops and exhibition space, and two 'biomes'. Each biome is an enormous greenhouse. And they are enormous! The Humid Tropics biome, which contains plants and trees from tropical countries, is 100 metres wide, 200 metres long and 55 metres high. The second biome, which is called the Warm Temperate biome, is slightly smaller but still extremely impressive, being 65 metres wide, 135 metres long and 35 metres high. Visitors walk through the biomes looking at the thousands of plants and trees they contain. Information is given about each plant. The biomes also contain sculptures, waterfalls and birds and insects from the same environments that the plants come from.
Tim Smit is planning to build a third biome on the site in the next few years.
1 |
|
4 |
5 |
|
The Eden Project also frequently
holds concerts and plays in its grounds, and has been used as a location in
several films and television programmes, including the James Bond movie, Die
Another Day.
flpoqumaùme me}ccm u 6bÜ10JIHume aaÒaHlffl A14420, OÕ60ÒH Illi(þpy 1, 2, 3
|
4, |
Damian would never have called himself a bully. A victim of bullying himself on occasion, if he'd thought for one second that he was bullying his classmates, he would have been devastated. The idea that he bullied his friends had never even entered his head. But now he was having to face up to the fact that perhaps in certain ways he was a bully.
It had all started in the mid-morning break, when Damian and a couple of his friends were discussing what to do about Frank Rice. Frank Rice was a bully and the whole school knew it. The question was, should they tell a member of staff the next time Frank picked on one of them? Damian thought they should. Chris and Will thought that they shouldn't. As they were arguing, Damian said: 'We've got to do something. He's making people's lives a misery. It can't go on like this.' There was silence when Chris replied: 'Well, he's not the only one, you know. You should take a look in the mirror, Damian, before accusing other people. You're not perfect, you know.'
Damian was so shocked, he didn't know how to reply. He didn't know where to begin. Finally, he managed to ask: 'What on earth do you mean? You're not suggesting I'm a bully, are you? How am I like Frank Rice?'
Will explained. 'No, you're not like Frank Rice at all. Chris didn't mean that. You don't hit people, you don't want to be horrible and nasty. You're usually just trying to be funny, but sometimes the things you say do hurt people. Quite often, in fact.' 'Give me an example,' said Damian.
'Well, take yesterday, for example,' said Will, 'when we were in the changing room after football. You kept saying how Chris was such a terrible goalie, you seriously wondered if he'd been bribed by the other team.'
![]() |
![]() |
'Well, I can't say I enjoyed it, to be honest. And Will's right. You do seem to do it a lot.'
The bell rang, and they went off to class. Damian found it hard to concentrate for the rest of the morning. The conversation he'd had with Will and Chris kept coming back to haunt him. Was he a bully? If he was, he certainly didn't mean to be. But there was no escaping the fact that two very good friends of his thought that his comments often hurt them.
At lunch, Damian, as usual, sat next to Chris and Will. 'Guys, I've been thinking about what we were talking about earlier and I think you're right. I just want to say that I'm really, really sorry. You're my best friends, and I'd never do anvthing to hurt you on purpose. I can see that I do sometimes say things that would upset you, and I'm going to make a real effort not to do that from now on. Still friends?'
'Of course we are, Damian,' said Chris. 'But thanks.' 'No problem,' said Will.
In the changing room that afternoon after football practice, Damian, Chris and Will were discussing the game. Will had fallen over the ball at one point, and Damian was just about to make a joke about it when he stopped himself. 'Am I allowed to say something like that?' he thought to himself. 'We are friends. We've got to be able to joke with each other. Or is it too nasty?' Damian decided not to say anything on this occasion, but he began to realise that keeping his promise to Chris and Will would not be as easy as he'd thought.
A14 From the first paragraph we learn that Damian has 1) sometimes been bullied by other people.
2) never thought about bullying before.
3) briefly considered bullying his classmates. 4) only been bullied once in his life.
AIS The boys disagree about whether
I) Frank will bully them again in the future.
2) they should have told a teacher about Frank.
3) Frank is making people feel very miserable.
4) to tell a teacher if Frank bullies them again.
A16 When Chris tells Damian to 'take a look in the mirror', he means Damian should
1) look at what Frank has done to him.
2) take more care with his appearance.
3) think about his own behaviour.
4) remember that no one is perfect.
Test 20 |
Ali Will's explanation to Damian suggests that Frank Rice 1) never tries to make people laugh.
2) sometimes uses physical violence.
3) doesn't want to be nasty either.
4) only uses language to hurt people.
AIS The example from the previous day that Will gives shows that I) Will thinks it is extremely funny when Damian teases Chris.
2) Damian only teases Chris and never makes jokes about Will.
3) Damian's jokes about Chris and Will can sometimes be cruel,
4) Chris gets more upset by Damian's comments than Will does.
A19 Damian finds it difficult to concentrate in class because he 1) is angry his friends have accused him of being a bully.
2) believes he will never be friends with Chris and Will again.
3) is continually looked at by Will and Chris during the lessons. 4) can't stop thinking about what he's been accused of.
A20 In the changing room, Damian understands that
I) it is difficult to balance making jokes with being nice.
2) he has already broken his promise to Chris and Will.
3) keeping his promise is the most
important thing to him.
4) stopping himself from saying nasty things will be impossible.
no m, m u A14-Ä20 HE 3AbYAbTE [IEPEHECTU CBOU OTBETb1 B WIAHK OTBETOB ! ObPATMTE
BHMMAHME, on16enlbl Ha .3aÒaHllH 132, m u A14-A20 Pa.3HblX Ltacmnx ÕJ1amca. B2, B3 pacnoaoyceHbt e HUYCIIC'Ù qacmu ÕaaHKCl. [Ipu nepeHoce omaemoe B .3aòaHllH-r B2, B3 õYK6bl .3anucb16ayomcH õea npoõenoe u .3,qaK06 npemmahlllfl. |
Tlpoqumaùme mt'Kc•m 3ano.auume nponyc,tcu 6 npeòaoyceHlŒx noò H0Mepa.uu B4-BI I coont6emcn1BY/01UIL8f11 cþop.uaatu cat)6, HaneqamaHHbtx aa¿Qt1BHbl.MU õYK6Œuu cnpaea om |
Have you heard of penicillin? It's a type of medicine that bacteria. Bacteria can cause infections. KILL Before antibiotics , infections were a very DISCOVER serious problem.
B6 Many people in the past because of them. DIE
A doctor from Scotland, called Alexander Fleming discovered antibiotics. Fleming medicine at St. Mary's STUDY Hospital in London.
During the First World War, he worked in a hospital in France, the soldiers who had been hurt. HELP
B9 After the war, he an important discovery. He discovered a way to kill bacteria.
![]() |
![]() |
Bll It several years for scientists to realise that Fleming TAKE had found a way to save millions of lives.
Tlpoqumaùme
,'1PUaeÒeHHblÙl Hit-we meyccm 17peoõpaayúme
cu10(3a, HaneqamaHHblt' aaeaa6HbLUll |
B12 Harry Houdini is said to be the greatest of all time. MAGIC
He started doing his magic show professionally in the USA in 1891. In
B13 1893, he met a fellow called Bess Rahner. They married PERFORM three weeks later and, for the rest of Houdini's career, Bess worked as his
B14 on stage. ASSIST
B15 Houdini mainly concentrated on card tricks at the of his BEGIN career. It was his incredible escape acts, though, that brought him fame and great wealth.
B16 In 1904, after a four-year tour, Houdini returned to the EUROPE
B17 States with cause for He had become a major star in the CELEBRATE entertainment world and audiences couldn't get enough of his
B18 and exciting act. Houdini carried on thrilling audiences DRAMA until his death in 1926, at the age of 52.
|
Test 20 |
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
||
Tlpoqumaùme meyccm c nponycwa.uu,
OÕ03HatWHHbLW1 |
|||
|
'Jane, will you marry me?'
supermarket, and Jane was in own but more expensive, soup Graham got down on one knee. A24 He |
It was not the most romantic of settings. Graham and Jane were in the the A21 of pointing out to Graham that the supermarket's A22 of soup was exactly the same as the more famous, next to it.
'Don't be silly, Graham,' was Jane's reply.
'I'm not being silly. I'm deadly serious.' To A23 it, 'Graham, people are looking. Get up!'
'Not until you give me an answer,' said Graham, beginning to get annoyed.
'All right. The answer's no.'
Graham paused. 'No?' he finally said. 'No? Why not? Give me one good began to feel slightly uncomfortable — physically and emotionally.
'I can't believe we're having this conversation here,' said Jane. 'Let's just finish the shopping and go home.' 'I'm not going anywhere until you've explained to me why we shouldn't get married. We love each other!'
![]() |
A26
and make a life together. It's far too early to think about marriage. Ask me
again in a year or two, if we're still going A27 together.' 'If ... if,' stammered
Graham. 'You think we might not be?'
'Graham!' said Jane. 'You're being ridiculous! Now, let's not talk about it again. A28 me a packet of spaghetti, would you?'
Graham handed Jane the spaghetti. 'So, you'll think about it, then?' he asked eventually.
A21 |
l) focus |
2) middle |
3) centre |
4) heart |
A22 |
I) product |
2) mark |
3) brand |
4) style |
A23 |
I) present |
2) exhibit |
3) reveal |
4) prove |
A24 |
1) thought |
2) sense |
3) reason |
4) cause |
A25 |
l) as |
2) even |
3) what |
4) only |
Jane rolled her eves, let out a deep sigh, and pushed the trolley
over to the breakfast cereals.
A26 1)
down 2) in 3) up 4) on
A27 I) by 2) off 3) out 4) with
A28 1) Deliver 2) Pass 3) Donate 4) Forward
paal-tbl-r qacmnx õJtamca. B4-B18 pacnoaoyeubl 6 HilYHeñ qacmu Õ.QCIHRa. flpu nepenoce omeemoe 6 aaðaHUfLV B4-B 18 õYK6bl aanuc•bl€cuomcfl õea npoõeaoa u anal-COB npenu,qaHlffl. |
omæmoe Ha .3aòaHllH CI, C2 ucnoab3YlUune "'7,4HK OTBETOB VE2. õyðym OIVHU6CWlbCH moabK0 no aamŒH.M, CÒeaaHHbLU B WIAHKE OTBETOB JV2. I-IUKaKUe aanucu qePHOBtuca He õvòym yqunlblaanib('fl .9KcnepmoM. aanutuume ceoù omøem Ecau OÒHOÙ cmop0Hb1 Õaamca Heòocmamot1H0, Bbl Jtoyceme ucnoab.30eamt, ()pyzyo cmop0HY ÕäCIHŒca. |
You have 20 minutes to do this task.
Test 20 |
![]() |
Write soon, Love, Rebecca |
|
|
Write back to Rebecca answering her questions.
Write 100-140 words.
Remember the rules of letter writing.
You have 40 minutes to do this task.
Comment on the following statement.
Technology is an important part of our lives. We use computers and other electronic equipment at work and in the home. However, some people believe we rely too much on machines, and that the more technology improves, the lazier and weaker humans will become.
What can you say for and against future Use the following plan technological developments? 1. Introduction (State the problem). Write 200-250 words. 2. Arguments "for".
3. Arguments "against".
4. Conclusion.
Pa3neJ1 roBopeHV1e
Bbl nonyqume xapmot1KY, Ha Komopoù npeòcma6.aeHb1 mpu ,3aÒaHlffi ycmH0?0 omæma.• C3 — me-uamuqeocoe C4 —
òuaaoe c tge.1b10 oóAteua cþŒcmuqecK0ù OIVHOLIHOÙ uncþop.ucngueðl. (DROHqaHUe 6b1110JIHeH11H Ka.YCÒO?O .3aÒClHllH onpeòeuem 3K3ŒueHamop. Bo epe.&tH npogeðeH1151 9111017 gacmu 91•caaatŒ'Ha uòem nocmt)flHHZIH aanuct' Ha ayòuoycaccemy. |
3aAaHvtq 3K3•aMeHyeMoro
STUDENT CARD
Task I (3—3.5 minutes)
Give a 2-minute talk on your best friend. Remember to say:
•
what your best
friend looks like why you like him/her
• when and how you met
• what you enjoy doing together
You have to talk for 1.5—2 minutes. The teacher will listen until you have finished. Then he/she will ask you some questions.
STUDENT CARD
Task 2 (1.5—2 minutes)
You are interested in doing an evening course at a local college that is connected to history in some way. You are not free on Monday and Friday evenings. You would prefer to do a course that doesn't involve written homework.
![]() |
• the courses available
• when they are held
• what the course involves
• how much homework there is
The teacher will play the part of the college secretary and will speak first.
Remember to:
• be active and polite
• get all the information you need
• decide on a course
STUDENT CARD
Task 3 (3—4 minutes)
You are on
holiday with a friend and it is your final day. You have time to see one
more tourist attraction before leaving. You and your friend are discussing what
to go and see. You can go:
• to an art gallery
• to a funfair
• to a castle
• to a beach
• to a theatre
The teacher will play the part of your friend.
Remember to:
discuss all the options
take an active part in the conversation and be polite
come up with ideas
give good reasons
find out your friend's attitudes and
take
them into account
invite your friend to come up with suggestions
come to an agreement
БЛАНКИ ОТВЕТОВ
![]() |
![]() |
Единый государственный экзамен - ОБРАЗЕЦ |
|
|||||
|
S |
|||||
Заполнять селевой или капилврной ручкой ЧЕРНЫМИ чернилами ЗАГЛАВНЫМИ ПЕЧАТНЫМИ БУКВАМИ по следующим образцом: A P C P E FC H I J K LMNO?Q ZSTU VWXYZ . 4 23 4567 8 9 0 Д А Д Ь 6 Ё Ё Ё Ё " 00066 |
||||||
|
Код п)едмета Название предмета |
Подпись участника ЕГЭ |
102 |
|||
ВНИМАНИЕ! |
Данный бланк использовать только совместно с двумя другими бланками из данного пакета |
|||||
Номера заданий типа с выбором ответа из предложенных вариантов
Образец написания метки ЗАПРЕЩЕНЫ
Будьте аккуратны, исправления Спучайный в области штрих внутри ответовквадрата
может быть воспринят как метка
Замена ошибочных ответов на задания типа |
|
|
|
Резерв - 4 |
Результаты выполнения заданий типа В с ответом в краткой форме
Macmillan Education
Between Towns Road, Oxford OX4 3PP
A division of Macmillan Publishers Limited
Companies and representatives throughout the world
Practice Tests for the Russian State Exam ISBN 960-6620-58-1
Practice Tests for the Russian State Exam, Teacheris Guide ISBN 960-6620-59-X
Text and design C) Macmillan Publishers Limited 2006
First published in 2006
All rights reserved; no part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, transmitted in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the publishers.
Designed by Eleni Fine
Cover designed by Eleni Fine
Sound recordings by George at Artracks studio.
Special thanks to the following actors: Charlotte Barratt, Noelle Douglas, Gareth
Jones, James Morton, Lauren Obee, Kathv O'Donnell, Thomas Orlandi-Fantini, Andrea Phillipson, James Phillipson, Ian Robertson, Oliver Schnitzer and Erika Stiles.
Malcolm Mann and Steve Taylore-KnowIes wish to thank Joanne
Chapman for her invaluable input as project manager. They would also like to
thank Elena Klekovkina, without whom this book would not have been possible.
Many other people gave willingly of their time and expertise during the planning and production of this book,
including G.A.Kornikova, K.S.Makhmuryan, and F.Y.Amineva, and we would like to
thank all of them for their support and the insights they provided. Printed and
bound in China
2010 2009 2008 2007 2006
«Practice Testsfor the Russian State Ехат» тесты для подготовки к выпускным экзаменам по английскому языку в формате ЕГЭ. При разработке тестов учитывались требования, предъявляемые Федеральной службой по надзору в сфере образования и науки к контрольно-измерительным материалам и тестовым заданиям для единого государственного экзамена.
Учебное пособие соДержипк
• 20 тестов в формате ЕГЭ;
• советы учащимся по выполнению тестовых заданий в разделах
«Аудирование», «Говорение», «Чтение» и «Письмо»;
• упражнения на закрепление лексического и грамматического материала, включая повторение видовременных форм глагола, фразовых глаголов, а также средств и способов словообразования;
• рекомендации по совершенствованию всех видов речевой деятельности;
• описание формата экзамена.
Книга для учителя включает:
• ключи к упражнениям;
• тексты аудиозаписей;
• дополнительные рекомендации к разделу «Говорение». Компоненты:
• Practice Tests for the Russian State Ехат Student's ВооК
ISBN: 9604620-58-1
• Practice Tests for the Russian State Ехат Teacher's Guide lSBN: 960-6620-59-Х • Cassettes / Audio CDs
lSBN 960-6620-58-1
MACMILLAN 9
789606 620584
Материалы на данной страницы взяты из открытых источников либо размещены пользователем в соответствии с договором-офертой сайта. Вы можете сообщить о нарушении.